Post on 06-Jul-2018
transcript
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 1/124
.\.J
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,)
()
)
)
,)
{
4'
Edted
bf
Tony T9igram
&
CherYl
Dileo
ilillililtillililllililltlilililltilltllilllllililltil
00023804N
J.04
M985m
Burke.
Martha;
Ile
Backer.
Jos;
Music vibration
and
health
TEFFREY
BOOI$
538
Cwered
Bridge
Rd'
.
Cherry
Hill,
Nl
08034
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 2/124
)
)
)
)
)l
)
)
)
r:_'j,
'ffiCflON
L FOTNDATIONS
OF
UIBROACOASuC
ónapter
1: Dweloprnent
olVibrmcoustic
Thempy
BY
TonY
WWn
11
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
JEFFREÍ
BOOKS
53E
Ca¡etd
Briilge
Rd.
Cherry
HA
M
0E034
This
book is
prctel by
upyriglt
, No
prt
of
it
may
be rcprdwd
h any
manrcr
withant
wrifr¿n
permbsbn
of
tlu
pblblur.
(c) 1997 bl
feÍtey
Boolcs
Prinbd
in
th¿ Anibd
St&s
of
Aneriu
For
ptrposes
of
wlfidentiality,
tln
rumes
of
dicnts
apryring
thruglnut
this
book
uefrditious.
Ttt¿
Publislur
of
this
book
is not rcsponsible
for
tlu
iqformatiott, ophiotts,
uttútsions
or
vi¿ws
esErcsseil
by
its contributhg
antlors.
rABtE
OF
CONIENTS
TgENAPT
Chapter
2:
Acoustics
and
Universal
Movemenf
---
B
Migucl
Fernatdez
27
Chapter
3:
The
Context
of
Music
and
Medicin"
,n
By
ClwrYl
DíIe'o
,
Chapter
4:
Potential
Applicafions
of
Vibroacoustic
Therapy
Ota,,
Skille
49
ffiCIToNII:RESEAR9E,aI'IMa|LAI{DANE@|0TALnEFoRIs
ónupt""
5: The
Effecr
of
VA Therapy
on
lvfulfipty
Handicapped
l¿uits
with
High
Muscle
Tone
and
Spasticity
.4
By
TonY
Wigan
Chapter
6:
The
Effect of
Vlb¡oacoustlc Therapy Compared
wlth
Music
and
Movement
Based
Physiotherapy
on
Multiply
i-""¿iopp"A
Pafients
with
High
Muscle
Tone
and
Spasticity
---
-
lirw
wiwm
6e
Chapter
7:
The
Measrrement
of
Mood
and
Physiological
ñ".porrr",
to
Vibroacoustic
Therapy
in
Non'Clinical
Subjects
By
TonY
WiErzn
E7,/
coustic
Therapy
to
Reduce
Pain
During
I
Kne¿
Replacemcnls
Patients
Over
Age
55
KathY
Tlmmas
99
Chapter
9:
Effects
of
Physloacoustlc
Intenentlon
on Paln
tvtanagerent
ol
Postoperative
Gynecological
Patients
-
-By
Maftlu
htrltc
1o7
Chapúer
10: The
U
c Parkinson's
Disease
Bl
paLri
dd
nilez
de
12s
,/
IlIarclnl¿
&
Chapfer
11: The
Effect
of Ampliiude
Modulation
of
the
Pulsed
Sinusoida|I.owF.rcquencyToneasaStimu|usinVibroacousticTherapy/
-:
ry
fonY
Wig;n
133
V
7'
;4
r''1
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 3/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
il
iii
Qhpúcr
llh
Vlbnmousúlc
Thcmpy wiJh
H¡ndicappcd
md
Ar¡tisdc
Adolcsccnls
L'
'
ri
d'
4
Jan
Pcnoons
l*,Ios
Dc
fufur
....,ii,.
"
*"w e
ww
'
'].
.i.i
'd-i-
Chapúer
13: Vibroacoustlc
Therap
In 3hG
l|oatment of Retf
Syndrome
By Tonl
Wig,am 149
Chapúer
14: Vibroacoustic
Themp
wifh
Adula
PaJients
wifh
Prclound
Lcarning
Disabilities
By
Tony Wtgan,
tenny
Mr/,laryfttr
luttc
&itt & Lyn
Wek¿s
lS7
Chapter
15: The Use of lhe
Somatmn
in úhe Trcatment of Anxiety
To
all
the
súaff
and
patlents
who have
been
involved
in the
pioneering
dcvelopment
ol vibrmcoustic
therapy.
To
the mem)Iy
ol
n¡y loving
cousin
and
lifelong
fhiend,
Robcrt
Anthory
Md)onnel
who has nol
gone
awa¡
but
gone
ahead.
i
:if
Prublems
wlth Cllents
q&o
II¡ve
l¡arnlng Dls¡blltles
ry
JetHoopu
& Bü Lindmy
.169;
r/
Chapfer
16:
A
Comparison of
Auditory
and
Vibmfory
Súimulation on
St¡uss-Relaúed Responses
of Prcmalure Infants
úúh
Bronchopulmonary
Dyrylasia
By
Matlu &ttb,Ienny Walsh
leni
Oehlcr &
feaninc
Gingras
Chapter
17: Vibroacoustics
with
Hospiúalized Children
Bl
Laaalones
Chapter
lt: Physimcoustic
Therapy
with Cardiac Sulgery
Patienls
By Clniles
Butlcr &
Penelope
tohnnn
Buflcr
Chapfer
19: Two
Case
Studies
in
Vibroacoustic Therapy
By
OIav SkiII¿
Chapter
20: The
PhysioacousJic
Meúhod
By
Petri
l¿hiloinen
Chapter 21:
Vibroacoustic Therapy
in
General
Medicine
By
Riitw Randsik
SECIION
III:
OIIMCAL
AND PR0FESSIOIüL
¡.s,S¿lEs
Choptcr 222 Cllnlcr,l
¡nd
Efhlc¡l
Conslderstlons
By
Tony
WiWm
& Cheryl
DíI@
Chapter
23:
Maklng
Music for
Vibroagoustic
lherapy
By
Olat
Skillc
Chapter 23: Equlpment
for
Vlbroacoustlc
Therapy
By Tony Wigmm'
Cont¡ibutors
tw
177
rils
t/
197
?n5
''
20s
J
217,/
cd
43
2{l
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 4/124
s,
]iTil'
Itfii,
ffitu
have
rvork
r
ACKNOffi
The editors rvould
like to acknowledge
the conhibutions
mny
people
mde
both towalds
fhe
rtsearch
fleld
of
vibrcacoustic
therapy and
to the
underfaken
for this
book.
Reklor
Olav
Skille
has
inryirrd
many with
the
possibilities
ol
vlbro¡coustlc
therapy
slncc 1985 wtúh
hls
ploneerlng
work. Dr.
Robert \ilest
has been
vcry
helpfirl
and supportive
and
has
taken a
great
deal
of
inte¡est
in
the
entirc
ffeld.
Horimn
IIIHS TrusJ
has
made
financial
conJributions
towards
the
developrnenl
olVA therapy
and
has
supported the
project
and
¡esoarch
qork:
in
parficular,
Mr.
Tom
F'reeman,
its
Chief Executive, Dr.
Barbara
Kugler,
Dircctor
of the Harper
House
C:hildrents Servicg
Mrs. Lyn Vtteekeg
Mrs.
Jenny
McNaughl
and
Mrs
June
Cain,
who have
developed
fhe
VA
therapy
Senlce at Herperbury
Hospltel.
Financial
support which
has enabled vibmacou$ic
research
and
clinical
services has
been
generously proüded
by the
Spastics
Sociefy,
the
Oak Tree
Trust, úhe
Platinum Trust and
fhrough a
personal
fund-raising
efforJ
in memory of
Humphrey
Mors
by
Mrs.
fuina
Clemence-Mervs
The editors would
also
like
to acknowledge
the
srpport
of colleagues
internationally:
Dr. Kenneth
Bruscia, Dr. Bruce
Sapersúon, Ms.
Denise
Erdonmez-Grccke,
Mrs.
Penny
Rogerg
Dr.
David
Aldridge,
Dr.
Kris
Cheslry,
Dr.
Don
Mlchel,
Mr. Petrl
Lehlkolnen
and
Mr. R¡ul
Vatsar.
The
ediSors are
very
graúeftrl
úo the contribulors
to this
present
volume
for
their coopemtion and
insighfs:
M¡rth¡
Burtg
Jos
De Baclrcr,
Ctarles
Buüer,
Penclopc
Joh¡sn
Butlc4
Junc
Cein,
Petxi
del Campo
San Vinentc,
M¡gud Fe¡n¡ndcz
Jcannirc
Gingreg
Jclf
Eoopcr, L¡¡¡¡a
Jmcq
Bill
ündsay,
Iñ¡ki
Fernándcz
Mencüob,
Peúri
Lchikoincn,
Jcn¡y
McNaughq
Jclri
Oehlcr,
Jm
Persmnq
Riiu Reudd\
Olav
SHllg Kathy Thomg
Eryeranza
To¡rcs
Setu,
Jcnny
Tlhkh
and
Lyn Weckcs.
Speclal thanks
to l&thleen
Avlns for
pruofleadlng
the manuscrlpú
and
to
Navine Malherrs
lor
the cover
design.
And
finally, fhe
editors uould
like to
acknowledge
the
confinued
support
of
their
families
withouJ
wtrich
this
or
any projert
would
be
impossible:
Jenn¡
Roberf,
Michael and
llavid Wgrarq
Jeffhey
Dile¡
Maranto
and
José
Ignacio
Castaño.
Tony Wigram and
Cheryl Dileo
January
1997
tr'
I.ne
úurpose
of
fhis book
is
úo
proúde
info'ri¡rition
on ióniC
cuñini
Tr".
or"¡t"ücoustic
therapy.
Res¡chand
clinical
info¡maJion
flrom
arcund
lne
wort¿
is included
to
givá
the
rcader
an
idea
ol
Jhe
potential applications
of
music
vibmtion
in
the
facilitation
JE
,i
stimu
rcd
fo
ú
dtlaii
rtíf
r''
ing
and
uses
and
applications
ol
music
vibmt
of
products
3y¡Jlable,.to
.aclrlerg
súm
¿iftercnccs
in
itre
nature
and
delivery
of
the
trcatrent
stimulus
The
intenfion
of
this
book
is
to focus
on
clinical,
ethical
and
resgarrch
aspects
of
vibroacousfic
therapy
rafher
úhan
fo
provide
a wide'ranging
overview
of
the
field.
The
information
prcvided
herein
is
neither
crmprehensive
nor
exhaustive.
This
is
the
first
book
concentrating
on
the
therapeutic
pofential
of
musicvibrati
s
been
made
to próvide
Jcontext for
music
vibrat
examples
of
tts
potenflalr
some
results
of
controlte
ivenesg
and
some
guidelines
for
its
use.
Theinformationdocumenfedherebyaninternationa|groupof
"
both
Professionals
and non'
p
both
in
clinical
and
research
d
Provlded'
Not
all chaPters
w{ll
tions
which
cover
resPectivelY
sis
of
vibroacoustic
fhemPY'
cal
and
Professional
aspecfs
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 5/124
I
)
I
t
I
¡
I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
potentlal
u ¡es
of
this
nrclbod
lo enhance
h€al3h.
The
second
sectioq
'R'eseanclr,
Ctinical
and Anecdotal
Reportq"
cnnfains
¡resea¡rch
studies
and
descriptions
of clinical
methods
and
maúerials
its
úhempeutic
applicalion.
Tie
thtrd
scction,
'€linical
and
Pmfessional
Issreg"
confains
infor¡nation
and
guidelines for
using
this therapeutic
rnedium
with clientg
including
srggesfions
fo
calions
that are
currenfly believed
to
be
music tapes
are
c¡eated
for
trcafment
art
of some
types
of
equipment
is
included.
The
edlfors
lnltlally
felt
the
need
to
underlake
thls
proJect
ouf
of
úoncern
for
the
rapidly
expanding
usc o
modatify
and
the
incrcasing availability
devices
Thert
is
a
lack
of clinical and
guide
this
work.
In
addition,
therc
is an
apparenl
need
to
address
ethical
and
úaining
issues
to
provide a foundation
lor fufure
dialogue
and the
establishmenf
of standards
of
pmclice.
It
is
felt
fhaf
fhis
volume
is
only a
starting
point
for
Úhis
effort to
develop
and
lmprove
cllnlcal
and
profesdonal
aspects
of vlbroacoustlc
therapy
interventions..
Undoubtedty,
this
field
will
grow
as
new
applications
and
methods
are
carefullY
fested.
Cheryl
Dileo
Tony
Wigam
SECTION
I
FIOT]NDATIONS
OF
VIBROACOUSTIC
IUBNU\PT
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 6/124
)
)i
)Í
)'r
)
{il
)',
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
ONE
...'
'1
...,:..r-f ..-.1,.
.;,.
-,,;l-'.1-r-r,
i.,3';
'ii¡+.¡.
,
r;l
tl./il'¡Í.,vl
ttdi,r;i1
i:fr.fr
efl{
'j
{S+S'S1{,'i4¡as
W
nnuwnrww
oF
ulBRoaoousrrc
TuERAPr
relaxing
lhe
child¡enP -
___r
_¡
rsal
-
ifll
Tory
Wignm
HISTORICAL
BACKGROI'NI)
ft"
on
what
he
deflned
as.{hltP;
rsal
principtéi'
rys 9:
ii
low
frequencióC
ci
ciec'
üf
¿i."
t"¡sion;2)
rtryitrmic
music
can invigorate;
rgqf,Fylhmtc
mus¡c
can-.
p'áéily;
and
3)
loud
music
can
creaÚe
aggression;
soft music
can
act
as
a'"
mudiuhe
lnú¡oduced
úhe
element
of
low fitquency
sound
es
e
pulsed tone
wtrich
he
rccorded
on
tapes
together
with
relaxing
mudc'
skille
defined
tbe
principles and
method
of
vibroacoustic
therapy
and
desqribed fhem
at
the flr$
symposium
of
fhe
International
Society
for
Music
an¿
tVtedicine
(Skitle
19E2):'IIe
summarized
lhe
process
of
vibroacoustics
a9
follows:
'The.¡rpg
of sinusoidal,
low
flequency
sound
pnes$¡ne rr¡ves
betrveell
S0-lZthz,
tlen¿e¿
w¡tn music
for
use
with lhcrapeutic
poryttC
.
Iícorporating
both fhe
elements
of
vibration
and
music,
Skille
initially
11
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 7/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
deflned
hls
fechnlque
as
ubsequentl¡
he
^
J
'"-.¿
it
Vibruooustic
pnooess
of
tbis
Ür
ln*rument¡flon
and,
pre-com¡osed
melodles
on
úhe
plryslologlcal
and
il"ii"t-r
rcsponses
b[
nro-tgunalv.
*9d{
:Fdryl, T1.1o.l1t:i:
used.''f,
'ihere
has
been
limifed research
on
the
absorption
of
sound
into
fhe
human
bodY,
but
tY
ZVo
ol
the
energr.
underfaken
on
ai 't
vfüratlonal
ellect
r
sudace
of
the
equiPment'
o'
Skille's
investigtions
e4anded
o
include
other
conditions
which
he
varied.
I¡r
1987,
the
rcsearcb
underlaken
in
Nonray
and
Finland
n¡as
still
L2
"n"ü"r
r¡ere
foúnd
in
subirctd
respiration,
pulse or
behaviomlly
f;il*ñ;ññ-":
1'-lh-:,PI:1,:,:I^g'
ror elther
the
vlbroracrlle
or
Jhe
non-vib¡oÉactile
stimulafion
administered'
H
13
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 8/124
lr
|r
I
É
I
T
t
)
I
t
t
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
_l
)
)
)
.)
)
,
)
)
)
)
,
)
)
)
)
.,
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
,
)
reproducible effects
aú
a
llequency
of 1f)
heriz.
Again, this
rcscarch
focused+
ffnsory
vibration
on the
han$,
using an elecfro-mechanical
:i
'deliverod
Slriumidal pulses
of
va¡iable
lhequency
and
P
W"d"ll
and
Cummings
(193$
studied fhe
concenrs
of
fatigue
of
the
vibmúoiij'$énse
in
an
experirnent
looking
af
the
effecf of
mechaniczt
"tbo,ton,r,
n
the
palm
of
úhc
hand.
In thls
paper,
lhey
ctmmented
that therrc
r¡as
¡
lack
ol
scientillc
interesú
in
úhe
percepfion
of rnechanical
vibration, probably
due
lo
úhe
fact that although
a fecling
ol
vibration
is an
every
day
occurrcncg
it;,
does not
seem
to
play
a
very
important
part
in
the
adjüstmelit
ol
lhe
human.r
bcing
to his environmenÉTheir
nork
explored
fhe
generation
of ftequencies
befween
64 and
1024
cycles
per
second, generated
by
a
Wesfern Elecfric
hee
fleld
audiomefer
into
a
rnefal
rud
connecúed
fo the
palm
of a srbjecl's
hand.
They
took
readings over a
three
minuÍe
period
between
the
frequencies
mentloned
al
Inlensltles of 10-40 declbels
above
threshold.
Flrst,
they lound
.,;
thaú
the
amounú
of faligue depended
upon the
flequency
of
stimulatiof,, and
in
a
sununary
of fheir
trialg
lhey
concludéd that
a
sensitivify fo vibraloryy.,
stimulation applied fo
the palm
of
the hand
w¿s
ndu'cpd
5.15
decibets
aftep
3
minufeb of
conúinuous slimutatid.
Secondl¡ they found that the
loss
of
i
oÉ
?t.
'
^''
tf
.s
measured at a lower
frcquencXl
FuÉher
sfudies indicated the
signiflcance of
,ú
the
level
of intensity
of
fhe
tones
used.
In
a
study
on
adaptalion
and
neoovery in vibrotacfile perception,
Berglund
and Berglund
(1970)
ilound
that
perteived
intensity
decreases."'
e4onenfially with
incrcased
time of $imulationfThey
used
a
250 cycles
per
seoond
sinusoidal Jone
delivercd fo a llngertip
by means of
a circular
plastic
butfon.
They also found
that
the
decrcase
in
perceived
intensity is greaterSt
r
tlme uas
regulred
for complete adaptatlon
,n
''16*'i¡ffisii,'iüt'recuiery
is fas,
actually
Berglund
and
Berglund (1970)
also
found úhat lhe
perception
of
vibrotactile
sfimulation is complicaled
and
diflicult
úo evaluafe. The
interaction
thaf
goes
on
befween amplitude,
fbequency and duration on lhe
perreptual
counterparls
of
these
parameters
provide
inferesting
problems
for
p
sychophysiological research.
Studles
on
vasodllaflon were
canled
out by
Skoglund
(l9E9)f,ooklng
ir
L4
gffect of
hlgher flcqucncy
(150-250
H¿)
on
skln
n
hrcas of
the
toq
rof"o
thal
re¡¡ tested inclúdó¿in"
tiCnUs,
parfs
of
legg
anns and trunk
in a
Joúal
ol
l3() vibmtlon
'experlmenús
performed
on E0
healfhy
nren
¡nd tvomen
between
20-70
years
old.
He
again
used the technique
of
infi-a-red
thermography
to
indicate
lemperafure
changes
and
vasodilation.
His rtsults
gupported
the viery
fhat
dl
/
performed
in
a
few comparative
e:rperirrentg
caused
vaso-consúricfion.
{n
"Oaition,
he
found
that úhe
inc¡ease
in
temperature
fq
fhe
given
stimulqs'sas
.'
gtatei
the
lower
fhe
prevaleut
úin Éempenature
at lncepllon
of the
stlmulus.
TVherc
vibmtory
applicators have
bec'ome
a oommon Jool of
thempy
in
s
physiotherapy
defrartnrnf$
some researrh
is cenúered
around
muscular
Y
1f+:
It
f¡
/
hurnan
skeletal muscle
nas
made,
noting fhe
effecú
of the involuntaryg
asynchronous
motor
unlf contractlon
In
the muscle subJected
fo
a
mechanlcal
r''
vlbrátiory
with
a reciprocal
rela:ation dl
fhe
prime
antagonists.
:t
"
In
experiments
underúaken by
Hagbarth
and Eklund
(1966),'this
'r
Reflex
G\|tr).
Stiltrnan
(lYl0)
il
tory mofor
súimulation
.?9--lhe¡
active
rüüscie'contraclion and
/.
inhibition
of muscle
contraction.
Sf illman
proposed
3hat,
when
superimposing
#
vib¡orinotoi'
siimulafion
on
a
voluntary
muscle
contraction,
the
result
¿t
pibduces
a
greater
muscle
úenslon
or
a grcafer range of
movementi depending
on whefher
"the
inifial
cont¡action
is against
a
yielding
or
unyielding
resistance."
fn some
sfudies
involving
spasfic
hemiplegia,
spinal
quadraplegia
and
acute incomplete spinal
quadraplegia,
he
found improvements
in
hand
grip,
scapular stability,
funcfional
use of
f he
limb
and
range of movement.
In
this research, the Tonic
Vibrafory
Reflex induced
by
vibmtory
measu¡ed
sfimulafion
caused
improvemenf in
muscle
acfivity
to fhe
point
where
studenf
physiotherapists could gain
some
insight
into
úhe
simulation
ol
spasticity
in
i
fhelr
own
muscles.
Vibrafory motor
stlmulatlon
actlvated
muscles,
and
as
a
i
rezult,
Sfillman
also listed a number
of
adverse reacfions
he
found
in
some
clients,
including
increascd
spasticity
and clonus of spa$ic
muscles,
increased
ilgidity
and
wide spread tremor from
application
to
pafients
with
ParHnsonisnr, spread
nesponse
to spastic muscles
during
the
vibratory
motor
stimulation
of
non-spastic
paretic
muscles, and
a
general
sprtad
response
to
other
muscles,
paficularly
a
feeling
of
discomfoÍ
fbom
vibralory
moúor
sfimulation
over
bony
pruminence.
If
ls importanl
to
note
these
stimulatory
effects
of
speclfic
vibrafory
15
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 9/124
{
f(
){
;f
ú
I
Í
il
fl
i
i
i
I
I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
motor
stlmul¡tlon
rpplled
fhrough
the
rpptlcetor
th¡ú
Sflllmen
rvas
usln&
iihi"n
was
an clecúr{cally
powerod and
commrcially
¡rn¡ilable
vibrating
Tlfco
Vib¡¡úory Massager.n
This
vibnÚor
opcratcs on a
4
trrnmtttlng
vlbretlon
through
r sllghÚly
curvcd
plestlc
dlsc,
some
35 cpntimet¡ps
ln
diameter.
several
further
ludies
have
been
undertaken
on
the
effect of
mechanical
vibr¡tion in
srrpden
by Hagbarlh
and
Eklund
(1968).
Their
rescarch
follmcd
the
path
of
the studies
on
Tonic
Vibration Reflex
(Eklund
and
úhe
rclanfion
periods and also
during
periods
of
the
volunÚary
afÚempts
of
the clienús
to
move
thcir
affecfed
limbs.
The
vibrator
fhey
used
oonsisted
of
a
snall
elertrically
loaded
mofor
in
a
cylinüical
shape.
They
used
rubber
bands
to attach
the
vibraJor
over muscle
tendong
and the
motor
was
rctated
ib
¡pduces
,o
ther the
in
reflexes
srcte
oflen
of normal
slrength,
but they found
that
the
vibration
incrtased
fhe
tremor
and
rmy
have
also
impaired
the
patient's
abili$
Úo
perlorm
alf
ernating
movernents
INFRASOUND
A¡lD
LOW
FREQUENCY
SOt
ND',
Between
19E3
and
19Ell,
the
Forsvarcfs
Materielverk
(FI\[\') ol
Úhe
Swcdish
l)efense
Material
l¿niriÍ3tiátio4r
assenrbled
a
substantial
Étéri ¡il
üürh$itflót
hüiltüle
sou$dn'
O.
5).
*
They
go
on to
say:
'Sre
adopt
wifhout
any
resenation,
3he opinion
that
pelow
lQQ*{"
irw$.+94
.
lnfbecound
shóuld
not
be
¡
16
(Detow r9 l
,-i.,--tLgg+Pr¡¡'
¡nd thelr
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 10/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
))
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
;f
{,
such
as: a)
tungs
-
s¡nounded by the chest, b) nasal cavities
-
sunounded
by..,
bone,
c)
gasoous
intestineg
d) air-ftlled middle
ear in rclation
lo
lhe
car-'="
'mcnürane;
and c)
air-fillcd middte ear
with
the ear membrane
in
relation to
"
the
liquid-fllled
inner
ear+'
TIIE MFECT
OF
I¡IFRAÍIOI'ND
Ohf
HTJMITI\IS
Tf
A study
emmlnlng
úhe
effect
of
inhasound
(below
2O
IIz) on
human
physiolog
naq4onducted
by Alford
et
al.
(1966fwith
21men
betu¡een
21'33
years
old.
A
sffmulus
of
pure
tones between2-12 Hz
in the
mnge
of
ll9-l4/
decibels
was
intrcduced
into a simulated chamber.
ResulJs
showed
úhat
rNo'
electric
cardiographic
alJerations
wene
obsened
during fhe
period
of
stimulation
or afte¡rvards.
The heart rale
sas
noted
to
increase-in
6
subjects
by 6
beats
or rnone
per
minufe during maximum sfimulation,
bul in
5
other
subjecfs
the hearl
rafe
was slowed
down by
6 beats
per
minute
wilh
similar
stlmulallon.
Resplratory
funcllon
as
obsened
wlth
lmpedance
pneumography
rras
normal
for
all
subjects
during exposure to the low
frcquency
stimulus.
In
7
subjects,
however,
Íhe respiralory rate
was
increased
by 4
or
more
rcspirations
per minute
when
a
stimulus greater
fhan
140
decibels SPL
u¡as
delivered. These
are
probably
insignificanú alúerafions"
(Alford
eJ
al.,1966,
p.
14).In these
experimentg no'*mbjects
reported
discomfort
wifh
regard lo
body
vibmllons,
disorientáúióñ,
mental confusion, sensory
decremenf
or
posl:
cfiiosure fatigrp.
In
a
ano'ther
sfudy
(Englund
et
al"
1978h
ü
pllots
were
dlvlded
Inlo,
3
grorfl's.
One
group rras er<posed to infrasound
(14
Hz), a second
group
$rls
e:rposed
to inftasound
(16
Hz) and a
third
group
uas
exposed
lo
noise
oI
16 Htn
found
no signiflcant change
in ECG
activiúy
and
pulse
rate
(Landsúrcm
et aln
19tl). However,
in rnost caqes,
in
,fhiq
,gp-e¡ment
(20
'.-.s
infrasound
did cagp an
inbrease..in
dias3oli_c-
blood
pressure
and
i{ffiiffi'&i'fU¿Uutort'in
systolÍó
pressurffthi
effect on
diastolic
pncssur€
wirs,:
statistlcally
rúgnificaqh
whercas
the effect on systolic
pnessune
r¡as not
when
fif
in systolic
statistically
rúgnificaqh
whercas the effect on systolic
pnessune
r¡as
not
when
calculated on úhe
who=le
group
ol subjects
In the mme orperiment,
mcasrr-ements
wer¡ taken
of
respiratiotdby
placlng
a
tendon
probe
on
the
chest of the subJect,
ln order
to rcglster
the
18
of
brtathlng.
In mosl
cases
agalr¡
lt
un¡
p9 $
lh¡t
there
r¡ns
a rcductlon
Ját"
of
tütning
qpnng
inlfasonic
eqiodtidü''howver,lhc.
affect
rras
Fiiira,
iütñJ¡i##al""úiü
*rin r..$t
to
tbe
nhol 'írntg1sf
F-
-J"-"
-u?¿""ition
ol
the
n¡u$ous
effcct
of
low
fLequeqcy
sound
uast
'atso
given
cunside¡ation-
in
a
studl
underfaken
in.Jana-Tg11d:.:1.5
:
I
:
I
,l
J
chamber.
'll
¡
la
I'
(
t
l:
.t
,'I
t
t':
t-
;E
,il
:;
;j
iI,
ij;
rl
ll'
iii
i:
ti
[j:
iüi
t¡i
H
r(¡
U
t
l{.
l:,
['.
Ii
9
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 11/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Érd
$trc.ttp.aled
¡
D||der
iad¡'ion
ú'hi
r¡bj.ct¡
rú ¡
*rd-hJ4eElily
ia.s
r.fr
gmü¡'cd
'
iri.tb.r
Into
rth
.i*¡t
-
kgt'
d h.¡4
¡tr¡s
.Dd
lú¡it¡
¡nd
r
¡. mr¡l
dt
ct
'
¡
conslsLN¡(t
ol ¡rspon$
b.g¡n
to ctnc|gc
(rÍ3t¡m
1996).
I¡l¡ai
c¡D bc concludcd
ftom |r¡r¡y
ot
hcs.
lud¡.r
i¡
abal
lh.
locut
tt¡llaht¡on
or|
boah vibnaio¡r ¡¡d lott lltquanct
soutd h¡r
conceDlEbd
on
a¡á
if.cf;
oi
diicootolq
plv¡iotogi.¡l
ch¡qg.
üd a¡noy¡Dor
a3
lhr
Élñal.rs
fa¡
av¡¡u¡alng
r¡y sign¡fcant or
slimulaúory
eff.ct
In
lhcar
the
,,1
dfutlncl¡o¡rs
bclrE
n
tho
ctrcutÍst¡nc.s
¡n
wrucn
o¡rc
t3
qP@qurÉ
¡F
i
¡qfffliáielñl
colhd.d
Dt lha
Sxcdii D.f.nia M.úG¡i¡l
Adminilr¡tioD
üi|¡-tl*'""
ü
*"rt"t
lt
gancr¡3o¡
¡
fonr¡
of
dtlcornforl,
Fo¡.t(¡r|plc.lh
I
l¡
lookcd.¡t
|lfr¡mu¡d
lD
.für.e .nd
lls
p¡op¡8¡doq
fhc .dstGhcc
of
g;trI-Jri"Tgfi'"T,fi":'#:*?s#;H:^tii$:fi#fr"J
iiffi:iüiü#Hü91fiil-S:f:;HiTfri Ttli$,i:#;",1',1.i.fi
;il;";;;;-#-ñ-;;.-ü-o*¡rnry
l'r¡g¡'t"¡og
"t."
;
:: -¡ttt.,ft:'¡fcc&
D.fiDr
or
th.
.unri¡ÍrDts b.vc
b.cn
und¿lr.¡keD
using
üillirillli-1""""
"r
¡ctivirv
drsturbo¡cq
h.^-:y1*iJ
lffi?J::J*¡¡5,g"IL*t*:5"fl:-a
srihtrrus
of inft"ound
uq¡ru¡"6'
-:
;; ;;";o. irrrt.
lbn
loudspe-kers
within
a
small
enclosed chamber.
"rrporuñ
to
vibmfion
can
sometimes
induce
a
se.ns:
I 11"";-;- ,,,¿1,..,
"vs¡
ruú
ü
H
tt
0
I
n
ft
$ililil;-'il;;;
vibrarion
and
rarigue-"n¿
¡"n"."n
larigu.
.il1*
p€rfomance
u""
"t.n
.o.]---t.*
,^,t
hale
not
vef
been
cuanúilfed¿
:lt r
MUsIc
As
VIBRATION
r.atlof
il
-{
".
bndrl:i
In t.ñnc
ol he¡ltb
tdu
crus.
ph¡siol
halrn
úett'Llli¡
om
ol
th.
a¡rllrl
sludh¡
unddf¡kcn on
thc
ahd¡p.ufic
alf.cts
of
i
t],lfó]fi'¡-
iiü
TEI*
H:,:ll
l_ol. :¡'ol
el¡yryo:g4
Triviry
w'
br
rcrrich
(ft5e).
H.
was
}iffiEitrx*'**ffi*ffi'*H,,1"Í.",'"Hi:sfr" ü#l
ffiil{11i;:üiff:ü5#j{ipii*¡'i{ü,iüi*Hü
20
2t
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 12/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
l"{
Ír- end
he became
e
rcgular
c:oncerl
goer.
He
r¡as eble
to
recplvc
thc
sound
--
/¿LúrrñL lL^
,,rl
but
lot
in
the
same
rray
Helcn
Keller'
(thtorrgh
1¡g
i'ut
her
fingers),
but
ralhcr
wh'
anr.'lnnerr
scns
oF'
l"r{
lfer
descrlbcd
tt
thls
w¡y:
¡rnln
rccclvlng
stetlon
ls
fer
descrlbcd
13
thls
wey:
¡mln
rccclvlng
stetlon
ls
my
back.
The
sound
penetptes
herc and
llows
thro-ugh
the
whole
trulfllmV
{
mv
back.
The
lrtund
penellalgt-nerc
ano
llows
¡IrnuuBlr
f¡¡ü
wrrure
fr
q¡¡ñ
u¡
r¡ry
I
utv
which
feels
tike
"
tlbllói
vessel
struck
rhythmically,
resounding
norr
I
iñ";;;;
;ft"r,
dependcnt
on
the
intensity
or
the
mr¡sic.
BuJ
there
is not
I
lhe stightest
."nsai¡on
in rqy
head and
hands
-
the
head
is
fhe
least
sensitive"
i.
i
In
concluslon,
thc
dei'elopmenf
of
VA
theraif'has
úrken
plqta
bver
th9
/
ffieen
years
and
hdi
lnvolúed
e
Varlety
of
profesdonalg
lncludlng
mudd
ti"-ri¡g*
music
educaúorg
music
therapy
educatorg
psychologifgr
biologists,
physicians,
nutses
and tgachert'Jh:
JheroreJical,P::-f"-"
-t11
.'
CONCLUSIONSfl
showed
lively
colours.
Al
other
times,
I
se€
no
images"
(p'10)'
Anotñer
musical
subject
conrmented,'If
r¡as
quitc
remarkable.I
could
hear
only
wirh
the solar plexug
atso
the softest notes
but
nothing at all
with
-y
"""r.
My
hands
"od
f""t
rtmalned
cold
thls
tlme,
In
spite
of
the
"utog"rro.r,
training
which
preceded
the experience'
It
is
a
primieval
e:perience.
A
pity i3 is
so
shori"
(p.
10).
This
study
can
be
seen as
inspirational
to
the
early
pioneers
of VA
described
here,
and
flrom
the
principles and
"
nd
music
apptied
in
the
fleld
of
medicinet
VA
':i
f involving
the
use of
music
and
low fhquency
i
22
REÍERENCES
AIford'
Brtne
ency
noise
on
people
'a
rcview'
(4),
PP.483'500.
Bryan,
M,
&
Tempest,
I4/.
(1972).Does
infrasound
nnke
drivers
drunk?.
New
Scientist.
9,
5E4'5E6.
D""ro*,
I
A,
& Goll,
H.
(1989).
The
effect
of
vibrotactile
stimuli
via
the
somatron
on
the
identification
of rhythmic
concepts
by
hearing
impai
Eldund, G,
,
stimu
Administration.
Grimn,
M.
J.
(1983). Effects
of
vibrafion
on
humans.
In:
R.
Lawrence
(Ed.)
'proceedings
of
Internoise.
t
Op.
1-14).
Edinburgh:
Insfitute
of
Acoustlcs.
É
¡;
23
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 13/124
)
)'
),
)¡
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
úlL
K.
En
& Eklunq
G.
(1963).
Thc
efnecas
of
muscle
vlbr¡tlon
In
spod¡cigj
rigd¡ty
and
ccrcbell¡r
diotders.
.Iounral
of
Neurolo.r.
Neuros¡rqeryr
and
Prychiatryr
3L
2n Al3.
ffita
O,
e
n
nesz,
C.
(1954).
Muslkgenuss
bel Gehorlosen.
Zschr
Psychol,
BD.99Jr5/6.
IandS
Adminishalion.
Lehikoinen,
P.
(19ES).
The
l(anms
project.
Report
|}om
a
control study
on
úhe
effect
of
vlbroacoustlcal
fhenapy
on
strcss.
slbellus
Acadenyt
Helsinki'
UnPublishcd
PaPer.
I*hikoinen,
P.
(1989). Vibracoustic
trtafmenf
to
reduce
stress'
Sibelius
Acadenry,
Helsinki,
Unpublished
paper.
Madsen,
C.
K,
Súandley,
J.
M,
& Grtgory,
D.
(1991)' The
effect
of a
vibrotactile
device,
Somatron,
on
physiologiczl and
psychological
responses:
Musicians
versus
non-musicians..Iournal
of
Music
Thempy'
31
(3), 1E6-205.
Rolana,
f. f,
& N"il."n,
K.
V.
(1 lE0). Vibratory
thresholds
in
the hands.
Saluv
fherapy
n'lth
neuroJlc
cllents
per
presented
at the
Second
ticg Slein\ier,
NoruaY'
19E9.
Published
ISVA.
skilte,
o.
(1969a).
Vibroacoustic
rrsearch.
In:
R.
spinúge
& R.
Droh
(Eds)
Skille,
SHlle,
ion
and
fherapy.
In:
T.
Wigram,
B.
SaperSon
& R.
\ilest
(Eds.)
The
Arú
and
Science
of
Music
ihempy:
Á
Handbook.
[-ondon:
Hanvood
Academic
Publications.
Skoglu
Skoglu
Scand-
125'
335.336.
24
It¡r. JM.
(f991).
The
effcci
ol
vlbrot¡cllle
¡nd
eudltory
Slmull
on
i;¿t"9p,t.i
o
co.mt14
ncar ̂ ra,f
lnlqfnneral
flngcr
t"mPtmlw'
,,,
-ioifial
o?Muslc
ltempy.2E
(3)'
12/0.ry'
;B.
CJ1970).
Vtbr¡tory
motor
stlmul¡tlon:
A
prcllmlnary
¡€porl'
-tl¡D
Tcir
ons'
In:
H'
A¡s
\I¡va
Verlag.
Verillo,
ñ.
L
tffZl.
Invesig¡at
rne
parameters
of
.the
cufaneous
'-'
inrcsnold
lor
vibrafion.
nat of
the Acousical
Society
of
Americ4,
34
(11)' tl6B
L773.
:on
cññEp,
& r.¡r*oq
c.
w.
(re76,;TfTll1lllilii,.lFil,ill1,ll
riirl
¡ess
.'{,'
I
Wedel
figue
of the
vibratory
sense'
4294E.
wigram,
T.
(leeO. The
effects
ol
vibroaco
l '"t"pLoa11iY1"li^lli;
i
I
":;h;üi
pop,rt"tioor.
Doctoral
disserratioq
st.
Gcorge's
Medical
School,
London
UniversitY.
Wtgraq
T.
(1993) 'The
Feellng
of
fhequencY
sound
in
rcducing
clients
with
learning
dilfcul
197).
London,
Philadelphia:
Jessica
Kingsley'
Wigran,
ú
e
WoX.s,
L.
(19-tl).
Report
on
Lcvanger
Symposium'
Norway'
In:
O.
Skille
@d.)
Kompleft
ra
Levange4
Norway:
ISVA
Publlc¡tlons'
Yamada,
S,
I-kugi,
wt'
tr'q¡it<ata,
S,
Watanabe,
T,
&
Kosaka,
T'
(19E3)'
Body
sensation
of
low
fiiqu.n.y
nois
of ordinary
persons and
profoundly
deaf
persons.
.Iournál
of
l¡rv
Frequency
Noise
and
vibration,
z
(3),
32-36.
25
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 14/124
)
)
)
)t
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
..
:,
::.1;lit $i:.
É¿i.tr.
'l:i
,r;
i ¡.
i¡¡
(¡
/:t):
,,:
t+
t,S.¡IfiFi:{{STli,:
j,
jt',r-.r:
r
r':-,.
i.r
:
i¡r,
;i:if-¿it&¡,.t,,,
.,,
'i'
:
r
tri
i,o._li*iif¡é1,,
i
ANIT
INVENq|L
UOVEilENT
percePtion.
Thesesensesarespecia|izedinrcceivinginformationhomthesmall
TvcrYthing
Is
Moviry
¡nd
VYc
Fcd
A
P.rl
of
this
Movi4i
Thi.*;hñéht
i.
m"
key
to
understanding
many
of
the
questions
w'ich
are
evidenl
¡n
tfre
fieU
of atouSics.
Real
movóment
and
our
perception
of
thls
moyemenr
.*
"iüi"Jsúlc
ldees
of
a unlque
phenomenon
-
that
of
our
áii".i*¡,.
the
world
tñat
srrrounds
us
thr¡ugh
the
prcoess
of sensorl
I
.lIlE*
Jsr¡*r
_¡v
vrvv'_-_---
---
and
rapid
movements
that
are
produced
around
ug
l"tt"""
"n¿
our
hearing
senses.
Thougb
these
are
Jwo
hc¡f|Dg,Ilp$l9,psl9F.in¡
4eF9"
.pt4llPre'
*l'::
-'-
t"--------
---'
.-t¡rof¡ ho¡arrco rtrev come inio
the
field
of
srbircfive
perreption'
,t
on
human
physiologr.
This
evaluation
b'e
diftcrcnce
ü"it""n
ibscillation"
and
'qvibration"'
'
Osillafion
r
*
c
f
lhe
bodY
is elastic'
and
the
force
the
cohestve
lorccs
that
malnt¡ln
aunityofthemolecu|esandcanaccomplishoscil|atorymovementgthenfhe
body
becomes
disforted.
It
can
then
be
stated
that
fhe
body
has
entered
into
a
state
ol
vibmÍion.
Whenthebodyisnotüsortedthroughosci||ation,asjnJheftrstcase'
the
movemenfs
are
isocronos
where
he movements
are
alnays
the
sa¡ne'
Thercforc,
the
num¡er
of
moverrrents
that arc
accomplished
in
the
space
of
a
unit of
time
.an
te
;*tfi"¡
as
a I
oscillation
frequency
-
and
can
be
Mfugcl
Ferundez
27
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 15/124
)
)l
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
derúgnated
¡s
elther s
purc
fone
or
dnusoldal
lone. This namc ls
deflncd
bcc¡usc
thc dlqlacement lollows
the slnusoldal
ft¡nction of the anglc
fo¡md
ln
a triangle.
In
the
second
cese,
rthen tbc
force
ls iufñclents
lerge
to
dti¡torl
the
body,
each moleculc
or
grcup
of molecules
will oscillate
wilh a
numbcr
of
lsocronos
movemenls
whiclq anpng other
fhingg
might be
caused
by
the
ela$ic
properties
of úhe
body and
will
cause
multiple
oscillation
fhequencies
or
pure
úones.
A clcar hierarthy
has
been
cstablished
between
them
s¡ch
that
the
slor¡rcí
movemenl
produces
the lorvest
oscillation
fluquency,
which can
be
designated as
'the
fundarnenfal fone," and
olher
movements
generated
will
Jhen
create additional
frequencies above
the
fundamental
oscillation ahat
arr
catled
"partlal
tonegt' or'byertones."
Here it
can
be found
lhal
the
partial
fones may
or not be divisible
by
the fundamental
üone.In
thc
flrst case,
fhe
partial
tones can
be
designated
"paÉial
harmonicq"
or
simply
"harnmnics."
These
continue in
the
proportions
which
rperc
defined
by the
ancient
Greeks
according
úo
fhe harmonic series
In
this serieg
the obtained
number ol
the
division
of
a
partial
harmonic
with
respect
to
the fundarrental
means
thal
the
number
or order of said
parlial
harrnonic
(ie,
úhe fourth harmonig
the
twelfth
harmonic,
fhe
fZ3rd
harmonlg
efc.) resrlts In
the
comblnaúlon
of
all
of
these In an overall
spectrum.
This
creaúes
what
we
lgrow to
be
a
"Complex
Toner"
where ifs
primary
ftiequency
value
is
known as the fundamental
tone.
In
fhe
evenú
lhaf
it
is
not divisible,
it
can be
designaúed
as
rlartial
inhar¡nonics,"
because it
is
evident úhat if
does
nof
continue
in the
hannonic
serieg
and
iJ will only
be
possible
to
obtain
it if a spectrum
analysis is rmde.
In fhis
analysis,
by
putting
into
order fhe numbers
of minor
to rmjor
inharmonics,
eg, four
parfial
inharrnonicg flfteen
parlial
inharmonics
elc,
one
can obtaln
a result
where the comblnatlon of
all can
glve
an
effect of
what
we know
as
"noise,"
and
it
will nof be
possible
to
quanti$
their
fbequency.
In
either
case,
the fundamental
tone
will be
the
first
partial
harmonic,
because il it is
divided
by iSself the result
will be
one.
The terms
prcviously
known
as tone and noise herc
have a
purcly
physical
context,
and although
it would
be
current
praciice
to
define in the
same
way
cause
and
efnect,
we
should not
forget
that
we ourselves ¡nove in two
dlfferent
ftelds
-
the
obJectlvc
and
the subJectlve. These
c¡nnol
be
mlxed.
Thercforg
a
great
number
of mistakes
can be
rmde
when these
terms
are
conftrsed, and
if
is
not
clear whaú confext is being
used in
each separate
case,
either ob rctive
or
subjective.
A
logical
prooess
can
be
found by
nreans of a chain
fonned by the
initiator of fhe
movemenfg
the
medium
by which
the movelrent is
fransnitted
(for
enmple,
air)
and the reccptor,
which lorms the
last link ol
the chain. In a Ulopian
rr,orld wherc onc c.ould
frnd an ideal
chair¡
the
Inltlator would
generale
a
perfect
oscllleflon, the
transmltter
or medlum
(for
28
Do¡nL
-'--
Th"
effect
accomptished
reoutd
in
fhe form
of
a feld
of
increasing
and
ooo-J*f
size
which
coutd
be
described
as
a
"ryheri@l
$ave,"
growing
as
makes crontacf
with
a
surface.
crashes
against
úhe
limits
of Úhe
object
and
is
difllacted
around.
abs"t¡too ls a
mechenlcal
energl
converslon
In
calo¡les
by
the
rubbing
ol
tht
molccules
togelher
where the
energ fo¡ce
is
absorbed
within
,l
r
fl
29
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 16/124
É
¡;
$
H
0
r
fl;
QI
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t
)
)
)
)
,
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
¡ne
osc¡ilat¡on
info
a
vibmtion.
This
energl,
in
fhe
form
of
an
electrical
I
currentr
pas$s
fhrougt
a sylem
invotving
a
t¡ansducer
which
is
capable
of
i
converflng
lt
lnto
mechanlc¡l movementg
Normall¡
the
úransducers
are
the
loudryeakens
located
wiJhin
the
chairs
or the
beds.
Here
is
one
of
úhe
most
critical
poinfs
of
úhe
"chainr'
-
fhe
loudspeakers
Loudrycakcrs
These devices
have
conical
and
rigid
rrcmbraneq
capabte
of
being
moved
by
controlled
movernents
which
are
obfained
thmugñ generating
á
sysem
of
nragneflc
llelds
whlch
cause
the
comlng
togefher
o"
golng
apart
of
Dlagram
2
MOIECUtE ACTIVITY
DIAGRAil OF
ACUTE RESOI{AIICE
:,
r,
,i i-l¡l,r
jtli
:,"
/-I
HARD
BoDY
I
DIFFRACTEO Ef{ERGY
30
FREOUENCY
IHZ.I
31
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 17/124
I
I
I
I
I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
t,
t
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,)
)
)
)
',
)
)
.)
)
)
)
)
I
onc
of
then thc mmbr¡ne.
Thc
posltlon ol
Jhc
membr¡ns
lb¡t
úo
ncslvo
lhe
stlmulus
ls In
the
vc¡lex
of úhe
ong
and
the
force
will
iáiá over
lbc nholc membr¡nc
ll
ordcr
úo
movc
iJ.
fnls
ts
e
rysiem
rvüerc the
prtnary
Inltletlng
'
transmlttlng
'rccelvlng
intliating
-
transmitting
-
I úhis
process
is rcpeatcd
aan
Huygens
in
úhe
latter
lOtECUtE
ACTIVITY
Dlagnam
3
MOtEcutE
ACTtvtTY
cave
f¡onú
can
be
those
which
ane
movemenf
by
the
¡c{lon
ol¡ttractlon
or
repulslon
wlSbln nregnetlc fleldg
behave ln a
uay
that
ity
hus
:il
:l:
nembrane,
and
other
parfs
of
Jhe
residual
ene¡Ey
arc
reflecfed
back
again
lomrds
the
cone
of sPeaken
The
refected
waves
go
in
opposite
dircctions
wiÚh
respect
fo
the
ouÍgoing
raves,
and
thertforc
generafe
a
se¡ies
of
staÚionary
$aves thaf
cause
lhc
rembr¡ne
lo
be
delormed
and
begln
vlbratlng.
Ihls
generefes
overtones
th¡l
are
disúorfed
by
this
pnocess.
These
overfoneq
generated
by Úhe
distoltion,
have ffcquencies
much higher
than the
fundarrcntal
and can
be
morccadly audible fhan
the
fi¡ndamcntal, crcating conftrsion
in
the
operation
of thls
system.
It must be rernembercd
fhaf lhe frequency
ol a
sound
for
ehich
úhe air
is
rmf
sensiúive
is in
the arca of
4'0fi1
Ha and
below
Jhis
fltquency
the
auditory
sensitivity
decrcases
continually
and
irregularly. The
ncoessarT
energy to
perceive
a
tone
of
30
Hz
with úhe
sarne
inJensity
as
thaÚ
of
d000Hz
ls
almosf
a
mllllon
times
latger.
This indicates
that
our hearing
abiüty
does
not
respond
in
a
linear
way
to
cause
and
effect,
but
follors
random
curves
in
relation to energt
levclg
fhequencies
and
the
production of
sound
sensation.
The low flequencies
(below 30Hz) are
pracfically
inaudible
as
an
airbonr
sound
within
fhe
environmenf.
Horrever,
they
are
perfecfly
perrceived
by
úhc
sensation
ol
fouch,
an
enmple
being thc
facility
of hearing
through
the
l¡ansnission
of
sound energr
via
bones
TVhen
we
raise the
flGquency
of
fhe
tong
the
capectty
to hear through
the
llmpanlc
menrbrane
vla
¡lr
¡lso
gluws
quickl¡
wlrile
the
possibility
to
perceive
the
sound
in
a
tacfile nay
dccnases.
Either
when
the
speaker
is of
poor qualify,
or
if it is
a
good
ryeaker
but
driven
by high
power
cnusing
high
levels
of
energr,
the
sarne
rcsult will
oocur
-
the
overtones
that
arc
generated
in the membrane
ol
the
speakers
rtach
very
high enelgr
levels.
This ¡tsults
in
a
clearly
audible
tone
through
tbe
air¡
combined
úlh
a fundarental tone
which
is
perceiyed
by
means
of
touc\
when
In
reallty
what edsts ls a complex
tone
condsúlng
of
a
'l1rf
FREQUET{GY
(Hz.t
DIAGRAT|
OF
O
FACTOR
{
i
ii
32
33
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 18/124
)
)
)
)¡
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
ll¡nd¡msnt¡l
úone
and ¡
scrles
of
partlel
hlgher
úones
$ ''r
Thls
fblc
imprcssion
produced
¡n
ítrc
perrcepJion
of
tone
may
..,
cause
grcat
probl
otner
conlpli
il:l"T.,i:"r*l
be
srgnrncanny
ffben.bn
el0clronlc
sygtem
ls
used
fo
rcproducu
¡
muslc¡l
prcg¡¡n¡
also
be
t¡ken into accuunl
in
tenns
of
the
low
lbequencies
ffrf,,,ñ"
hrt"u*itr thar
may te
generatlng
irt"
i"itltt-;;¡
:;i.t
base
wlfhln
the
muslc,
and they should not
conlllct
or
lnterfere
wlth
,t
too"r
of
fhe
sinusoidal
oscillatorg
because
fhey could
also
produce
ilr¡romrf
alterations.in
the
rhythm of-the
beats
To
avoid
fhig
if
should be
possible
fo flller
the musical
program
to
diminate
all
the
tones
that are coincidentally
identical
with the
sinusoidal
oscillator.
Aú
a
musical
perceplual
level,
this
will
noú
be
scen
to alter
fhe
nalure
of
fhe musig
because
the
ear
will
restore
the
losl
infonnafion
on an o¡gan,
nous
process
sc is fo avoid
r
oonlicf
beJrreen
fundarnentals and overfones fhom fhe
stimulus. Therefore
lbe
music
can
have these
frequencies
filfered
oul.
Condusions
The
relevance
of this acoustical
p¡ooess
needs
úo
be taken
into
conslderatlon
In underslandlng fhe
physlcal
efÍects expedenced
frcm
vibmacrusfic
stimuli. A cumplex Íone stimulates
whole and
parlial
vibraJion
ola
body,
causing an efiect
in
the
human
being
of a
percepúion
of
vibmtion
in
spccillc
locationg
and also a
geneml
vibration
in
the body,
experienced as
a
whole body
vibration.
Mechano-receplors
sensitive
úo
vibration
are
rcryonsive in
speciflc fhequency
bands,
and therefore
the sensafion of
vibrafion
will
vary
depending
on
Jhe frequency and
upon
the ovefones
above
the
fundamental
fone.
i
bl
f,;
fi
H
0
E
É
m
34
35
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 19/124
)
)'
)
)'
)'
)
)
)'
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
, ,.,i |
:,
.,..1,
-,
.:'i,
.r,..J
fl?Jl
r;.r'tHri'ltvi
r"n:
.]jntlrriilg-¡4lili Fú'f
i'iiÍii
lrr¡fjlt'lF''¡
,.i:r'itlr'':
r'ATW
e
etQloring
the
usic
and/or
low
disorders'
Úhe
ülD¡lo
Inhoduclim
h6c'
tones
app[efi
f*Fgcrry
ru
r'E
wsJr
t.¡'--
------
disorderst
Úhe
tq-x.rr---
__
.--'irr
rti¡Hnv is nor
without
a
scientillc
context.
^'aññr
o
níghlight
this
rcsearch
in
anattempt
'9u
"s
a
stimutui:
It
ls
hoPed
thaf
thls
-¿--r--:--
rL¡ ¡ffmls
nf mUSiC ,l'
n
for
studying
the
effects
of
music
¡;
de
PhYsiological
and
of
music
in
medical
(lrrtlctl
1996;
Ilodges'
1980;
Maranto'
liú),
thc
prcsent
chaPter
will
sene
Iúprtllng
these
re$ltsr
rether
then
as
-d
bc notcd
that
the
sections
lD¡).
spcc¡ncau
f¡tüological and
It
rthrionship,
trrrrtt.
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 20/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
Phyiolo3ic¡l
R:qoncr
úo
Muic
Rcscarch rcgading
physiological rcsponses
úo
mudc
typically
vorlous't5ps
of muslc
(Slmulettve vs.
scdatlve)
orv¡rlous elements
o?
in
ah
,a-ttempt
to dete¡mlne
if and
how
thec flmuli
infuence
a
physiol
sintel
Phydotogical
sates
most
often
sudied
irylu{g:
heart
ratg
temperature,
g¡-ivanic
skin
residancflcsn¡,
btood
prcbiure,
blood
respiráüibn,
digestion/gastric
nmfility,
muscle
and motor
nesponses,
SálCsr
and
biochemical
rcryonses.
E
In
studies
cmñining
the
el?ects
of music
and
heart
rate,
mixed
1996; Hodgeg
1980; Maranto,
1993b).
conclusivé
Íbnner,
i's
judged
by
the liferature.
However,
Úrends
of
music
decÉaé
bttiod
prcssurr o" to
have
no elfeci
have
been nofed
@arfletl,
l9l
Maranto,
1993b).
The
influence
of music
on blood
volume
is
inconclusivg
with
showing
eifhtir
an influence
or
no influence
of
music
on
blood
Mudc
¡nd shln
temperature
researqls
for
the rnosÚ
parl,
I
supported
musicls
ability
to incrtase
slcin
tómperature'(an
indicatio¡
reHlhfi
óilfl@artlett,'1996;
Hod
geq
19E0
;
Ma
ra nto,
1993b).
Resulfs
of rcsearch
enmining
the effects of
music
on
skin
(galvanic
skin
resistance)levels
have
suggesÚed
that.nusic
can effect
with
trends
fonards
a
positive-relalionship between music
and
"n
GSB.
An
anatysis
of subjectd
experience
wifh
the
music
in
some
of
studies
has
indicated
a
relationship
between
positive affect
and
GSR
res
(Bafletf
1996;
Hodges,
1980; Maranto,
1993b).
The
effects
of music on
btood
pressune
may
not
be
prcdicted
4_
Maranto,
1993b).
38
have
bccn
found
and
it is dimcult
fo
generalize
úhese
Íindings
or
pr{l
heari
rate
nesponses
lo muslc
In
a
glven
dlrtctlon'
(acceleratloo
-
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 21/124
:rri
clcarl¡
¡ddldonal
rcscarch
uülch
add¡esses
somo ol
lhesc lssues
is
nbcdod ln
the fl¡tur¡.
.t;.,:
rit:t
t'¡
f,li.,
",
:.
'
Prycüotoglcrl/Aftcflvo
Rc4oncc
o
Mudc
i:
,
'T[gry-
.
i_s
oonsiderable
difttculty
in
deflning
and assessing
psychologid¡VáfiCti*e
rcspohss
tó
music.
Tlresc
are
indeed
"complex
and
may
have different
independenú
determinants
....
The rcsca¡cher
is often
concerned
with
affempting
to sú¡ip
a$ay
or
neufralize
efraneous
envi¡onrnental.
factors
in
order
to
gain
indghf on
fhe
affeclive
set.
The
relatively
unstable
cha¡acteristics
ol
mmüe¡notion
nesponses
make
this
task
dlffcult" (Abeles
&
Chung
19Ed
p.
291),In
splte
ol thlg
In thls
sectlon,
there
will
be
an
aúlempt
to
surrunarize
somc
of
the
¡rsearch
flndings to
dafe.
Trained
mudcians
tend
to
have more
intense affective
reacJions
to
-'
music
than nonmusician{,
however, this
trend
should be
interpreted
with
caution.,similarly,
therc
a¡e
mixcd ftndings
rcgarding the
sex of úhe
lisúener
,:w**it
relates to
affective
nesponses
to
musiqt' but therc
appears to
be
a
relationship
bctrreen the fermle
sex
and
heightened emofional
responsesF
(Abeles
& Chung
1996).
affecf
the
emotlonal
with the
music
playeü,
srggesled
tl¡at
mood
Chung, 1996).
Olhe¡ Sudies
have tentafively
showr¡
Jhat
music can afÍect
'hnxiety,
symbolic
sexr¡al arousal,
inferpersonal
interacfiong
self-concepf
and
lest
performance"
(Abeles
&
Chung
1996,
p.310).
Elements
of
music associated
wiÍh
emofional
response
have
also
been
Investlgaled. Allhough
lhere
are
no cuncludve
flndlngs to thls
reseerch
wllh
regard
úo
ryecific
musical
elements,
fherc
do
appear to be r¡lationshipg
and
these
rclationships
are
also
influenced
by
characferistics
of
the
subjects
themselves
(Abeles
&
Chung, 1996).
It is
zurprising
to note
how
liftle we
still
know about
affective
nesponses
úo music fbom a
research
perspectivg
particutarly
when the
clinical
r
uses ol
music lherapy
appear
to suraass
fhis
knorledge.
Again,
a
grut
deal
:
of
effort
needs
fo
be
dcvoted
lo
fhis
area, however
complex, to provide
a
more
solld
basls
for
cllnlcal
pracflce.
Efnocts of
Mudc
in
Mcdicel
TmJmcnJ
The liúeralurc
docunrenting
the
effects
of music
in
medical
t¡raúmenú
is burgeoning.
Music
has becn
used
s¡ccessfully in the
following
medicat
specialúies:
nconatal intensive
care,
pediatricg
physical
rchabilitation,
pulmonologl,
surgery
pain
mana
gemenl,
intensive cary
obstetrics-gmecologr,
end
oncologr/úermlnal
lllncss
(Mrrento,
1996i
1993e).
40
Iaborarory
and
clinical
¡escorch sludies
pyl{ing.gvidencc'of
thcsc
nena
have
-bcen
wll docr¡mented ¡nd ñúü*iti
Ott¡¡*ñie''D9di'1e93h)'i
arcas
arc s¡mm¡rized
very
brief[y In
3his'ütlon
In outüie
form
eccordlng
3o
phydologlcal,
psyclolo$ce[
behovlor¡l
end
psychoplrydologlcel
ne*onses
(fFom
Maran.o
1991f,
19)J)3a). Psychophysiological
ltsponses a¡s
those
(e€, st¡¡ss and
pain
responscs)
which
a¡¡ ¡clated
to
both domains.
Nanalog
Pryiologicd
norc rePiil
wcig[t
3ein
inñ.sd
food
eoocPúrre
tdrcd
vonltlng
end
g¡gglng
'
inotasd
oltgcn
selr¡r:rtion
lcYcls
shoúr
ho*ital súaY
Bcbvio¡et
rcdued
crting
iryrcvcd
bch¡vi,orel
fetcs
Pdiúi6
Prycüological
incrtescd
vcrüdizetims
reg¡rding
illncss
hclp lhmities
edjus
to
cüilds
illncss
i4rovcd
mood
dcca*s
in fcar
Bch¡vlorel
dcsta*d
bcbavi,onl
diú¡tss
Prytuphysiological
dcmscd
enxicty
rtducfion
in
sücss
syrytoms
doctasd
pein
Prrtsirnl RMllitobn
Phydologicat
strucfr¡¡cd
ftylhnds
movcmcnt
iryroved
mofon
ftmcfioning
rcinfored
dedr¡d
movcmnts
dcqtasod
musde
tension
H
lt;
t
0
ñ
É
m
I
>t
t
4t
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 22/124
E
ü
l¡
ü
H
0
T
a
n
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
PutmM
PFdoleical
rcduc{ion
in
rcqintion
ralc
lcss
hcart
r¡lc
incncasc
tugery
Phydological
,
-ó-
-..-ri¡t
htñrrl
Drcssurc
dcm*sinsydolicrdiastoücandmnartcrialbl'oodprcssll
dccreas
ln
hcert
r¡te
¿ocn
s¿
strcss
bomonc
lcvcls
do¡¡cascd
rcrPiretion
retcs
dcc¡tlscd
nusdc
lcndm
PrycholoClcd
ñffiúwiih
rudc
c:Pcricnc
fi
G-Om
-
":t.ririr .Éüirif
*lYd,*t
"l'
enritfY
io."ta.a
Pain
tolennce
l#f"nt*Fcuircd
ffiffitoryproadurts
cnUnoa
nlenuon
43
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 23/124
'Ux
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
))
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
mpc¡s.d
dm duüt
l¡bor
ah¡nood
L¡nlc
ptooodurcr
llcn.sd
GtrDbdir
oÍbffi
riilTirlF,Jt
PrycüoFydohCic¡t
dmsd
pin
Uiá
ry-Jn
st
f,.rl.t¿
fi.3-¡:.'.:r...
x
'
'
tÉl*.q
f*¡tri¡vi:¡l
1,,
Otdqilfetmitd lÍh¿ss
Prydohgicel
dootlsd
cücmoabc$rpy
ddc
clfocts
dccrc¡sd
vomlt@
dcsrasd
D¡uscr
Prycüologiel
i4rovcd vigor
iqlrovcd
mood
incrllsd
sdfdis&surs
Prycüophysblodc¡l
lcss
tcndon¡hn&ty
lcss
phydcel
disomfol
end
pein
Thorlaic¡I conefls
To sum¡narizg
there ane some theorctical concepfq
some of
which
are
b¡scd
on neseench,
whlch
provlde
e
bads
¡nd ratlonale
for
fhe
uses of mudc
in
medicine
and in strcss management
(Maranto,
1993b).
1).
Music
elicits
physiological
responseq however,
the direction
of
these ¡esponses
is
difficult
fo
predicf
in
a
consifent nnnner.
2). Music
elicifs
psychological
(mood/affecúive
rcsponses).
3).
Music rnay
evoke imagery and
associaúions
4). Music
elicits
cognitive nesponses.
O.
Music
has the
potential
for
physiological
and/or
psychological
entrainmenÍ.
6).
Phydologlcel,
psychologlcal
and
cognltlve
¡esponses
fo
mudc
ane unique
for
cach individual.
7).
Music
can elicit
psychological,
cognitive and
physiological
responses
simultaneously; these
nesponses ¡nay be
interrelated.
8).
An
indiüdual's
history with,
undcrstranding
of,
and liking
for the
music
ane dgnifcant factors in
psychological
and/or
physiological rcsponscs
elicited;furthermore
a
number
of
other
individual
variables may influenae
responses
to music.
9).
Elements
ol mudc, as well as the
muslc
gesúaltr
affecú
44
psyclologicat
and
plrydologica
rcagtlons
10)'
M"t-*
TTy 8""
I- ..r'""¿oo or dimídshins
effcca
(wücn
comblned
wlth
ofher
U,
i
''---
^--t¿t-.-
-o*rG.o
la
14.
Phyrúologicatr
psycholoEcat
and/or
oognitive
rcsponses
to
music
may
rn¡ry
according
ó music
haining
(Maranto'
1 t93b'
and
PsYchological
elfects
ment'
there are
a
numbe
,."1,,
be addressed
in
rcselnch
and
t¡¡atment'
2.
Whercas
some
physiological
and
psychologicat
effects
ol
music
arc
known,
f
hese
havs
yet
to
'ue
aet..ñtin
I
for
vA
therapy.
This
type
of
research
should
be
underJaken.
3.
Just
as
wiSh lrcatment
withouJ
low
frcquency
úoneg
m-usic
uscd
in
VAtherapyshouldtake|ntoctnslderatlonthe|ndtvidualneedghlsforles'
ñf";;;ñ
efc.
of the
patient.
Furrher,
the
choice
of
tow
firquencies
fo
be
use¿
mug
also
be
an
individualized
process
4.
need
fo be
considerc
of music
as
rvell
as
th
nces
as theY
rtlate
fo
VA
theraPY
is
needed'
5.
Cognitivi
rcsponses
of
patients to
vA
therapy
should
be
identified.
6.Btochem|calresponsesfoVAtherapyarc|oglcalartasforfuture
invesfigafions.
T,Theareasofmedicalintenentiondescribedinfhischapter(andin
thisbook)areripeforinvestigtion.Theeffectiveness,aswellasthe
contmindícadons
(see
chapter
n¡
otve,
trsatment
for rnedical
patients
should
be
careful$
sÚudied.
):
.
g.
Ferr
studies
have
compared
the
effecliveness
of
music
therapy
vs. vA
treatmenf.
This
in
another
important
area
for
investigation'
-
l
It
ts
ho@
that
thls
brief
chapfer
has
provlded
the
reader
with some
inforrmtion
about
the
brnader
context with
which
vA
therapy
may
be
viewed
in
terms
of
resear¡h
and
clinical
practice.
There
are
certainly
numenous
possibilities
inherent
in
the
fufure
of
tn¡s
trcatment
modality'
Rcfcnenes
Abeleg
H.
F,
&
Chung,
J.W.
(1990.
Responses
to
music'
In:
D'
Hodge:
(ry)
'i
'
------nli¿boon ol
"muslc
psyctrology
(2nd
Edtrton)
(pp.
285-342).
San
,iil
;i
45
H
u
t
I
m
q
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 24/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
T
I
I
)
'ti.,
Anionlor
IX:
IMR hrcss
Borúle
l.
In:
,.PÉr
(pp.
i
'iíki.:
Dafnow, E.
$nn.P[yslcal
effects
and
moúor
nesponses
fo
music..Iournal
of
Rcsrch in
Music Erlucation
á,211-221.
Harrur,
Go
& HarrtrrH. (lÍ17.
Musig
emotion
and auúonomic
fl¡nction.
In:
M. Crifchley
& RÁ-
Henso4(Eds)
Music
and
ihe bmin.
London:
Heinemann
Medical
Books.
Hodgeg D.
(19E0).
Physiologlcal
rcsponses
lo music.
In: D.
Hodges
@d)
Handbook
of
music psycholo$r
(pp. 392400).
Dubuque,
IA:
Kendall
Hunt
Pubüshlng Co.
Lacey,
J.I.
(l 156).
Thc €valuation
ol
autonomic
responses: Tonard a
general
solution. Annals ol
fhe
New York
Acadenlv
of Sciencres
6L
l?3-164.
i
Marantq
C.D.
(1990.
Research
in
music
and
nedicine:
Thc sfate of the
art.
In:
M.A.
Floehlich (Ed.).
Music
thempy
wiih
hospitalized
children:
A
creafive
arts
child
life approach
(pp.
39ó6).
Cherry
Hill,
NJ:
Jeffhey
Books.
Marantq C.D.
(1993a).
Applications
of
music
in
medicine.
In:
M. Heal &
T.
Wgram
(Eds)
Mudc lherapy In
health and educatlon
(pp.153-t7a).
London
and Philadelphia:
Jessica
Kingsley
Pubtishers.
Maranlo,
C.D.
(1993b).
Music therapy
and strcss
management.In:
P.
Lehrtr
&
R.
Wmlfolk
(Eds.)
Principles
and
practice
of
strcss
rnanagement
(2nd
Editlon) (pp.
aO7-43).
Noz
York
Guillord
P¡ess.
Maranúo,
C.D.
(1992).
A
comprehensive dellnifion
of
music
úherapy with
an
integrative
rmdel
for
music
¡nedicine.
In: R.
Spintge
&
R.
Droh
(Eds.)
MusicMedicine
(pp.19-29).
St. Louis:
MMB Music.
Maranfo,
C.D.
(1991).
A classlflcalion
model
for mudc and medlclne.In:
C.D.
MaranÍo
(Ed.)
Anplicafions
of
music
in
medicine
(pp.
l-d).
Washingúor¡
D.C.:
NAIVÍ
T.
Maranto, C.D. &
Scartelli,
J.
(1992r.
Music
therapy
and
psychoneuroimmunolog5r.
In:
&
Spintge
& R.
Droh
(Eds)
MusicMedicine
(pp.142-É9.
St.
Louis:
MMB Music.
Schacte¡
S.
(1957).
Pain,
fear and
anger
in hypertensives
and
nonhy¡lerf ensives Psychosomaf
ic Medlcine
P,
17 -29.
Schacter,
S.
(f964).
The
lnúeraclon
ofcognltlve
and
physlologtc deterr¡rlnenfs
of
emofional
states. Advances
in
Experimental Social Ps.vcholog¡,
t
49{0.
Sfandley,
J.M.
(1995). Music
as
a therapeutic inlervention
in
medical and
dental
lreatmenú:
Research and clinical
applicafions In: T. Wigrar4
R.
TVest
&
B.
Sapersfon
(Erls.)
The
arú
and
science of
music
fhe¡apy:
A
handbook.
(pp.3-22).
Swiúzerland:
Harrvood Academic
Publistrrers
Standle¡
Ji\{.
(1992).
Metaanalysis
of ¡esearch
in music and
medical
tr¡atment: Eflecf
slze as a
basls for comparlson acmss
multlpte
añatyds
¡nd'cllnlc¡l
lppllcaflons.
1r:"
l2Z
rnuut,
n¿
n.
(leseb)'
rhe
influence
ot m,.1s1j1t:1"I*ll3^:t:::*
"n"og".'in
reíaxatioq
affect
and
tho'tghl
in
psychlatric
prisoner
patients
.Iournal
of
Music
Therapy.
Ú'
t.55'166'
,:i
.,.
:;i
',l
:I
lii
ti
:¡i
47
i,j
6
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 25/124
,
I
I
FOT'R
ür
r"o"
CTJRRENT
APPLICATIG{S
In
the
beginning
the
initiative
for
developing vibroacousf
ic
(vA)
fherapy
applicability
of
vibroacouslic
thempy.
The
author
rms
significanfly
influential
in developing
vibroacoustic
lbetapy
in Nornay,
and
rmny
colleagues
in
different
professions
began
to
use
v¡rioul
fpcs
olvibroacuusúic
equipment
to explore
its
effects
on a
variety
of
cfinicat
populations
(skitle,
1982a,1982b,19E6).
During
fhe
mid
1980'9
there
ms
no
comrnercial
produclion
of
vibroacousúic
equipmenÚ
in Europe,
and
much
of
it
r¡¡as
conlrucled
for
rtsearch
purposes.
I
recommended
in
my
vlbm¡cousúlc
therapy
menual
(19E6,
1991)
lhat,
for
eÚhlcal
nealnnq
lt uas
important
and
necessary
for
the therapist
and
the
staff
who
were
experimenting
wifh fhis equipment
to fest it
on
themselves
first
beforc
they
used iJ
with
clienfs. The
reports that
were then submitted
showed
me
that the
trcafinent
had effects
on
several
different
conditions
fhal
were often
found
prinarily
in
staff. In
this
way, the
variety of
pofential
applications
of
vib¡oacrustic
therapy
began
fo emerge.
The anecdotat
res¡lts
fhat accrued
over
many
years
of experimenfation
can
be looked
at
as helpfut
and
guldlng ralher than
sJatlstlcally
slgnlflcant
(Skille,
been
a cerlain
amount of
objectiv
although
very ferv
studies
underta
rc has
been
a
wide
clinical
a
lication
of
fhis method
wifh
many
reported
positive
effects
collated
rcports
fall
into
flve rmin
clinicafpathological
areas: 1)
pain
disorderg
2) muscular
condifions,
3)
pulmonary
disorders,
4)
general
phydcal
ailrnenfg
and
5)
psychological
disorders
P¡in
Disordcns
,:',
There
have
been
rcports
of
the
effecfive
use
or
vibrcacoustic
fherapy
with
colic
paing
borel
problemg
fibromyalgia,
migraine
and headache'
low
H
f,;
0
H
1.1
H
m
I
I
f
t
49
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 26/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
¡
)
i
J
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
fbequencies
beúween
50-S5IIz.
The
fhequencieg
as
opposed
fo
ofher
fheq
noJ
based
on
any
¡esearch
¡esr¡lts.Iti
over
flfly
per
cunt
of patien
helped
úhrough
a
rtducúion
A
deJailed
analysis
of
rnechanoreceptors
r¡as
undertaken
(1992)
In
súudtes
on
paln.
Thetr
s
(MVTfm)
have
found
significant
e
¡rduction
when
cumpared
fo
music
speciflc
frcqucncy
mnge
(60{(X)hz).
Mi
equipmenf
which
r¡as
a
juS$
to-generate
g*ater
acfivity
in
lhe
frequencl
ranges
known
fo
pruduce
pain
re[óf
(appnoimat",y
t'ó:iió-h;;:
back
pain,
menshual
paiq
d
fensio4
bechtercw,
ncck
and
st¡oulder
¡rxorto_
,.-,-_
Some
of
úhc
lnaúments
und
^
.
,{
il'óüircessfiit.
The
use
"r
mq¡;lJ"¡-
I
S'
all
other
ÚreatmenJ
'¿ln"and
Gcncrat
Phydcal
Ailments
clinical
problems
in
Úhis
category
mighÍ
include
fhe
following:
decubiditus
ulcers,
rtduced
btood
circulation,
and
post'operalive
lhaú
iú
has
had a
successflrl effecf.
Psyclolo
gical
Di
srders
VA
treafment
can
have
an
efnect
on
psychologlc¡l
sfates
whlch may
or
may
not
contribute
to a
physiological
condiÍion.
In
fhis
group of
problemg
vibroacoustic
therapy
tras
tecn
ur"¿
in
the
treafment
of:
insomnia,
anxiety
disorderg
self-iaiurióus
behavior,
challenging
behavior,
autism,
depression,
and
stress.
'l
Autisn is
though
to be an
organic
condition,
and
Jherefore
should
not
Musr¡lar
Conditbns
Vibroacoustic
therapy
has
parficularly
when
those
prpblems
has
received
a loú
of
atfenfion
fho
of
vibroacuusfic
therapy
in
reducing
muscle
úone.
p
reacú
wilh
spasns
to
over
excifement,
high
stimulafion.
Therefore,
relaxing
music
using
iow
rarrge
has
been
importanf.
some
or
fhe
freafmenJs
thal
have
taken
prace
wifh
vlbroacousfic
úherapy
have
arso
Invotved
dorng
acúrve physiofherapy
durrng
or
immediately
after
the
session.
other
muscurar
crnditions
thaf
have
been
herped
incrude
murtipre
sclero_sis,
Relf
syndromg
spa
súicity,
and
muscula"
o""r-ur"
rjna"o,,,".
Research
in
úhe
crinic
nor
cñila.,
and
adurts
,,rfh
R"il,y"drome
af
Harper
House
rffordshire,
England
has
already
indicaúed
a
posit
to
VA.
sp"á¡n"uilv,
iicrease¿
levets
of
relantion,
uced
hand pru"fñi
ai¿
re¿ue¿
hyperventllaflon
n
noJed
(Cass
er
^l"ieX;'Wtgram
&
Casg
1995).
pai
pai
ane
50
lft
ñ
tr
It
¡\
t:
t
Fi
0
t
H
m
51
'
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 27/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
SUMMARY
applica
úions
of
vibroacuusJic
e:rperience
does
not
claim
fo
material
docu¡nented
in
this
the
oufcome
of
vibroacroustic
summarize
reporrs
rhom
crinica,'.i;lj;';#t'*:H$"Tli"TTffi:I
:?
pathological
conditions,
and
indicafe
tñe
extensiie
pofential
oflvibroacousric
lherapy.
REEERE¡{CES
Casg
H,
Slonimg
V.,
Wee
services
for
Relú
Sy
needs?
paper
presented
úo
Jhe
Ro
M'.orm
on
rhe
retier
or rheuma-fil[H3:tfir:'*%:f
University
of
Norúh
Tens.
skiffe,
o.
(DE2a).Musikkbadet
-
Anvendú
for
de
svakesfe.
Nordisk
ridsskúft
__
--
for
Sspeciale pedagogil<k,
4
275-54.
skille,
0
(19E2b).
Musikkbadat
-
enn
musikk
tempeutisk
metode.
Musikk
Te¡api,
l2+27.
Sú. Louis:
Magna
Music
T"
L€vanger,
Nonray:
ISVA
publications.
SHlle,
O.
(1991).
Vibrcacoustic
Therapy:
Manual
and
RepoÉs
l-evanger'
Nonray:
IS|VA
PubllcaÚlons
gfg|"anL
T,
&
Casg
H.
(1995)
The
role
of
music
therapy
in
a clinic
for
-
chilücn
and adults
with Rett syndrome.
Paper
presented
to
the
BSMT
Confercncer
l¡ndon.
I
I
I
t
(
t
(
t,
t,
F
fl
Skllle,
O
(1986).
Manuat
of
Vlbroacuusflcs
Publications
Levanger,
Nornay:
ISVA
skille,
o
(IgEga)
vibroac¡usfic
research.
I"
.R.
Spintge,
&
R. Droh
(Eds).
_
-_
Music
Medicine.
SJ.
Louis:
Magna
Music
Baton.
tllle
O
(r9E9b).
Vibroacousfic
therápy.
Music
Therapy.
&
6t-77,
skilfe,
o
(1992).
vibroacousri"."**-h
l9E0-199t
lrñ:si¡nrg.'e
R.
Droh
52
53
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 28/124
'.-
I
'l;{.r'r..-
,'
¡
I
)
t
)
)
)
)
)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
SECTION
tr
Rr^sEaRcu,
CT.,INICAL
AND
AIt{ECIX)rat
REPORIS
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 29/124
,
I
l¡.:.i.;.,{¡¡¡.r{¡
.
i
.'
-..r
EEECT
OF
VA
TEERAPT
ON
MTTLITPLY
EANI'ICAPPEI'
lWtn
WTIfl
úIGE MarcIE
TONBAND
SPASITüIT
foryWtFm
Inhoduclion
The
study
documenfed
in
fhis
chapfer
focused
on
fhe
effecl of VA
thcrapy
in
rcducing
muscle tone in
patients
with
spasficity.
Cercbml
palsy
is
riúsc¿
as
¡ ¡cstlt
of
an lnJury
to a
part
of
the braln before
lt
ls fully
dtivelopea.
I-b9
thrce
rmin
types of
c'erebral
palsy
art
ryaslicil¡
athetosis
and
."¡¡.The
pafients
in tniJituUy
srlfer ft.om
spaslic
disorUers.
peopiJrüin
spaficity
have
different
levels of
muscle spasn, causing
a rigidity
of
the
nuscles
A
spagn is
an
invofuntary
and
sor¡etimes
painfU
conf.raction-of-Jhe
musclg
mrtscle
gn¡up
or
of lhe
muscle
r¡all
of a
hollor
ofgan. Spasms of lhe
rúlile
body
are
referred
úo as
convulsions;
painful
spasms
of muscles or limbs
¡s
cramp;
and
úhose
in
Jhe stomach
and
abdomen as coüc.
In cereb¡al
pal.
slg¡
petlcntg the most
comnt)n
form of
spesm ls ¡ tonlc spi3m
Involvlng a flrm
sfro4g
contfaction
causing
ng¡dity
in
the
muscles.
The spasn
effect in
sriñCicity
¡esulib-f¡orfi a release
of fhe
gamma
system
from higher
inhibitory
pntml
and
is chamcúerised
by a
synchronized cxciúatory
phase
followed
by
a synchronized
phase
of
post+xcitatory
inhibition.
Afler
úhe
passing
of
this
phasc
of
post-excifatory
inhibition, one
of inhibitory excitation
returns. These
crents
can
be
clinically obse¡ved
in the
phenomena
of a spasúic muscle and
art
demonstraúed
in
an
exaggerated
stretch rcfle4
"clasp
knife,'r and the
léngfhenlng
¡nd
shorfenlng
ol
rvacflons
(Bobath,1972;
Bobeth
and
Bobath¡
rna.
..
Patienús
wilh
spasficity
are usually
found to
have:
1)
A loss
of
confrol
and
differenfialion
of flne volunlary
movements;
2)
suppression
of normal
¡ssociated
movernenls;
3)
presencc
of ccrfain
normal associated movernenls;
4)
hypertonus
ol
úhe
"clasp
knife"
gpg
with
a
following buitd-up of rpsistance
to
passive
¡novement (súretch
reflex);
5)
emggeraled
tendon
¡eflexes
and
possible
clones of
úhe
other
joints;
and
6) deprtssion of srperllcial reflexes.
I
More
typlcalty In
ryaltlc
paflents
onc
wlll
flnd an
lnc¡eese
ln
flexor
long
and
this is often
grtater
than extensor fone.
Imbal¡inces
in
fhe strengfh
of
muscles
will lead to contraciure
of spastic muscles and
weakness
resulfing
fhom
disuse
of
their opponenfs
(Jones,
lgTS).
rll
u
fl
¡{
H
0
fr
m
m
57
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 30/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
')
)
)
I
I
I
I
I
)
I
I
I
I
wücre¡s¡
lrcaÍment
ú""1-"1ry. og"therq¡¡
.
,
scd¡tlvc
baelgroun
diñáÁ-.or es^
,J
¡
lt.I"
n
üsue+
fttt¡
Ftr
s
ls
mr{ed
ii{
i.t
ruler/ms¡re
to rccord the renge
of
moverent
beforc
end
¡fler
iüil.f¡:,
..
i,
: ¡'
i.
,
I 'i
:
r:,¡'R'il:.¡';ii :i]+¡r¡
,J' ¡'i¡i¡¡r
l--ffi-t' ThC
qQerimeni
was
designed
as
a within'srbirfs
study wiúh
single
i
iñiu
ev"lu"tlon'
rhe
e:perlment eveluated-
l:i:, Iii"-11l^lí^-Y.'-^**:t;
1*"1"^'.*ñ;-d;'
iiffil;"%H;
can
De
used
in
cu4iunction
stúment
and
a
pulsed,
sinusoidal
lor
frequency
lone,
com
played
through
the
vibroacousfic
unit
sithout
¡
cncy
tone.
EXPERIMENTAL
EYPOIEESES
_
The
operimenf
described
in
this
chapfer
rmked
at
fhe
effect
of
vA
Sherapy
In
reduclng
qy"p
acüvrty
and
hrgñ
muscre
tone
In
pailenfs
n{rh
crrcbral palsy.
Ihe
lollowing
hypoúheses
we¡c
made:
'/
a)
sedaúive
music
in
cumbinaúion
with
a
pursed
row
ftre4uency
sinusoidar
toneol
4/lrrz_rpourd
have
a
greater
effect
in
reducing
muscrc
fone
in
ccrebml palsied
subjecfs
than
sedative
music
alone.
7'
b)
scdative
muslc
and
a
pulsed
lor fhequency
sinusoidal
tone
oI
44Hz
w_ould
have
a
greafer
effect
on
brood
pressure
fhan
sedative
music
alone.
Subids
Thrre
male
and
seven
female subjects
resident
in
a
large
mental
bospltal
took
part
in
fhe trlals. Ages ranged
lrom
28
to 77
years
(Mean 4.2,
SO.
USe¡,
and
they
were
all
diagnosed
as
prnfoundly
handicapped.
The
subjects
were
selecied fbom
a
wider
group
of
patients in 3he hospital
with
motor
disabilifies
because
they all had spastic
cercb¡al
palsy.
AII
Jhe
subjects
had
measumbly
high
muscle
tone
which
affected
each
of
them
in
differing
rmyg although
there
rvere some
aflected
muscle
groups
thaf
wert
strared
in
cornmon
by
all of
the
subjecfs.
Ihe
most
common
pmblems
shared
by
the majorify
of
the subjects
were flexor-spasm
in Jheir
¡rms
and
legs,
and
adductor-spasm
causlng
dlfllcultles
in
separaflon
of
the
tcgs,
which
in turn
can lead
fo
"scissoringtt
of
the
legsr
with
a
potential
consequense
of
subluxed
or
dislocated
hips
M¡tcrials
The equipment
thaf
uas used in
fhis
experiment
was
pur?ose
builf.
The
flame
of a sprung
bed
was used,
and
two 18-inch
speakers
were mounled
In
boxes underneafh
the sprlngs
with
the
cones
dlrecÚed
upuards.
The
speaker
boxes
contained
t'by
8"
porfs
for acousfic
balancg
and fhe
cone of
each
speaker
nas
approximately
two
inches
below
fhe
springs
of the
bed
so
that
the
subject
could
lie
within two
inches
of the
surface
of
ihe
speakers
,i
,
The speakers
wene
posifioned in
fhe
bed
so
fhat
when the subject lay
on
the
bed, one
speaker
nas
placed
under
the thoracic and
upper
abdominal
arca
of
fheir
body,
and
the
other speaker
nas
placrcd
under
the lower fhighg
knees
and
upper
calves
Or
top
ol
the
springs
lras
a single
polythene
sheef
(as
a precaujlon agalnsf Incontlnence),
and
on
top
of
thls
rms a half Inch
plle
sheepskin
rug.
The speakers
were
powe¡ed
by an Amba-414
pur?ose
built amplifier.
The
nnximum
potential output
from
fhe amplifier
rms
80
rvatts
per
channel
(RMS).
The
vibroacoustic
stimulus
of relaxing
music
combined
with
a
pulsed
sinusoida
low
frequency
sound
nave, and
the music
in condition
2 rras
played
through
a Technics
RS-Tll
stereo
cassefte
deck.
ti:"
The intensi$
and
tone
controls
on
the
amplifler
were
gmded
nutrcrlcally.
In
Jhe
pmcedure
of thls experlment,
the
controls
ol rnaster
METHOD
(
b
t,
F
A
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 31/124
'+tci
I
)
I
t
I
)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
D
:ilil
trcble tone contr¡ls
uer¿ seú at
zcrc, ensuring fhat
an
equal
balance
of
tonc
and
equivalent volurne
nas
mainfained
in
fhe
music only
condifion.
The
subjecús rvert
frcated
horimntall¡
and
úhe
spcakers were
set into
tbe
bed
ryith
the
cones
facing
up. The
equipmenl s¡as
isolated elecfrically,
and recordings
rve¡e
used so
the
style
of
music, intensify
of
the lor
hequency tone
anl
geneml
intensity of
lhe music
we¡¡
cronstant
for
each
trial.
A mal*er
pen
$as
used
fo
rnark
poinfs
on the
subjecf,s bodies
for
measunementr
and ¡
crnvenflonal
cloth
fape-measurc
wlth
centlmet¡e
markings
rvas
u*d
to ¡ecord the
range of movernent
beforc and
afte¡
each
trial.
.
AJohn,
Bell
and
Croydon
Model
DS-175
Auúo
Inflation Digital
blood
iprcssurc
monilor rvas
used
úo
record
pressunes
and
hearJ
mte.
The music used
in both
condilions
rvas
'Crystal
Caverns" by
Ilaniel
Kobialka.
This
music is
described
as'Nery Age,"
and
is
tonal,
melodic
and
harmonic non-pulsed,
arhythmic
music
prcduced
on a synthesizer.
The
piecr
lasfed
3()
mlnutes,
and e 44
Hz
slnusoldel
tone,
pulslng
aú
a
speed
of
approximately
8
seconds
peak
to
peak
nas recorded
from a
ftlncúion
genemtor
wilh the
music on the úape.
Mcasurcs
Blood
pressure,
hearf
rate and
range
of
movemenl
were measurcd
before
and after
the trials.
Nine
measurements
were
identified
on the
subJects'
bodles
(Table
1).
Baseline
measurcmenfs
were
taken of the
minimum
range of movernent
in
measurcments
that had
been
decided
as
pafhologically
important
and
appropriate
for
each of
the subjects.
These
baseline meias¡¡nements were
Jaken
by
measuring
the
minimum range
of movernent.
For emmple,
if
the righf
arm
was
flexed
to
the
poinú
wherc
the
right radial
artery
came as
close
as
possible
to
the
right
shoulder,
this uas ¡ecorded
as
the
minimum range
of
movemenl.
Measurements
werc
faken of the
degree
of
efension for
each
of
thesc
movements
beforc
¡nd
after each
hlal.
Each
subJect
hed a dlfferent
set
ol
measunementg although
there were
lnme
measurcments
lhat
we¡e common
to nnny of
the
subjects
(Table
2).
Data
were
rccorded in
cenfimefres
ol
the
measunements
Jhat
werc
faken beforc
and
after
each
hial.
The
differencp befween these ¡msurernents
indicated
an
incrcase,
or
conversely a decrease,
of
the
subjecf,s range
of
movement.
The besú
impmvement
in mnge
of movenrenl
thaf a
subjecl
achieved
in
any
of
3he
conditions r¡as considered
úo
be
the
subject's nraÉmum
range
of
movemenf
In
that
measunement.
The
mlnlmum
range
of
move¡nent
l:
nibi¡¡U
De¡r¡rd
drer¡A
ü¡L
n
-rt,¿tr
.
á;¡S,.¡ir.,1,'
i1
l.ñl
iliirá¡f-¡¡r -
,:ttJt
,
Tb..*lttc
Dol¡a
of lb.
bn
¡üor¡l&t
ao
lü.
.lüm
Pol¡l
of
tb3
riaht úould.r
To u¡¡u¡r
¡u¡ndcd
rbor¡ld.rt
t
Tb.
cl¡tolc
Pobt
ol
lbc
¡Lbl
3h@ldc
lo
thr rl3h¡
Edhl
.¡l.tt
To
ÉtuE
.lÁtlo¡
of
ah.
rltba
¡tm
J
ThG
GlrcD
Po¡Dt
of ah.
hn
thouldcr
lo
lhc lclt
Édl¡L 4 q-
To
rp¡u¡:
afan¡lon
ol
lhc lcll
¡m
4
Th.
rkhr.lbfl
lotüt
rEbt
sc¡th
¡ib
To
¡sru¡r
l¡irint
ab.
rhhl
clbow
ftoD
lb.
bodY
(
Thc
lcll
clbow
lo
lhc lcll
svcnab
db
To
[pg¡re
]rl3lng
lhc lcn
clbr hom
lbc
bodY
ó
ThG
llP of
lhc
no$
lo
lhc
n¡vcl
To
rsrun
d6re
of
krDbot¡3
7
ThG
¡Lhf
tidc
art
l.¡ lmch¡nlcr
lo
lh. ¡Lhr
¡¡dc
Llq¡l mrl¡colús
To
nÉtur
clcn¡ion
of
lbc
riSDt
l€
E
ThG
l.n
s¡d.
grt
lc¡
lllcb¡o¡cr
ao
¡h.
lclt
sld.
l¡lcl¡l
m¡llcolu¡
To
¡s¡un
.Lns¡o
ol
lhc
hn
¡€
9
Thc
antn
b¡sr
ol
lbc dthr
Ftcll¡
lo
lhc
anlrc
b¡r
of
lhc lcn
Pal.lh
To
¡g¡¡rt
¡bductlo¡
ol
ahc
hip3
:,'i
:Ifl¡.li.t$;('f{tf
.';
i 'I.t
:¡t-'zii¡¡ti
'
wasthen
subtracted
define
the srbjectts
naximum
potential
fhis'
the
difference
scores
achieved
in
percentage
ol
this
¡n¡¡ximum
potential
range
of mvement.
A
calculalion
could
then
be
made
ol
thc
srbjectts
p""".rrroglimpro"em"t't
in
range
of
movement
in
each
of
lhe
conditions.
i
In
each
trial'
an
[osdble
extended
range
independent
evaluator
measured
the
maximum
ntt"".n
each
of
the
two
marked
polnfs ln
each
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 32/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t;;
bourse
of thc
trlal.
Vthen
úhc
Hal
evaluator
cene
b¡ck In
order
úo
i¡ke
the
post-
they
w,e¡e
blind
as to whether
the
srbject
had
condifiou
B.
Conirol of
dcr
Ellcrfs
In
a
repeated
measr¡res
design,
bias arises
due
Jo
the
fact
that
eryeriences
change
individualg
and
the
srbircts
may
have
learned
what
rms
or
nof fhese
parlicular
zubjects
would
be
able
to
tell
the
difference
beúween
the
two
cnndifions
was
nol
eslablished,
because
fhey were
all
functioning
af
a
pre'verbal
level. The
order
of the
trials
uas the¡eforc
randomized
to reduce
the
potenflal
effecf
of
any
crndltlontng
to
the stlmull.
Bl'ood
Prcssu¡c
¡d
Hcarf R¡lc
seven
of
the
subjects
had
blood
pnessu¡e
and heart
rate
measu¡rcd
benore
and
after
the frials
There sas
a five
minute
resting
period
at fhe
beginning
beforc
fhe
inifial
blood
pressune
measurement
nas
taken.
wifh
fhree
subjecls
in this
grcupr
it nas very
difticult
fo
measurc
blood
pressure.
one
subJect
had such llghú
flexor-spasm
that
lt
nas
physicalty
lmposslble úo
put
the
BP
monitor cufÍ
on
his arm.
Another
subjecú
consistenfly
rec¡rded
emors
due fo lhe fact
thaf she had very
short
arms and
flexor spasm,
making
it difflcult
to
recrrd
rcliable
data.
Another
srbject
had such
thin
arms
blood
p¡esstre
measunes
were
unreliable.
Wilcoxon
Signed
Rank
Je$s
werc
undertaken
on
the
data.
Proedure
Subjects
wert
laken
out
of
their
wheelchairs
and
ptaced
on
fhe
vibrcacousúic
uniú.
They had
foam
rubber
pillows
(sound
dampening
maúerial)
under their heads,
and
where
necesery
fheir
bodies were
supported
by
pillows
containing
polystyrcne
beads.
After
a resfing
period
of
five minuteg
their blood
pressunes
and
heart
rates
werc taken,
and
úhen
measuremenls
n'erc iaken
as
prwiously
specifled
for
each
srbject.
The measurtmenls
were
faken
by
marking
wifh
a
nm¡ker pen
a
c¡oss af the
specified
points
on the
body
and
fhen
aftemptlng
fo
exfend
fhe llmb.
A measurement
r¡as
laken
of
62
betncen
the
tno
polnts.
Thls
proccdunc
w¡3
noJ used
lor
one and
dr lbe s{¡air¡ttor
lefiafler
ÚaHng thc
meas¡rements,
sitting
quietly
in
the
roonr,
avoiding
eye-contacÍ
or
any olher
form
of
physical
or communicafive
contacf
.
At
the
end
of
the 30 minute
tape,
fhe
therapist
Jurned
all
the
controls
lo1a¿ro,
and
the
Independent
evalualor
nas asked
to return. Blood
pressure
ás
micetr
immediately.
The independent
evalualor
then
took
again
lhe
measunements
relevant
to
each
individual.
Finally,
fhe
measuremenls
were
entered
on
a
fotm
which also
recorded
the
day
and
thc fime.
Other
observed
behavior
was
recorded
for
the
purpose
of clinical
rccords.
essed
onlY
to
The
subjecfs
l.i,??lillli:
eryecially
blood
preszure
measurements.
RESIJLTS
Table
3
gives
the mean soo¡es
in
perttnfages of incrcases
or
decreases
in range of movement
within
a minimum
and
maximum
mnge.
In
fhe
box on
the efreme right
are lhe
means
of
all
the
measunements
for each
subjecf.
The means
of
all
the soones
of
lhe
subJecfs
are
shown
In
the
box ln the
bottom
right hand
oorner
of
fhe
table,
and
show
a
l37o
improvement
in their
range
of
movemenf
in
the
trealment
condition,
and
lVo
improvemenf
in
the
placcbo
condition.
The
mean
scones
of
all
the
nrca$lnements
in
fhe treatment
condition
are
shown
in
the same box
at
the bottom
right
hand
corner
of
the
tabfe
and
revgal
a
167o improvement
in
the
treatment
condition,
anll a
3Vo
imprnvement
in
the
placebo
condifion
in
range
of movemenl.
The table
shows
lhaf,
in
atl
subjects,
fhe
rncan
scones
revealed
an
lmproved
range
of movement
ln
Condltlon
A
over
Condltlon
B.In
some
cases
this
result is
quite
dramatic,
and
in other
cases
it
is
less marked.
'
,
A
Wilcoxon
MaSched-Pairs
signed-ranks
test
calculated
on the mean
pelt:enúage
improvernent
in
mnge
of movement
within
fhe
srbjects
(comparing
fhe
Íreatment
and
placcbo
conditions)
found
a
signiflcant
diffcrence
between
conditions
(P
=
0.0051).
This
resulÚ
indicated
that the
Úrcatment
achieved
signiflcantly
greater
range
of
nrovement
in
fhe
zubjects
than
fhe
placebo.
a TVllcoxon
Matched-patrs
Slgned-ranks
Test
on
lhe
measurements
me. ¡urcmcnf.
The method
of
meesr¡remenú
ls
descrtbed
In
more deú¡ll
ln
fhc;
proedurc
soctlon.
rhe
independent
craluaúors
w€rc
irot
prescnú
durlDg
tb;
t
ll
l¡
t-
h
r
¡:
1*
(:
tl-.
F-
É
ú.
63
)
)
T'T
DISCUSSION
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 33/124
)
)
)i
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
tn"
oot"om
or
this.'q1*1:-"
#:i:*ttl'gff"t5i:
*H
ion
in
muscle
lone
ion
in
muscle
lone
when
music
alone
pFessure
was
not
li
'f."f..r.
.i
I
I
I
TrD ¡
$
M¡¡
FÉ.f lEld
c dÉltrd
É a"t
Dml
rltf,l¡
¡blru
ud
-{ffi
nn rf,ñ ú maE PÉ
lor
bclh
o¡d||loú
bnú
pÉ
Mc¡¡¡¡c¡:
I
2
J
{
5
6
7
t
9
M
E
.{
N
s
St
Ccr¿l
Ctú2
+t
.¡
+J
.t
+5
-6
+¡
.l
+la
.{
+7
J
Sll
Co¡d.l
C;¡ú2
+¡5
-3
+41
-2
+ 1
+
:.J
S.1
Col"l
cod¿
+ll
+5
+15
.t
+t2
+5
+5
0
+u
+l
S*
Cod.f
C.rod2
+Ió
.lJ
+ l
.3
+27
.J
+U
+J
+l
9.{
S*
Co¡d.l
C.tú2
+{
-E
+ló
+1
+ 5
+10
+15
+J
Só: Co¡d.l
c,,d'2
+l
+-l
+l
+J
+
+l
+%
+5
+7
+2
S7:
Co¡d.l
Ctú2
+U
+{
+l
+l
+l
+2
+5
+
S&
Cold.l
c,'d,2
+:0
+
+10
+5
+15
+{
S
Co¡¿l
c',ú2
+tz
0
+22
.J
+9
+J
+9
+6
+12
+3
+-rl
.t
+19
+l
Slocod.r
Ctd2
+3
+2
+ 7
+tó
+5
.5
+31
+l
+17
+J
+ll
+{
CoD¿l
Me¡¡c
Cord,
Mcru:
+lE
.¡
+l,|l
+9
+5
+
+J
+ 5
+10
+U
+ló
+t
+l
+9
+J
+19
0
+l¡
+l
+16
+J
.¡aniflcant'
't""ih"*
results
indi
and
in
sPecific
aneas
r
exemple'
where
they
nfage
terms
in
their
Ptcal
asyrület¡T
commo
cercbml
Palsy'
quite
ol he
dislocation.
Regular
imoortant
to
Prwent limbs.
fixe¿ nexion
deformit
scones
ln
the
placebo
SubJects
one'
il
I
I
t
I
I
i,'
h
li.
soones
showed
the
tr¡atment
condltlon
obt¡lned
slgntflcantly
better
scores
fhan
the
placebo
condition
(P
=
'fi151)'-
Analysis
or
rnc
aineüoe
sooncs
fbom
the
blood
prcssures
and
hearf
t?t€
measunements
takei
¡"lot
and
after
the
trials
fbom
the
seven
stbjecfs
úose
blood
prrssrrc
qas
rnonitorcd
rcvealed
no
slgniflcant
difference
;;;;t
condiiions.
Therc
w¿s
an
indication
that
sysolic
pnessrnc
qas
reduced,butfhere*'.'.*¡¿"variationsinthedatatakenfbomdiasto|ic
pnessune
and
Pulse
mfe.
65
)
)
ondltlon.
Thls
lndlc¡tcd
úhet
thcy
octudS
became
tlgbter
end morc
[s¡4-'
tests
¡re
rcqutred
to
cvalu¡te
the
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 34/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t;l
I
as ¡
¡¡s¡lt olMng on a
bed
and
llstening to
rela:dng
music.
Subjecú
fourr¡i:
au.anxious
laf who
found 3hc
pnoocss
of
bclng measured
difllcula.
ihls docs
pmr,lde
cvldencc fhat
for thls
subJccú
the
tre¡tment
condlt|on
qi
sig¡iflcanJly mone suoge ¡srfut
in
helping her to rela4 desplúe
raised
an:det
become
fighten
In
the trcafment
cudilion
where they were receiving
both
muslc
and
e
slnusoldal
lor
frcquency
tone lhey
became slgnlflcantly
mo¡
relaxed, highlighting
the difference
befween
the treatment
and the
placebo
condiüons
Therc we¡e
a
number of
problems
which
emerged during
the cnurse
ol
the frialq
which
should
be
considered
as
limitations
in
this
experiment.
Thc
equipmenú
used
needs to
be
carefully
assessed
in terms
of resonance.
Fbequencies
can
cause
an incrcase
in vibration
in fhe
bed. This appeared
to
happen
at
ce¡fain
points
in the
music
that r¡as
used, and
it
r¡as
noticed
uhen
a bass tone
sounded In the
muslc.
Horrever, thls was
conrmon In
bofh
conditions.
The
skill and
cunfidence
of
the
staff underlaking
the independent
evaluation
varied.
Sorre
rre¡e
orperienced
in handting the
subjects
and
maintained
consisúency,
whercas
othens began
in
a
mone
tentative
manner
and
grew
in
conlldence during
the c¡urse
of the
trials
which
could
nrean that
early results
reflected
a
less signiflcant
result than
later
resulfs. This
nny
have
averaged
ouf
and
the
dala
recorded
rcflecl
averaged
sc'ones.
However,
In future trlalg
a
famillarlzatlon
perlod
would
be
lmporfanf In
order lo
obtain
rcliable baselines.
Some
evalualors
gave
supporfive
verbal
encoutagement úo úhe
subjecfq
and may
have affected lhe
ubjecld
re+onse
during úhe
measuremenfs
Evaluato¡s
varied
in
the
length ol time
they applied
pnes$re
to
¡neasr¡¡t
range of
moyem€nt, as lherc rtas
no
defined
limit
in
úhe
experimenfal
procedurg
and
lhis
rmy have
caused individual differences
in
ranges
of
extension.
Evaluators
may also not have
applied enough
pnessure
at
fimes
Most
of
these
Influenclng varlablcs
would
be counteracted
by lhe 'bllnd"naturrc of the trials.
Vfhen
J¡eating
srbjects who
had
high
muscle
tone, il uas frequenfly
nocessary úo
support
various
parts
ol
their
bodies
due to to the
increasing
spa$ns and
fixed
deformities fhat
were
developing. Tlris
nas
achieved
by
using
pillows
f¡lld
wilh
polysgrene
beadq and typicalty,
one
would need
to
place
them
under the
knecs
or
legs where
flexor-spasm
had
caused
conúracfure.
This
variable
r¡as noÚ
taken info
consideration
in
the
trialg
and
It
was not clcar
how
much energ¡
was
absorted
by
the
polysúyrene
beads.
66
oy
n"
bodY.
In
looking
1 ih"
t-t
I
IIY
uv
vwJ
---
---
ñá"m"t
thc
differcncesrvould
bccome
less
usrwr¡;¡r
tu- rwe
ffiJ*"
ro¡chcd
"
por"r
*rr"rc
they
h¡d
echleved
thel¡
rn¡Émum
give many
indications
of
effecl
and
ft¡tur¡
rcsearch'
Genemlly'
attention
fitquencY
sound
on
muscle
tone'
In
use
a
spring
loaded
sÚrain
gauget
so
rcased
range
of
extension
could
be
across
all subjects,
and
individual
evaluetors
take measrrements would
f
is
achieved
by
the
absorption
by
the
ced
under
the
bodY.
l¡ials
were
run
reduced
or
ctunterüalanced
lhe
potential
effect
ng
variables
such
as have
been
described
above,
and
that
pulsed
sinusoidal
low
fitquency
sound
combined
significantly
more
efTective
in
rtducing
muscle
tone
an
ovemenl
in
spastic
subjects
lhan
music
alone.
rti
h
h
t'l
,.(
il
ll
f
(,
t*
t-
rÉ
nc
REFERENCES
M.
(1eeo)
rlritich
Association
Boakes,
M.
(1990)
OccuPational
Bobath,
K.
(19728).
I¡ndon:
Heinemann'
Bobath, K,
&
Bobath'
B.
(
Williamg
C.
E.
@ds')'
.
disabilities,
(pp. Sf'flq'
Springtleld,
IL:
Charles
C Thornas'
Carr"lngton,
M. E.
tfqE0l.
Vlúration
as
a
fralnlng
tool
for
the
profoundly
-i.rli¡ply
handicapped
child
wifhin
the family'
Paper
presented
at
Castle
PriorY
College'
Joneg
M.
H.
(197q:
Dífferential
diagnosis
and
natural
history
of
fhe
cercbral
paksiJ
"r,ir¿.
l"t
Robert
L.
Samilson
@d.)
orfhooaedic
a+ects
oi cerebral
palsy
(pp' 5'26)'
I¡ndon:
Heinemann'
Ichikoinen,
p.
(1990)m-yio""ou.ti"
methoü.
Kalamazoo,
Michigan:
Ne:rfwave,
Inc.
scertetn,
J.
P.
(19E2).
The
effecf
of
sedatlve
muslc
on
electromyographic
blo'
67
)
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 35/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
T
I
I
I
lit{Hrr}
},
r.,
In\ier,
SVe
i{li,,i
fcodback
¡sdÍed
¡¡l¡nJlon únlnlng of
ry¡stlc
cereb¡¡l
palsled
¡dults:i
Publlc¡tlons
Skille
O.
(19t9).
Vib¡oacoustic
r¡search. In R.
Spintge
& R.
Droh
(Erls)
MusicMedicine.
St l¡uis, MO MMB.
SHlle,
O.
(19E9).
Vibmac-oulic
Therapy.
Music
Therapy,
$
pp.
6l-77.
ica
69
sx
fiILwLY
E/INDICAy?E
t rA[rENrD
rvttr',
tttr"'
E
vryw
tornltw
sPASncnÍ
Tory
Sligram
INIR,ODUCTION
'to:
The
t*atment
of
chlldrcn
and
adultswlih
cercbral
palsy has
lndlcated
eniion.
This
therapeutic
treafment
in,
develoP
and
extend
a range
of
of
flxed
nlxion
deformities'
Speciflc
leveloPme
,tic
disabil
h¡s
also
becn
some
critique
ol
the
value
and
¡nfuntt
and
young
children
@almer
et
al,
19EE)'
Vlbroacoustt"
CUÁ
ü"opy
has
developed
as
a-
form
-of
treatmenl
which employs
a
relaxing
sedativó
simutu-s
through
music
and
low
frequency
sound.
The
conccp¡
álinvolv¡ng the
elementJ
of
music
in a
specified
pmgramme
of
movements
to freat
more
formalized
over
the
last
15
Y
&Weekes,
19E3'
19E5).In
a
structu
movement'
music
is
not
used
in fh
meant
to
be
relaxing,
but
Provide
a
ln the
session
and
for
the
patient'
The
used
is
imPortant
for
the
effec
lcmpo,
structurc,
rhythm
and
have
to
be
carefully
considered
for
each
movement'
pafient
is
fbequently
rhYthm
and
lemPo
in
it
(Wigram and
Weekeg
19E3).
Clinical
e:rPerience
has
al
Positivety
to music
and
movement
and
it
has
benefits
for
the
health
.
undertaking
such
treatrrents
is
vetX
'
daily
or
twice
daily
session
in
orde
ldt
r,.
pi
il
ii¡
[-4
0
fi
19
OQ
)
)
) defo¡nrlúlcs
of
l¡ck
of
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 36/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
movement
and
Increrslng
oontmcture
d
joint
mvemenls.Currcntl¡
rcsot¡¡Geg
avallable
to
m-lely rean
thal
one
ls
abli
to
providc
morrc th¡n
¡
onoc
or twloe
ueekly
sesdon.
condltlon,
úhese
follotu
up
trlals
rnay
shed
some
llghf
on
whefher
fanrlllarlty
wiúh
the
Jrealmenú
changed
úhe
results
in
any uay.
E4crimcntal
l{ypolhcses
The
hypotheses
for
this
e:rperimenl
rpere
:
effecJ
in
improving
a
placebo.
y
greafer
effecf
In
werc
trc¡ted lylng
dowtr elúher
on
e
bcd,
or
on ¡
m¡a
on the floor.
ifl,
and
C,
therc nas no actlvc
intuvention,
and
lhe subjects
rrerc
taid
suplnc on
the
vibroaooullc
unit.
In
condition
d
the
dme.
Measuremenús
were taken before
and
after
each
trial
of
lhe
srbjecld
mnge
of
mvemenf,
and the evaluators
that
werc used
fo make fhese
'mcasurements
were blind
as to
wheÚher
the subjects
werc
receiving
VA
therapy
(condition
B)
or a
placebo
freatment
(condifion C).
However'
they
werp
not
blind
during
fhe MMBP
trials
(condition A)
and
were
aware fhe
subjecfs
werc receiving
lhis form
of freatment.
Therefore,
an element
of bias
w¿s
inevitably
present for the
evalualors
in
making
fheir measurerncnls
before
and
after
fhe
MMBP
frials.
The
trials
werrc randomly ordered
to confrol
for
order
effects. Baseline
meesunements
were taken
to establlsh
a
mlnlmum
range
of movemenÚ in
o¡der
to
be
able
to
calculate
what changes
in
range
of
movement
could be
lound
after
each
trial.
Addirional
ltials
Ten
subjects
wene randomly
selecfed
from
the
group
of
27,
and each
subject
was
given
an
additional three
frials
ofVA
Úherapy
(condition B) and
úhrte trlals
of
the
placebo
trcatmenf
(cudltlon C).
Measurtments
were
car¡ied out
in
the same
uay as
in the other
trials.
Subjects
Fourleen
male
and
lÍl
fermle
subjects rcsident
in a
larSe
hospital for
the
mentalty
handicapped
were
chosen
to take
part
in
the
trials. The
stbjects'
ages
mnged f¡om24
to
6E
years,
and
their
level
of
ftrnctioning
ranged
from
severcly
fo
profoundly
handlcapped.
All
the
subJects
had htgh
muscle
tone
nüich
alfected each
of
fhem
in
differenJ
nays,
although
thert
wene
some
aflected
muscle
groups
that
wert
shared
by
all of
the
srbjects.
The mean
age
of
fhe male
zubjects
ras 4ó,
and
the mean
age
of
the
female
subjecfs
w¿s 39.
The
mean
age
of the
28
subjects
was
41.04
(S.D.
1s.01).
t¡
l¡
h
F
l¡
I
I'i
v
L,
l-,1
¡.É
$,
Af
METEOD
7T
)
)
)
M¡úqlds
ln
llmbs
and
hlp
range
of
the subJects
before
and
afier
each
fÉal
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 37/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
x
I
=l
T
¡
I
t
I
)
I
I
¡
)
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
:'.,,
The
equlpmenl
used
in
jhis
ernerirlrcnl
qo
hr¡h^-^
L-- r¿
ñr
n?a on-.-- L^l
-^
---
.
l
¡
sPrung
bed
w¡s
uscd,
and
Jwo
Fnr¡
undernealñ
fte
ryrings
with
fhe
co
boxcs
contained
2rt bv 8rt nnr{c ?a¡ oñrr-r
I
I
I
únntained
2"
by
8u
poñs
for
acoust
uas
appmximaúely
luo
inches
below
f
would
be
Mng
within
Jrvo
inches
of
reo
casseffe
deck.
on
fhe
amplifler
wene
graded
erimenú,
the
confrols
of
masfe¡
seú
aú
the
same
point.
When
the
sic,
úhe bass
and
rrca
masfer
:*ü:*r::.j;
rcb
and
at
?*;¡10,
uring_
úhat
an
equal
balance
of
fone
<¡rrrr
mainta¡
in
fhe
music
ónly
condition.
The
VA
fhcrapy
lrcafmcnl
nusic
The
music
used
in
condition
B
and
condifion
c
in
these
triars
uas
Danlel
Koblalka's,''Crysf
al
Caverns."
Mcasurcs
In
a'
fhree
condrtronq
measunernenfs
were
faken
measuring
range
of
72
subJ-'.o
we¡E
lr'Eareq
nonzonrat¡
ena
the
speakers
were
set
Info
,nil"#;ff
i
h"
""J$
tt
T
jt
ll.^f :,,r. ::"1_T :
¡;oi
a
1eg.
er egica
l),,
;
n
d';;"*i
ü
iere
used
so
fhe
súyte
of
Turi'
inrensify
of
the
l"*
hú;;;;;HT
eneral
intensity
of
Jhe
music
wene
oo¡
stant
for
each
trial.
rj'b-'
_t:'
These
six measunes
werc
nof
used
on
all
subjects.
one
subjecl
had
all
six
measrrements
taker¡
eighf
srbjecf
s had
five
measunements,
five
subjecls
hed
lou4
four
subJects
had thrtc, four
srbJecls
had
two,
and
flve
subJects
onty
had
one
measunement
taken. Decisions
about
which of
fhe
measuremenf
s
lo
use
on
each
stbjecú
were
made
with consideration
of
Úhe
ryecific
nature of
their spasticity and muscle
tone.
Baseline
measunementswere
taken of úhe minimumrange
of movement
in
each measunement
used
wiJh each stbjecÚ.
For
enmple,
if the
right
arm
was
flexed
to the
point
where the right
radial
arlely
came
as
close
as
possible
fo
the right
shoulder,
this
was
recorded
as the
minimum
range
of
movemen .
Measurpments
were
taken
of the
degree
of
exfension
for
each
of these
movements
before
and
after each
trial. Data
were ¡ecorded
in centimetr¡s
of
lhe
measurcmenús
that
were
taken
before
and
aller
each
trial.
The
difference
befween
lhese measuremenls
indicated
an increase,
or
conversely
a
decreaset
of
the
srbjectd
range
of movement.
The
best
improvement
in range
of
movemenl
úhaf
a
subject
achieved
in
any
of
fhe
cudifions
was considered
to
be
the
subjectts maximum
range
of
movement
in
thaf
measurement.
The
minimum
mnge
of
rmvement
uas then
subtracted
from
fhis
maximum
scoret
In order
to
define
fhe
subJect's
rnadmum potentlal
range
of
movement.
Having
done
thig fhe differcnce
sc'ores
achieved in
fhe
trials
wert
converted
inúo
a
perrcentage
of this
rnaximum
poúential
range
of movement.
A
calculation
could
then
be
made of the
subjectts
percentage
imprcvemenf
in
range
of nrovement in
each
of
the conditions.
The
independent
evaluafor
r¡as
not
present during
the course
of the
f¡iat.
In
cnnditions
B and C,
he or
she
was not
aw¿re
of
the condition
in
which
the
zubjecú had
been treated.
nscn¡
i¡fa
bcfo¡r
¡d
¡flr
¡ci
l¡lrl'
Th.
cxtrc[r
Polna
on
lh. l.fl
shouldcr
¡o
lb. Glrcmc
Polnt
on
To
m*tn
dc¡nc
of
Thc.lrrmc
Polna
on lh. rlthl
To
mm
d.8rÉ
ol
clcnsion
of
ahc lGñ
¡m
h.
cfnm
poina
on
th. lcn
shouldcr
lo lhe l.n radl¡l
To
rc¿$rc
dcgn
of
Thc
rlghl
sid.
tE¡lcr
3rech¡ntcr
lo
Tbc
lcñ Cdc
aml.r
lmch¡nlCr
to
th. l.fl
lstrÉl
m¡llmlus
C.nan
b.e ol
lhc
righl
P¡lclla
ao
thG ccnlr bas.
of lhc lcn
Flclla
73
)
)
)
Mc¡cm'Gorlfl¡&rltc
for
eocl¡
mvemcnt
c¡nst¡nt
¡nd
the
performnoc
ol
úhe mudc
for
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 38/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
.,í
:;
.,
A
pGn
ms
ucd
to
m¡rk
the
po¡nts
on fhe
subjcctC
bodies
?or
messuncmeng
rnd
e convenúlon¡l
cloth
úepe-measure
wllh
centlrnetro
marHngs
ms
usod
3o
roco¡d
the
range
of movement.
we¡e
Each
a
gro
and experienced
in
MMBP
trtaúment
fechniques.
The iniúial evaluaúion
of
range
of movement
fook
prace,
and
the
chosen
meiasunements
for
each
srbject
were
faken.
The
procedurc
for
taking
the
measunements
wias
the sme
as
in
úhe
eraerimenf
described
in
chapter
five,
marldng polnts
on úhe
body
wlth
a rnar*er
pen
and
rneasurlng
a"g"e"
oi
movernenl
before
and
after
úhe
trial.
The session
proceeded
wifh
a
MMBP
treatmenf prúgmm
described
in
Table 2.
T¡bl¡
a
Muic
¡¡d
M@l B.$d Pbtrú.taüapy
Prtgnre
Mcccl
Tin ol
Mut¡c
Crtcd
wml
Spln¡l
ml.lion
(R¡3hr)
J
H¡p
Ex|cnCon
(Rlghl)
2
Shouldcr
g¡dlc
(suplnc)
¡
(fesl
lh.D slow,
Am¡
-
R¡lhl
¡nn
J
I:n
¡¡m
J
Sbür b€¡
(3
d üa6)
Splml rot¡llon
(fr¡)
3
Hip clcnslon
ltrfl)
2
Bouncy
lcAs
(Supln.)
2
flcdon ¡¡d
Gf.nCon
{
ol
lct3($plnc)
AMucllon
( uplnc)
{
Fisb
go¡nt
to
Ssim
lrem Shmücl
ilf¡ln
lhcm
fmm
'Thc
Godf¡lhar"
Humrcsquc Dvomk
llf¡ry
qull.
onanry
l\f¡ry
qu¡1.
conlmry
Fldr
to¡rt
to
sr{m
(Showbcl,
Mr¡n lhcÍÉ fiom
"Thc
Godl¡lhc¡'
Thc'€¡n4AN"
lmm
Orphcu¡ l¡
lhc
[hdcl?o¡ld
Tdclrwi¡f llom
Tbc Sound of Mudc
Orcr
lhc
n lo Sky
Folk
lndlllonrl
?4
The
researcher
played
the
muslc
for
atl
of
fhe
frlals
and
kepÍ
fhe
üme
75
as
condsently
úhe
sams
a3
nas
possible. Tl/hlle
a rccording
of
lhe
ffi"
ol"V"¿
would
have achio,cd
greater
consilency
in
presenúation ol
the
ilr"rút'
thls
erqerlrnenf
was
-d"ÍeoS.
to
find
qy"*i::t-
T-yTii:,:
r{
r;
r
rl
f...t
L.t
o
H
H
m
)
)
)
3o
¡ppb
pftssunc
¡nd move
the
paflent's
lqt
hken
afler
the
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 39/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
f;;
I
I
a
I
I
thcrrpl$
usos
hlq/her
elbows
ai
far apart
as
possiblc
ln
older
to
achlcvc
maximum
possible abduction
i¡'
tbb
hips
proocdun
cmditi,ons
B
(va
Thc.repy)
rnd
c
(Pleebo
llrcafmenl)
subjects
rerc
laken
out
of
thei¡
wheelchair
and
placed
on
tbc
vibroacousic
unit.
They had
a
foam
rubber
pillow
(sound dampening
material)
under
their
head
and
wlrere
necessary
fheir
body utal
spporfed
by
piuows
óntaining
polysúyrcne
beads
After
a
rcsting
period of
flve minuteg
in"¡"
tloo¿
pnessu¡e
and
hearl
rate
were
taken,
and
fhen meas¡rements
were
tsken
as
deñned lndlvldually
for
each
subJect.
The
measurements
were Íaken
by
marking
with
a
pen
a cmss
al
the
ryecified
points on
the
bod_y
and then
aitempting-to
extend
the
limb.
A
meas¡rement
nas
taken
of
the
distance
between
tñe
two
points. In rrcasrrtrnent
one,
no
extension
$as
attempted,
and
the degree
of relántion
in
ihe
shoutder
and
back
muscles
influencld
changes
in
fhis
measunemenf.
The
evaluator
teft
after
he
or
she
had
taken
the
measunemenls,
and the
researcher
began
Úhe tape.
on
the
Amba
amplifier,
the
nraste¡
volurne
control
rr¿s
incrcascd
to
seven.
In
the treafment
condition
(condltlon
A)
wherr
the
tow
fnequency
tone
nas
belng
used, the
bass
confrol
rras
then
also
increased
to
seven.
I{hen
the
sinusoidal
low
fiequency
tone rpas
not
being
used, the
bass control
n¡¡s left
at
zc¡o'
As
the
treafment continued, lhe
therapist
rernained
with
fhe
subjecl'
sitting
quiefly in
the
roonr,
avoiding
eye-contact
or
any ofher
form
ofphysical
or
communicaf
ive
conlact.
At
the end
of the
30 minute
tape,
fhe
therapist
turned
all the
controls
to
zero,
and
fhe independent
evaluafor
vas
asked
lo
reSurn.
Blood
pressrrc
rns
laken
lmmcdlately.
The
lndependent
evatuator
fhen
took
agaln
the
measunements
relevanf
fo
each
individual.
Finallyr
the
measurements
were
enrered
on
a
form
which
also
rccorded
the
day and
the
time.
other
observed
we¡t
undertaken.
RESI]LTS
The
data
converted
info
percentage
scones
for
each
subject
3
shows
changes
in the
range
of
movement
In all
es
found
after
the
MMBP
fdals
76
tüat'
mcasurtmjnj.
:
ji:,
i:ttii.
:.':
of
¡rvcoaü
Coodtrb¡
A
M..d
Ma12
Ma¡J
Maaa
Mer¡5
Mrr¡ó
91
42.00
0l
+{0.00
02
-75.ü)
+¡,:t.lt
+
-10.15
+
l¡.El
+02J5 +0ó.{5
+05.?5
00.00
03
+01.91
04
+06.óó
{r9t6
m.00
+-¡0.77
+01. t
4229
76
+0J.60
-25.00
+
ft.{ó
06
+Glt2
o7
+15¡0
06
-l{Jl
+22-2
4'422
+4.12
D9
+8,22
+ llJ3
+{¡ .06
+2222
10
+07.69
+0232
+07.07
ll
-10.93
+05¡E
+06.t2
t2
¡1JJ
+$.90
t3
+06.0
+JE.¡06
la
+ú.6
+0t¡E
+U2t
t5
+05J7
+01J5
4l:5
+D.79
l6
+ :.91
t1
+0J.8E
+01.17
{)t
7t
.J5
{E
IE
+03J9
t9
+01.05
n
+09J0
+21.62
00.00
+01.92
+
15.7t
zl
00.00
ta
+03J?
43.92
{3.+r
00.00
+5.00
3
+0a12
+06.11
¡óJ9
+
10.¡7
+ 15.78
7A
.10.+l
+
ll.{2
2:t
+ lE.?5
+J0.7ó
+ lE.lt
+ l4:t
x
+n.69
+20.17
.u.ll
42ó7
+ ó5
ll
+06.E9
I'
l"¡
L
h
t,
b.
t'
t;(
'\
'ly
¡,",
.t:
.riii
:
,i,ti
:
rabre4srrowschange'-iltl'"119lil,l;"iüfril::tfi"d;:*'::l:
,
:ffi1?*','"t*,#1;
:1ll*'1"#ll1
;;il
i"'"
tur"n
after
the
triar
lr;;;;-;o-change
In
ttre
range
of
movement'
77
)
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 40/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
,)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
:':
'
I
T¡¡¡t
.4.-P|-
-
|
s¡¡¡G
I t--
Sr¡¡d
Mcr.l
M..r2
MC¡J
M¡¡¡I
M¡¡5
il¡¡¡
0t
+01,0a
+039ó
02
+50.00
+lJ.6J
{DóJ.I
+0t.t5
+075¡
4.ú
03
00.00
+04J0
+02J0
+29.{l
u
+
t3J3
+0t:.r
00.00
atE.{ó
41.92
05
00.m
(xl.00
+02.65
00.rx)
+09.72
06
+
t{Jl
01 +
toóJ
06
+(¡7..¡0
+otJJ
43.32
09
+15J5
¡5JE
. :a¡t
+02-El
+.('.75
t0
{t5.1¿
+09J0
+Vt-O7
42.U
+12.96
It
00.00
t2
00.q)
+0J.+l
+0J.5t
f 0.1.90
00.00
l3
+0J.6t
I¡JE
l.t
00.00
+o{.+¡
+0s.¡{t
+ólJ3
t5
+0:.15
+J7J?
t6
41.15
0o.oo
|
+oa.ts
+0-r.?5
4J.+{
t7
00.m
+@.91
.¡6.6|t
IE
00.00
+04,{ó
+(n.06
l9
+
lTJE
m
+
tJ.95
+.lJ2
|n.tx
+01,05
2l
4J:9
+0J.92
+0096
+-rl:l
f
+0t.t{
+0J-92
{rJ..fl
09.37
+:l|,00
ts
+0.1,óE
+Of.{9
+G¡,Es
+ 01.90
+ 0Jt
A
.ol.{9
+2t.12
t'
+t¿Jo
76.92
+
¡J.63
+t:¡lt
26
+21.15
+- J.7ó
+01.1¡
+04.¡ró
+01.92
n
+0J.+l
Table 5
shorrs
changes
in the
range
of
movenrenJs
in
Jhe
subjects
in
pencenfages
after
the
music
alone
frials
(condifion
c).
where
zero
scones
ane
Indlcated,
Jhe
¡neasurements
fhef
wene
faken
after
úhe
frlal
rccorded
no
change
in lhe
subjecúd
ranle
of
movement
for
thal
measuremenf.
The
overell
mern
pencentage
scores
of changes
In
range
of
movemenf
?8
¡i..llll
&
er¡¡¡¡¡ ¡¡¡ b n¡rolrd:
O¡d,lc ,
.
j
:,:
.r
,
rl
SIDE
M-al
tú¡¡,2
M..1t
M.ar,
M.lrj
M.rr.ó
0l
42.00
+0t.9t
44.00
02 +3¡t.00
46
tl
00.00
{J.70 +00.9{
+05.00
03 m.q)
+02.15
.r{.95
.05¡6
0.ú
{tE.00
+01:J
+0{.1? +00,(x¡
4t.v2
05
+0t.lt
+01
l{
+0.lJJ
+oóJl +
IJJt
0ó
+09.ót
v,
+27 55
(E
00.(n +55J5
+
l .90
09 +oE-Et
+00.00
-u.7r
+01..O
+DJO
l0 + J.07 +m.00
+V|.07 +0 .04 +t|.10
It {¡J.ll
t2 + 10,12 +
oJ.¡.t +02.65
00.tx) +16,11
t3 +06.02
+ It.75
l.t 00.(X,
.20.00
+
lt.tl
.t3Jl
+5J-E.¡
l5
00.00
+ lt.ll
t6
00.(Xt
00.00 ¡rJ5
.t J0
.r0J4
t1 +03J7
+01.9{
00.00
tt
+01¡ó
4-¡J7
-r¡51
l9
(xl.fi,
4
+.12J5 +02.70 00.00
+01.05
2l
00.m
+00.9E
4lJ2
l-t.15
4¡.7E
.¡rt.96
4J..t4
00.00
.0.1.t
fJ
+
llJ0 +0JJ7
{'J.EE
l2Jt +05Jó
A
{2 9E +fi.1,1
ra
rSJE
rJ.óJ
I
+10.q)
x 00,00
00.ü,
{rss5
|
+00¡9
+@.61
.Jr.{E
(S.D.
13.E67o),
wifh
a
ge
of
movemenl
in
one
sco¡e
of -10.93Vq
where
n rangc
of
movement
In fhis
condition,
fhe
the mean
scores of an
rded
deterioration
in
range
of
movement
in an
individual
srbjecl
tms
-S2lVu
ib-
,
In
condition
C,
the
overall
mean
penoentage
score of changes
in
range
of
movernent
was
i336vo
(s.D.11.4szo).
The
madmum
lmprovemenl
found
12..-
r,;
¡,ll
-T
f'rl
F/{
f-4
o
.l
¡.l
4
-l
)Q,
':
I
ih
f
'|.
,l
l:
i
)
)
)
ll
TrDb G
Me b¡rrrarr
L t .3 üqr
lr ROll
r
t
crltlo
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 41/124
)
)
)
)
)
_)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
t,
I
J.sut¡c
ifipüd-,A
.
fMMNDI
:
¿-
Cc¡dJ'
IV rlFDet
fi:i
Coo¿¡"sr¡
tPbc.üo)
I
+01.02 +OlJ0
{lJ7 B
,
+toJt +0l.ll
+03.¡0 A
J
+lxtf{ +(¡9.00
&ló7 B
4
+Gt19
{xt.ró
{xtJ0
.l
5
.{H.üt
+02.t1
+05:1
c
6 + lJ..ló
+
laJl
+O.61 B
7
+óJ-E2 +
10.6J
+27.65 A
E +U.07
+0{.t7
+ ;82
c
I
+t .10 +
t09
{t0-9
A
t0
+vt25
+o{..tJ
+Vt92
c
ll
-t0,93
(xr.00
43,U
B
l:2
+lNrt +02J?
+06Jt
c
lt +96
+|l9.09
+
I2JE
A
t4
+
lt50
+
ltr¡
+lü7t6
.{
l5 +
ta.to
+Y).16
+0555
B
l6
+04.60 +0t.{ó 4{J?
I
t7
+ütJ9 {¡5:t
+01.84 A
It
{t9J3
+0l.lt
¡5.{l A
t9 +0 ¿9
+
l?sE
qt.00
B
+(l9.0t +09tJ
+09.0t
B
2l
+U.42
+1tr.95
.{L}J2
B
u
+0¡l:4 +06.{)
42.0ó B
73
40.l¡t +ú9.29
+05.93 B
A
+(ni, +0996 +02.0E
B
ta
+n.49 +Jl.a7
+ 3.00 B
%
+U¿a
+ Lz.{t
+00r9
A
n
+06¡9
+0J.¡|. +4..¡B
A
in
range
of moyement
in
the mean
soones of
any one subiect
was +27,65Vq
and the
fargest
rccordd
deterloratlon
ln
any one
subJect
was
-34.48Vo.
A
Friedman 2-Way Anova
lound
no
ovemll differcnce
bctween
conditions
(P
=
0.105e). In
order úo look
at comparisons
betlf,een
the
conditiong
orthogonal
planned
conrparisons
were undertaken
by
partiSioning
the X'riedman
Clri squarcd
compaúng
ctndition
A
with condition B,
and
condition
A
and B
with condition C. No signiflcanú
difference
was found
betrpeen
MMBP
trtatment
(Condition
A)
and VA
therapy
(Condition
B)
(Chi
squarc
=
0.1 ns).
For some srbJcctg the
mnge of
movement
incr¡ased
mo¡s
wlfh
VA
fherap¡
whlle In an equal number
of
subJects
fhe
range of movement
80
ment'
r{'
DrscussroN
n
u
a
and
also
of
collaborative
Pnogmms
trtafment
would
be
hetPful
for
the
both
MMBP
fr¡atment
and
VA
inpnovements
in
range
ol
mo
VA
therapy
comPartd
with
a
81
r4t
tu
[.j
ilt
[-r
()
fl
5
)cl
F
of- movemenfs
fh¡n
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 42/124
r
I
range
of
moyermenf
were
thercfore
found
in
condifion
A when
fhese
sublrts
were
treated
wifh
MMBP.
conversef,
less
improvernent
in
range of
nrovement
n¡rs
found
in
thc
glven
VA
úherapy.
As
the
communicate
why
they
pvc
apprmch
as
opposed
to
VA
difference.
Attenlion
strould
be
paid
to
fhe
facf
that,
when
lying
on
a
bed
o<posed
to
music
and
tory
hequency
sound,
fhe
subjects
in this
group,
for
wlrom
the
results
indicated
movement.
nd general
physical
over-sensiúivify
to
being
handled
during
can
rtsult in
increased
fension
in the
subjects
and
greafer
ssive
movemenús
designed
to
promofe
extension
in
theii
mnge
Thercforc,
when
these
subJects
were
lylng
on
a vrbrracousúlc
unlJ
wlth
82
Ii
t:
,
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
a
t
6
li
fr
il
I
if
ii
I
¡
I
it
soones
Indlcetlng
greeler
lmprovements
ln renge
It
"y
ot"
being
treated
in
the MMBP
frlal,
the
following
arCurylrs
ffi¡? l"-Lottol"r"¿
ior
this effect:
1)
these
subJecJs
rcacted
apinst
being
'ñ"'¿1"¿
fór
a
vartetvof
rcasonq
Includlng
enf:q
1-u1ll llll}|111"":T:t.:
and tcnsion.
Another
variable
that
was
not fully
faken
into
consideraÚion
during
t
to
the
staff
regutarly
using either
MMBP
as
a
t
hat
both
of
these
treatment
apprcacheswere
found
t reducing
muscle
tone
and
improving
range
of
mov
mined
in
more
detail'
In
a
als
in each
condifiont
and
e
nas found
between
these
conditions.
In
the
additional
trialg
subjects
were
given
an
extra
three
trials
of
both
VA therapy
and
fhe
placebo
treaúrnent.
In
the
first
trialg
18
of
the
83
)
)
);
subJects reryonded
mre
posltlvely
to VA therap¡ nülle
nlne
responded
r¡e¡
-
'l
|i
I
fisfnemrnn
,,3-l--rrorn\
rn¡óidye
-.i:_,11":jyrlyJ*"
rveek
rcsldential
'ri
.;
parkinsons
disease.
,,_,i,i
,r,,i
:'lii[ll*¡ÍÍi
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 43/124
ppsiÍivery
lo úhe
plaebo
wüen
compartng
dlflenenccs
ln
msuremcna
scotq,.
Dótween
theee
two
oonditions.In úheso
addiJlonal
frlalg
mean scDne ¡
rwealcd
Jh¡t
¡ll 10 subJccts
respondcd
morc
podtlvely
fo
VA
therrpy then
to
thc
placebo.
Iú
could be
infered
fhat,
in
the
additional úrials of
this
experimenl,
the
resrlts indicate that
with
rupetition, subjecls
becrme
mone nesponsive
to
this
form
of frcatmenf
and
a
grtater
number of
Jhem demonstrate improve¿
range
of movemenú.
It
is
likely
that
úhe
srbjecús
became familiar
and
accusfomed
úo
the
VA
fherapy
sess¡ons.
Wral uas
not
evaluafed
is
whefhe¡
furfher
Jrials
of MMBP
Srcalrrent
would also
have achieved
the
same
eflect.
Because
the VA fherapy
treatrnent
does
not
Involve
handllng
and
ls
r
predictable
form ol treatrnenf
carried out
consi$ently
the
same evety
time
it
is underfaken,
the
rcsults thaf
one
might
expect fo
improve
through
rcpetiúion
ane mone
likely
úo
occur. Pafients wiúh
these
particular
problemq
coupled
with severe
limitafions in
e:rprrssive
and
rccepúive
communicalion,
may
lecl
more safe and comforfable.
Neiúher
fhis e:periment, nor anofher by
úhe
same
author involved
evaluation
of cumulative effects
broughÍ
on by
a
gradual
improvement
over
a number
of
trcalmenús. However,
they have
indicafed VA
therapy
as a
slgnlflcantly effectlve
ú¡tatrnent when comparcd
wlth
a
plactbo.
One other variable
that
needs to
be
considered
is
the differencr
between
gmup
and
individual trials.
This
may have
influenced
úhc
resultg
as
fhe group
environnrent
may have
provcn
intimidating for
some,
and conducivc
for
others in the
trials The sarne arguments
can
be
applied 1o
úhe
effect
of
individual attention
and
isolation in
lhe
VA
fhempy and
placebo
trials. For
future studieg underiaking
t¡ials
individually
in all
conditions would be
a
more consi$enl mefhod and may
produce
differenf
results.
Although
some
concluslons
can
be
drawn
fbom
thls sf
udy
regardlng
fhe
differences
found
befwecn
Jhese
úhrce intervenliong
(and
there
is some
evidence
from
this study and
the
study
in
chapter flve supporfing lhe
eflicacy
ofVA
fherapy), further
studies
ane neoessary
before
lirm
conclusions can
be
dmwn about
the
rcliablevalue
of
eitherVA
therapy or MMBP
treatmenf wilh
pafients
hom this clinical
group.
REFERENCES
Bean,
J.
(1995).
Music Therapy and the
child with certb¡al
palqy:
Direcfive
and nondirective
intervenlion.In:
T. VUigran¡
B. Saper$on
& R
West
(Eds.)
The
art
and science of
music
therapy:
A handbook.
(pp.19+
20E).
London:
Hanrood
Academic Publishers.
Bobathn
K. & Bobath,B,
(1972),
Cercbral
Palqy.
In:
P.H.
Pearson
& C.E.
Williamg
(Etls),
Physical
therapy
services in
the
developmenúal
disabiliúies.
(pp.31-185).
Springlleld,
IL:
Char{es
C Thonns.
Bobafh, K.
(1972).
The
motor deflclts In
patlenf
s
wlth
cerebr¡l
palsy.
London:
84
t
(4)
Deernber'
2:
tt
--
..
F.
B,
Shapiro,
B.
K,
whghÚ9lt
-n
'r^{lten¡
r'ro
v1
'::-'L::-'
h;ffi ü*'J,ira9rr'"",r.s,¡'ícine¡t-_".":_t_9itli*;li$*
il;'#;ññ;ñ;i
h;-pi
o"
""I:'b4.
palsv:
rhe
-contror
child
and
lnf¡nts
wfür
spaJt
dtplegta'
The
New
Engl¡nd
'Iournal
of
Wigta
speciflc
approach
to
overrcoming
moúor
adolescents
with
severe
physical
and
sic
and
movement'
British
'Iournal
of
uw
.il3i
'd¡t
at lhe
World
Conference
of
Music
T
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
)
,
)
)
)
,)
)
)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
,
)
)
:l
t,
2i
r{g
tr;
t
o
;il
5
)Q
85
)
)
)
I
SWEN
I"
.lllii
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 44/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
)
)
tl
I
SUBTECTS
i7*'""-
INTRODUCTION
rhe
hypothese
s
fo
r the
exaerimen
:'f- I T: 3:::T ::Ln
*tffi';
-lHJlTil-i"io';la*r"?5il;""an":'tf
Tl-l1::l':J""lii::
LffJfil1l";"*;;;ü
"""p"-*u
with
a rreatment
or
relaxing
music
and
a
cont¡'ol
condition'
llT¿Tü'##i#;niii-oo'tvo'e.rat*rl::in.f
t:*Ttli"l
-
:dlrfflü
ffiI;ñ:;-*iyf::".':
::,,¡,:Inv
rhan
to
a
;i:[ilffi;,
;l"dú;"sic
oi
in
a
con*ol
condition'
ridi
E*;
".rl
1-f
'i"1
l)
::l
:9
)cl
I
e
F
E
É
METIIOD
ü,""i.-
)
)
)
)
rha
bGdr
one
spe¡ker
qas
pl
l'"*lr
their
bo(Yt
*d,li
IIFF
J;l tt
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 45/124
)l
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
i
sound
uavg
and
the
music
in
condition
2
ms
RS'T1l
ster¡o
cassette
deck'
^---
^^-r¡at"
""-ii"
o-plifler
were
graded
the
controls
ol
rnasúer
a
triat
which
lasted
30
minuies.
SubJccls
M¡tcrlds
EE
the
controls
ol
rnasúer
Point'
Wren
the
íC
the
bass
and
s
maintained
in
the
m
Daniel
Kobiatka'
This m
rs
tonal,
melodic
and
ha
synthesizer.
New
age
poPulations,
because
t
o?
the
muslc
reduces
inlluencing
resPonse'
T
tong
pulsing
^t
on
the
tape.
rccorded
from
a
run
Mrams
1.1
Measurementsof
In
thls
exaeriment.
Blo
¡fter each
trial.
A Johnt
blood
pressrre
monitor
In
addition,
heart
rate
¡ve¡age
readingsnrcrc
The
first measuremen
the
final nrcasurement
ffi:LlTtffi'lllfii
t'rc
nnger
rileasure
uás
E9
rti
It
$u
i"f
b.{
tr'
ti
L"
f
ü
(
I
É
E
F
I
I
I
I
)
)
)
)y
used.
D¡t¡
werp
collected
fhrough
¡
BBC
mser
oomputer,
uslng
a
p _og¡am
o
rucord
pulc
"
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 46/124
)
i'r
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
rr;,,.¡,,
The
UMST-MACL
was
used
both
¡s
r
generel
Indlccto¡
of
mood
Fornrs
r¿ere
uscd
to
collecú
subjecfs
were
ast<ed
fo
mfe
fhe
encouraged
lo
use
a
ruler
on
úhe
At úhe
end
of
the
friatg
scones
we
procedurc
of
Jhe
LIMST-MACL.
mca
u¡emnús
aJ
5
minule ¡i¡."""¡"
ofvariance.
Expectd
olhogonal
planned
VA
fherapy
comblned
Proedu¡e
Subjects
were
then
askcd
fo
lie
on
úhe bed
and
rnake
themselves
After
a
5
minufe
resting
period,
blood
pressure
and
heart raúe
*b
t"Lrn
udng
the ¡utomstlc
Infeúlon
dlgltal
blood
prtssrre
monltor.
The
iíilror"t""
nas
fhen
aJtached
to their
flngers
to begin
continuous
nmniloring
í¡¡a¡
rate.
The srbjercfs
were given
no
infor¡mJion
about
the
Jrial
other
f¡¡n
the
following
stafements:
(for
Groups I
anil2)'We
would
like
you
to
üe
o¡
the
bed
for
30
minutes
Please
dontt
gef
up.
You
will
hear music
playing.
fou
can
think
abouf
anyúhing
you
like, and
just
allow
yourself
to
rclax. We
¡¡r
nof
going to
advise
you
now as to
what you
ane
receiving but
we
will
tell
tou
mone
about
what
we ane
trying
úo
llnd out
after the
úrial
is
over.
At the
"Ed
of
30
mlnuteq I wlll
come In
and
take
your
blood
pressurc.
please
keep
frut
."tn.
resting
on fhe
bed
until
after
I have
faken
the
blood
pnessure
Dcasurcment.
Afler
fhat
the t¡ial will
be
over."
For
Group 3,
the
following
insfructions
wene
given:
'\üe
woutd
like
you
lo
lie
on
the
bed for 30
minufes.
Please
don't
get
up.
You can
think
of
.nyfhing
you
like,
and allow
yourself
to
relax. We wilt
tell
you
more about
wüaf
re are trying
to flnd
ouf
when
the
úrial
is
over.
At the end of 30
minutes
I
will
come
in
and take
your
blood
pressurc.
Please keep
your
arrns
resfing
on
lhe bed unfll
after I have
flnlshed faklng
fhe
blood
pnessure
measurcment.
Aller
fhat, the frial
will be
over."
Immediafely
after
fhe
frial
was over,
a blood
pressur€
measuremenJ
was
hken.
The
subjecús
were
invited
to
complete
the UwIST-l\{AcL
for the
sectnd
lime,
recording fheir
rnood
after
the
trial. care sas
laken fo
ensure
lhey
coutd
nof
reference fhe
scores
they
wrote
before
the úrials.
REST]LTS
Table 1 slrows
úhe differences
in
mood,
blood
pressure
and
hearÍ
rate
lor
the
three groups.
rhe
plus
score
documented
in rtre
conJrol
group
for
eneryetic
arpusal
indicated
an
increase
in
energetic
arousal,
and
fhe
plus
scorc
in
the
übrcacoustic grcup
for
hedonic
fone
indicated an
incrcase
in
hedonic
fone.
AII
the renuining
s"o..r
in fhis
table
indicafed
a
decrcase
in
3to¡sal
levelg
blood
pressurc
and hearf
rafe,
or
no
change
or decrcase
in
hedonic
tone.
Table
2
shows lhe
results
of
an
analysls
of
varlence
of
energetic
tension
arousal
which
reveals
signiflcanf
the
measurements
of hedonic
fone, although
xpected direction,
no significanf
difference
Table
3 shows
the
analyses
of
variance
of
Systolic
Blood
pressure
fllpl,
Diasfotic
Btood
pressuró
pnf¡
and
Heaf náte
6n¡.
Alrhough
rhe
ttlflerences
were in
fhe
expecfed
direcfion,
no
significanf
difference
between
8¡oups
r¡as
found.
l;"ii¡
tik*
rFk
r$
itl
,,:"{
.:)
t:l
;9
rQ
I
I
i
I
(
t
fiil
in
rhe
IJWIST-MACL.
The
subjecrs
ions,
according
fo
the
instrucfions
for
L (Matthews
et
al.,
1990):
,you
will be
ro
comprele
úhe
,TffJ:"Tiff,i:ii;:'*lr*f"1llr1:
how
you
feel
AT
musl
choose
one
and
'deflnitely
n
('deflnifely
not)
fhe
reply
fhaf
be
spend
too
much
oirs
usrary,ie
T"ffi:Jl',fi.j"TilLT,illJlf
ase
do
not try
a rcply
answers
will
be kepú
,lively',
and you
felt
DEFINITELY
SLIGHTLY
SLIGHTLYNOT
DEFINITELYNOT
Llvely
|
2
I
4u
90
)
)
)
ir
f^lt¡
t:
lLr
ra ¡ar-nl
a.rl¡L¡¡
rl ü¡rr
h ood
rd
ftslo¡fbl
t liflT
:
: ':
r'¡iil
'
ir
'eh¡+
,l
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 47/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
"-
D,F.
Bc.wfl
llmu¡¡
D.F.
l¡¡thln
GEUDr
F Rarlo
F Prcb
SBP
a
31
-9C¡t
J798
DBP
t
s7
l.¡1306
2176
HR
t
s1
2.É79
I l3E
92
t
frbb
+
P¡¡d
oFrlDD
c'
EA
GA
TA
'¡d
¡Í
D.tF.6
of
Frcdom
F
Rrtlo
P
(r
.¡¡l)
E¡.tt
lic
¡lous¡l
Gr.l
vt
Gr:
t,51
¡t
<
.05
Encr¡ctlc
ercusl
Gr.t
tnd
Gr:
Yt GrJ
t,57
1.1.0
<
.001
Gcncnl
¡rou¡¡l
cr.l
vs
Gr:
TJ?
15
< .01
Gcnclrt
¡rous¡l
Gr,t
¡¡d
Gr:
13 GrJ
r,57
t6.l
<
.001
fc¡Con
¡¡ousl
Gr.l
vs
GrJ-
1J7
{.7
< .05
Tcnion
¡¡ousl
c¿l
¡nd
Gr.
r¡
9i
157
ó9
< ,01
HGdonic
lona
G¡.
vs
GrJ
1,5?
09
N.S.
H¿donlc
tonc
Cr.l
¡nó
GrJ
v3 Gr-r
r,57
1J
NS.
I
I
(
,
t"
F
H
Table
5
shows
the
rcsults
of
P
;
tt
T¡blc
5:
Pl¡o¡cd
6FdDÚ
ol
sDP'
DBP
' d
HR
)
)
)
)
)
¿:
Tebtc
:
Anl¡rcr
ol
VübE
of
EA
GA
TA
¡¡d llT
D.F.
EclwÉn
(:ñuot
D.F.
1¡lahln
CreuD3
F R¡llo
F
Ptob
EA
t?
t.ót25
.0005
GA
a
51
ll- l{?
.000t
T.{
,
51
$997
.0109
HT
31
1.197{
Jr9¡
T¡bb
3.
ADFG
of
V¡rb¡6
of
SBP'
DBP
¡¡d
HR
Gr.l
rs GtJ
Sygolic
B¡ood
PrcsuE
Gr.l
tnd
Gr2
vr GrJ
Gr.l
end
Gr
vs GrJ
93
)
)
)
measunement
of
hcart
¡¡a
thrcegroupsJteaft
rahü
h
grouP
three
i't"g_tqq|*g
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 48/124
and
therc
uas
evidencc
ol¡
ime.
. r
-
^-.rl
^-^^
^?
alr-
¡
)
lr
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
general
declfne
ln hc¡rt
r¡fe
over
t
'
]h
*
nt
i
signif¡canf
differcncre
in úhe
múe
fhe
groupq
F(IZ,
gZ)
=
2.A4,
P
=
.02
for
the
I
T¡DbG Mor¡d
$Ir."olHRffi7
EsÉ
Group
I
lT16lmnl)
[l6nrSldl).r'l
Gruup
(Iluslc ¡lon.)
tlahtSld-D.vl
Group
J
(Conlrcl
l,
ItaDlStd.DcYl
H6rt
R¡ac
MÉ¡.
I
12.7
t1Á31
7 J
(
rJ.r7)
75J
(r0.r0)
Ha¡l
R¡ac
Ma .:
70.7
(7.{r)
70¡
tt .ot)
7J,9
r
roJ{)
Hart
R¡ac
ilta¡.
ó9.7
t7.0ó)
70.ó
(rr.r2)
7{.0
(r0aE)
H?¡l
R¡lc
M.¡s.
{
óE.9
(?.0{) 70.2
{t::E)
?2.{
{r0.ó7)
Harl
R¡te
Yc¡s.
5
6óJ
t6.00)
69.1
112.76,
70.7
(rJ.t-t)
Hart
R¡1.
Mar.6
65J
(ó.{E)
69J
(12:3)
7J.7
(rr.ro)
Hé¡a
R¡lc
ñfc¡r.
7
ó{5
(5.ó7)
ó9"t
I
r2.¡2)
7-r.ó
(u.¿ól
from
Prcvious
Tamnr'
19E9)'
or
a
treafment
the
results
of
reductions
in
blood
design
u
ovel$
of
ind
influence
on
the
subjects
Further
a
number of
frials
might
yield
differe
that
the differences
werc
in
the
e4e
thc
difference
between
VA
therapy
a
.o*i"
-"t"
signiflcant
effect
on
blood
pressrre
and
heart
rale'
.f
i
The
results
concernlng
hedonlc
tone
ar¡
more
dlffcult
to
explaln'
i$
'r.ü
.J
:,il
.)
ril
,'
:
I
I
I
I
É
t
(
F
F
e
,-
A
f
DISCUSSION
Whlle
thc
subJects
obvlous$
e:perlencld-e
¡cductlon
ln
thelr
¡rcusol
le
and
satlsfaction
with
Lces
found
th¡t
tbe
¡ddltlon
of
a
pulsed'
slnusold¡l
low
fhequencl
tone
mudq
bv
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 49/124
¡rr- ..o ants n
"r*ll
¡rr"t"u*
in
eqioyrrent
r
-
--
^
¡-^^.-^-l an¿l tha
-^.
effecl
on
retaEll¡ult
urvr¡rurrj
the
treatment
aPPears
to
be
on
sfale
of
mind.
Subjercts
scores
and
awareness
of
thc
'g*g¡ffif;ax'
e¡ther
to
yglqg"$#.'hffi
stete
nuY
Prevent
th^'
$ate
rmY
Prevet
in
a
$ate
ol
anxictY'
thesc
states'
It
nould
er
VA
theraPY
in
PhYsical
"tt"f
'#"ffi";n,thigryf.y1{}fl
.*H
ffi.#iTii;ffiffi,ilfi'i""r*nó
iodic"tor
or
rhe
errec'
u'
yó
usic
alone
trcatment
and
lhe
cont¡ü
"cf
e¡r
lndlc¡tlon
lf
$F.Djects.c¡¡
ent
and
morc
rcceptive
to
t[¡
deÉaken
over
a
Period
of time.'
T[¡
hin
a
large
hosPital
for
PeoPle
wift
üt
working
conditions
and
fhe
responsibilit¡
of
caring
for
patients
wrro
demonsúmte
diifurbed
and
challenging
behavior,
thesaffrrasliketyverysrcssed.Theyrreryalsoatfendingthesetria|sduring
their
working
hours.
{ft"*f"t",
they
rmy
have
experient"d
Try
incrcasc
i¡
hedon|cionestmp|ydueúothesat|sfactlonofbelngabletolledowrrforh¡ll
anhourduringer,therewe¡emanysrbjectswhosr
res¡lts
fnom
th
ed
a
reduction
in
hedonic
fone'
In
discussion
with
er
the
trialg
they
confded
anecdotally
that
it
n¿s
diffcutt
to
e:rperience
pleasure
and
content¡nenl
lying
dow¡r in the
9,,p"1
*111
^'Tg:""-t:*
n?;.'Tl
9ll
{
it"
h[¿
::(
tl
.i.
::::
c,
E
1
¡
ü
f;
t
E
(:
D.,
ts,
E
C¡
ii
l:t.
i,1
I,
l,
l't'
i.l
t,
l'
il
;I
.I:
ii
i
;'
i
¡r'
i'ii'
l.ilr
;iil
ii
'
ili
I
iri
Published
ISVA
Skille,
O.
(1991)
'
Manuat
of
Vibroacoustic
Therapy'
kvanger'
Nornvay:
ISVA
Publlcations'
wigram.
r.
(1ee3).'rhe
reelins
gr,":*:-:
T"if,i:il'#;:fJt:lJ1;.
T.
(1993).
'The
feeling
9t
""^1':^-;
i-'"rr"li"n"ing
behaviour
in
Handbook
of
andbook
of
'(pP.177'197)'
psychological
change
theY
had
exa
It
could
be
a
matter
for
continuous
tr¡atments
of
VA
therapy
and
the
muslc
alone
condltlon'
Furthe
lhe
differtnces
befween
a
VA
therap
relax
The
t
eprc
Londoq
Phtlaoerpua;
Jsw¡w
¡D'-e--
v
97
)
)
)u
)
.j
r.rt
\,:l
'-ri
a
-
ji:¡1
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 50/124
)i:
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
PAlflBNIS
OVEN'AGE
59
PNWIOAOOASTIC
TflBAPT
TO
NET'ACB
PAIN
PEJ/fJIAL
niBAH
ro\
TUTAL
NEE
,{ü
l.d,{
i'5
':
'{
'""{
.)
,.I
rq
iQ
'r
¡
I
D
t
É
E
q
h
t
el
'
(Siegele,
1974).
t
-
viu-tibn
and/or
sensory
sti
I
catdiac
output
following
heart
su
aluate
the
Po.tential
benefits
cal
theraPY,
following
a total
search
questions
were
Posed:
-:i'
gg
rytÉb
Bulrc
l¡?.thY
ThoDrs
fl
FI
belore,
durlng
end
¡fia
end
ol
their
$sdom
rU¡
s
rms
used
In"
which
ms
uscd
¡
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 51/124
f'r
Do
patienfs
".oirhl'
¡ihydoocoustlC
therepy
In
conJunctlon
wltb
pnyscal therapy
¡chleve
Src¡t;
p"rS"" mnge
of
motion
than
those
in the
contrcl
grcup?
MEISOD
folloss:
PloiFD
004
(legs
and
thighs)
Volm
002
for
whatever
is
bmfortable
for
Pt')
Strcnglh
006
Nct[
004
Thss
007
Tire
006
(30
minutes)
F¡Goucnct
iniü*ln-tt"u
bY
comPuter)
Mudc
(Irblc)
003
Bec[
006
Lcgs
007
Subicds
patienús
over
lhe
age
of 55
who
urcrc
hospitalized
for
a fotal
knct
rcplacement
and
who
wert
receiving
physical therapy
úo
assist
them
in
ruialntng
m:dmum
functlonlng
nrrt
ellglble
for
Inclusion
in
the
study.
Eictusion
criteria
included
age
less
than
55,
pnesenoe
of
a
paccmaker,
e:pected
hospital
stay
of
less
than
6
dayg
and
pafienfs
who
werc
unable
to
gei
to
th"
gtm
for
physical therapy.
Paiients
ed
to
stay
anay
from
magnetic
flelds
and
werc
fh
dy
because
of magnets
in
the
ryeakers
housed
i
Mcúbodologl
This
su
y
r¡as
a
collaborative
effort
between
the
music
therapist
and
scveral
physicai
therapits
in
lhe
Physical
and
Occupaúional
Therapy
n"p""t"*"i
aJ
Duke
Univcrdty
Medical
Cenúer.
A mndomized
control
and
ffirimental
group design
r¡asused
(Neale,
&
Lieberl,
r9E6).
Once
patients
nad
becn
i¿enline¿
as
being
scheduled
for
knee
replacement
surgerl'
they
wene
appnoached
by
a
ptrysical thempisú
who
explained
the
purpose ol
fhc
rtuJy
"na
obtained
infoHed
consenl.
Pafients
were
randomized,
by
drawing
"
ord,
lnfo
elther
the controt
or experlmental
group.
Following
surSery,
ell
patients
received
a
normal
course
of
therapy
table. All
subjects
were asked
physical
fherapY
using
lhe
Visual
Thermometer
(Ahles, Ruckdeschelr
&
& Buckingham,
1983).
Subjects
in th
phyrúcal thempy
routine
which
consisted
of
lor
"xórcis".,
acfü
and
passive range
of
mofion
to the knee,
and
ambulation'
subJects
ln
lhe
e:rperlmental
group
recrclved
lhe
physloacoustlc
fherapy
inte.irenúion
during
the
firsl
physical
therapy
scssion
in
which
range
of
n
each
thereafter'
a speci
qüich
contained
srbjet
of
Pain
uóing
the
VAS
and
Pain Thermomeler.
Piior
to
beginning
physical
fherapy,
srbjeds
in
the
experimenfal
group
receivcd
10
minules
of
music
and
lolr
frcquencJ
vibmtions
emitted
via
fueakers
along
the
length
of
the
PhysioacousticR
Jablc
and
thrcugh
headpfrones.
A
htgñ
qua[t]
portable
fape
player
wllh
100
srbject
unless
the-
sublect
fn
wf¡f"ft
case
the
strcngth
was
vibmtiong
PhYsical
nlal
grouP
continued
ses$on
'period
bY
the
measuring
fool
for
range
for
the
PhYsical
theraPY
scssions.
RESI'JLTS
.lü
:f.
J'4
,I
"k
,\
.1r
l
'-"(
,.t
tn
rll
,t
lij
iJt
I i.i
il
.'
,1
¡l
)
)
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 52/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
E.9C.9
Aar
(l'ü)
&22 6.t e, ¿a .g
E¡l.od..
lllt
) l|l.t¡
{A l3.l¡ 1¡0
.:9
ll.Fl.¿
(ttd)
4a ¡ ll.li
Wl¡l6d
(t
t
r) ¡Y5
34$
Dlrorad
(it..)
ll{¡
ll3
Yrlc
5 .1$
t
¡
Dl¡tro.l.
O.gn¡¡lrlr ¡00& . .i
Rdllo. ll.lt
Rü.uD.b¡d Añtrld. 33,¡9
Passivc
Range of Motion
Measured
in Degrees
,o
.o
t
@
30
¿lO
30
m
10
0
O.yl
O.y2
D.y¡
¡).ya
D.ys
,
O.tt
I
oc-ñi--rE
p.,t",."t
il
Figw
I
motion.
In
addiúion,
AVo
ol
the
control srbjecls
were able to
obtain
a
90
degree
bend
at
the knee,
comparcd
to 66Vo of
fhe
experimenfal
group.
Figure
2 represenús
a comparison
of
mean
post-physical
therapy
pain
scones usfng the
Vlsual Analogue
Scale.
I{lth
Úhe exceptlon
oI
dey
2,ihe
LO2
Mcan
Post-Physical
Therapy
VAS
Pain
Scores
@
50
¡O
3tt
20
t0
0
Figurc
2
Pre
to
Post
Physical Thcrapy
Pain Change
Scores
{o
5
t0
25
20
t5
't0
5
0
aEs
+;ti
i
"hi¡
¡
"14
"ra
:l
r'l
.r{
",{
.)
:l
3
a
't
¡
B
(
E
H
$
h
F
F
;
',j
,l
i:l
DISCUSSION
The
Purpose
of
this
study
$as
to
Phy
soal'ousii
"f
ttt..py
i n
re-ducing-pa
in-.
á
iotal
knee
replacement'
Using
a
oay-
*
signiflcant
differenccs
(p
<
'05)betweel-tl:
'*o
*
.ñ;;;ti;n
".*tiitthed
on
post-op
dav
4
(p
103
TA¡LE I
R¡¡t ol
Volloq
Al¡. . d Prb Ca¡¡t. S@r.
.il.6ó
lt Í Jtlt
n.2t .91
ó1.11
l¡,to 1t.22 ¡3.10 .tó
69.tt
t2.t¿
761t
12.¡E
.26
6&S0
I
ó.J'
ll.,t e2¡
.04r
rs.ó(
20.30 15.00
a?a
.,o
4.6
29.12 .rla 22.U
.¡A
¡{óó rc90
a2¡ ta6 .a
¡aro 19ú rat2 l¡.ót
.y
¡r00
t9.Jt tt.oo t¿ot
,17
f9.to t6.tl
I.3 ¡aü
J9
la$ tl, :¿tl tl¡ .ot.
NS
ROMI
ROM2
ROlt
ROM{
ROMI
FOSVASI
ROSI'AS¡
POSVAS
FOSV^S.l
tostirsl
FOsr
A6
ÍIwAS
r{
)
)
)
)
post
phydcal
Íherepy
porn
rcpoñed
on
posa{p
day
ó (p
<
.01).
Drffercnocr
i.:*f*""
rance
of notlon
approochea
igntfican"i
tp
i
.üi"íp""op
d¡yj
durlng
potentlal$
palnful
phydc¡l
therepy
ererclscs.
Ir
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 53/124
.ft¡
f¿
',14
:{
)
:'l
,'{
'"{
)
:f
f;
il
I
I
t
{
D
;:
H
ü
:t
)r
)
I
t
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
.I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
REFERENCES
Ailes,
T.
H,
Ruckdeschel,
J.
C,
&
Blanchard,
E.D.
(lg%).
Cancpr-related
I
pain
-
II.
Assessrnenú
with
visual
analogue
scales
Journal
ol
-,-
PsychosormticResearch,
QE(Z),lZl-t}4.
lnderson,
s.
A.
(1979).
Pain
conlrol
by
sensory
sfimulation.
Advances
in
pain
:'
Resea¡ch
and
Therapy,
3,569-585.
BúleyrL,
M.
(1986).
Music úherapy
in
pain
management..Iournal
of
pain
and
,
Symptom Management,
L(l)r
25-28,
,s3_urkc,
MA.
(1994).
Use
of
physloacoustlc
tnterventlon
In
paln
managemenl
t+t
ol
postoperative gynecological
patienús.
unpublished
Maste¡rs
Thesiq
,-{
University of
North
Ca¡otina-Chapel
Hill.
Burkq
M.A, Walsh,
J,
Oehler,
J,
&
Gingrag
J.
(1995).
Music
therapy
following
suctioning:
Four case
studies.
Neonatal
Networ&
A
e),
4t-
49.
Cheslry,
K.
S, & Michel,
D. E.
(1991).
The
music
vibrafion
rabte
(MVT):
Developing
a technologr
and
concrcplual
model for
pain
relief.
Music
Therapy
Perspectives.
91
32-38.
Gardner, W.
J,
&
Licklider,
J.
C.
R.
(1959).
Audifory
analgesia in
denfat
operafions. The.Iournal
ol
the
American
Dental
Association.
gg"
lt4+
1149.
Gardner,
W.
J,
Licklider,
J.
C.
R,
&Weisz,
A.Z.
(1960).
Suppression
of
pain
'
by sound.
Science.
132.32-33.
Guieq
R,
Pouget
J.
(1990).
Pain
reliefachieved
by transcuianeous
eleclrical
ne¡ve
stimulaÍion
anflor
vibratory
stimulation
in a case of
painfut
legs
and
movlng toes.
Paln. 42r
434fi.
l*hikoinen,
Petri. (1991).
The
Physioacoustic
Mefhod.
IGlamazoo,
MI:
Nextuave,
fnc.
,,,
paln
threshold
and paln
tolerance.
.Iournal
ol
Denfal
Research
,i;i;
Supplemenf
to
No.
6,
160E.1617.
l.lieale' J.
Mo &
Lieberú,
R. M.
(Eds).
(19EO.
Science
and Behavion
An
:
,r,
Introduction
to
Mefhods
of
Research.
(Jrd
ed.).
Englewood
Cliftg
NJ:
'''.
Prpntice-Hall.
Res¡lfs
sugget
that
phydm
nonpharmacological
lntervenúion
to
of
motion
during
physical
f
subjecús
in fhe
operimental
eryerienoe
uslng
the nrusic
sesslonc
Subjecls
used
nords
such
as
úo
describe
how
they
fclt
aftcr
cuntrol
group
although
úhe
conúrol group
47 vs,S.Eg;
range
4-9).
Reommendafions
Therc
arp severar
rimitations
to
rhis
sfudy.
Firsú,
the
number
of
subjects
nas
snrall.
Origi
each
group;
however,
t
incrcasing sfalf
to pafien
the
sfudy.
A
larger
study
sample
decreasing
fhe
influence
of
individu
ROM
r¡as
begun,
lenglh
of
stay
or
early
dlscharge
to
a
less
expe
Data
on
pain
medicalion
u
Differences
in method
of
administmti
analyses
diflicult.
F'uture
studies
sho
pain
medicalions
used,
buf
should
ti
comparable
analgesic
agenfs.
Ofher
enrolling
subjecfs
included
the
loss
dcpartnrenú
and
a reducfion
in
lhe
PhysloacoustlcR
table.
Condusions
,*^--,YJ_{,: 1l".pi:1:
and physicat
therapisfs
can
work
coilaborafivety
ro
tmploye
both
úhe quality
and
effectivet
to
patienfs
r.equiring
physi_cal
therapy
úo
reach
functioning.
.PJrysim_cousticR
úherapy
is
a
benellc
herapy
and
should
be
sfrongly
consrdercd
as
a
nonpharmacorogrcar
mcthod
oi
parn
104
)
),
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 54/124
)
I
)
)
)
.,
)
)
I
,t
,)
)
)
)
)
)
I
,)
)
)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
')
)
)
t
l
NINE
Ag
cr
Burte
t¡
¡artofic
analgesics
(such
as
Morphine,
Demerol,
and Fenfanyl)
are af
hcftased
risk
for
side-effects
such
as
nausea'
vomifing,
decreased
bowel
finc{lon,
sedatlon,
and
rcsplratory
deprrsslon
(cancer Pain,
19E4).
In
¡ddilion
to narcotic
analgesicg
a variety
of
behavioral
techniques
including
nbxation,
irmagery
biofeedback,
and
cogniÚive
rcdirec3ion
strafegies
have
Ücn
used
in
the frcafment
of
acute
pain
(Cancer
Pain,
19E4;
Clum'
Luscomb,
tscott,
l9Ea;Melzacft,
Weisz,
&
Spmgue,
1963;
Riderr
19E5;
Siegele,1974;
,,1.19¡e,
1991; wells,
1982).
'.f+t
$tmcnt
of
thc h,obtcm
.ril
vi
r;
,'A
:¿o
;l
,'.{
)
:l
n
::
$
&
(
¡'
E
E
(
l.
F.
E
Cil
;,
i¡
il
'l
I
I
I
',
t
I
I
I
The
authors
wish
fo
acknowledge
and
rhank
Dr.
Tho¡rns
parker
vail
for
hi¡
supporf
úhroughout
úhis
súudy.
¡ {¡nE¡
tThe
data
rcporúed
here
rverc
collected
under
don
or
Aging
GranJ
No.
9O-ANL-0676.
n.;;;i
s
0t
fhe
authors
and
do
not
represenf
any
ottlcia
lbe
agency.
106
ary
to distention.
In
uPon
movemenJ
rmY
contrlbute
to
to an
incrcase
in
the
frequencY
of
'irt',
";¡;
increased
anxiety
self-administered
1^?
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 55/124
F
ft
¡
METHOD
p
dr|:
E
rhis
piror
ouor
"::1.1
Tl.":fiTi:y::*:Yi#."::1,:::,iii'il
iñ-1"
&
Liebert,
úEd).
All subjects
were
approached
and
enrolled in
iy
by
the
investigaSor
or
by the
rcsearch assistant.
tflG.rs
tho
nursing
admission fornr,
were excluded
from
the
study.
I¡lnmcnls
:r
The McGill
Melzack
Presenf
Pain Intensity
(PPD
scale
and
the
Linear
Anatogue
Scale
Assessnrent
(also
known
as
a
Visual
Analogue
Scale"
VAS)
flom
the
Memorial
Pain
AssessmenÍ
Card
were
used
to
document
overÚ
'Éryonses
fo
paln (Ahtes, Ruckdeschel,
&
Blanchard,
1984;
Flshman,
.Prstcrna\
Wallenstein,
Houde,
Holland,
& Foley,
19E7;
Graham,
Bond'
Gerkovich
&
Cook,
19E0;
McGuirt,
19E4;
Melzacl
1975;
Price'
McGratlq
Ratli
e
Buckingham,
Dü).
The Mulfiple Affect
A{ective
Checklist
(MAACI,)
nas
used
to document
current levels
ol
anxiety
(Zuckerman
&
I¡bin,
1965).
The Rhodes
Index of Nausea
and
Vomiting
0IW)
qas
used
fo
doQment
bolh
perceived
nausea
and
actual
hequency,
durafior4
and severity
olvomiting
(Rhodeg
Wafson,
&
Johnson,
19E4).
F4uipment
':'j:
The
Physioacousfic
ReclinerR,
a specially
designed,
commercially
posú-surgery
protúr
requires
úh¡
;;;¡.,i,i'
ü#i::h"il#*m,
;tT#
bv
no
nausea
or
vomitini
"n¿
u uo*r"*.ñ"oi
prior
¡
PurTosc
of
lhe
Study
ii;¿
\
:d
;{
)
;tl
'-{
)
jl
I
lt
t
F
&
fl'
É'
ts
,{
&-
F
FJf
fo
have
evidence
of
bowel
function
iúal.
This
nas
lo
assune
thaf
úhe
rist
ons
such
as
bowel
obsfructioq
r
wound
dehlscence
secondary
lo
108
109
)
)
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 56/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
avalle
vib¡af
music
components:
the
a(fustable
chalr,
audio
system
and
fhe
transformer.
wifh
one
cord
for
fhe
úransforme
transforrner
reductd
the
current
fo
Thus
úhe¡e
$as
no
¡isk
of
eleclric
and
sound
flcquencies
rms
used
a
strong,
rhythmic
pulse,
were
infen
patterns
and conf¡ibute
fo
the
pea
Procdurc
PaflenJs
ldenúlfied
as
belng
ellgible
for
úhe
eifher
fhe
music
therapisú
or
the
resea-rch
assistan
to
lhe pafienúq
and
if
fhey
agreed
to participa
oblained
prior
fo
surgery.
pafiónls
assigned
to
a
gmup
which
would
sutgery
or
fo a
gnoup
which
would
assigned,
by
f
on
the
day
prior
úo
sulgery.
Aú
fhat
time, subjects
subjects
""n¿or¡H¡TrT
rne
e:rp".ir*nfar
group
were
shorvn
how
ro
use
the physioacoustic
¡ecriner
"r¿
horr
ao
fiil
our
fhe
rcquird
-surgery
teaching
and
inúenentions
rrcn
al
and
control
groups.
The
confrol
group
to llll
out
lhe
required
questionnaircs
and
on post-surgery
ambulation.
-
All
srbjects
were provided
wifh packeús
which
incruded
fesfing
lnsfn¡menús
and
forms
for
dafa
coilecúron
wtrrcn
they
fiiled
out
each
day.
Tbl
head
nurse
on fhe
unit
collected
al
reco¡d
and
rpcorded
it
onfo
a
med
day
before
sutgery,
all
subjects
i
Thfs
scale
wes admlnlsfercd
agaln
on
po$op
dry
2 at
bedtlmg
and
q*.:t-,1ÍllTi"r-..
rrav r.
and conrinuing
rhroughourheir
hospital
ln
noln rrslne ihe
McGtll
r
)
i
.l
¿
:'
;,
x
x
I'b
rF
r
.&
IP
|
Éll
f.fl
)fr
fg
)o'
I
I
,
I
I
I
15
minutes.
The
flrst
and
last
sessions
l¡tewention
continued
in
this
manner
lhc
experlmental
subJect
nas
dischs
.,pntinued
When
the
nndomly
werc
colle
therc
nas
only
one
physioac-oustic
rc
d
to
rafe
thelr
Paln
udng
the
McGtll
nd
the
ng
lafe
a
mte
any
cryerimental
patient
at
a
time.
The control
grouP followed
th
Included
gettlng out
of
bed
and
slt
Anbulation
$as
encouraged
as soon
a
and
amounts of
Pain
medication,
adninister€d,
werc
rtcorded
starting
t
110
111
)
)
)
)
)
I
I
TAALE
¿
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 57/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
\
I
ond
vlt¡l
dgns
rnere
rpcorded es docurnented
ln fhe
patlentts
medlcal
recort
Day
ol
flatug firsú
bowel movemen$
and tofal
number
of
days
in
the
hoqit¿
lollowing
s¡rgery
rpere
noted.
To
protect
oonfdenúl¡llty,
ell
ubJecls
rverc
glven
a
code
llsle{
6¡.
rescarrher
coding
sheet which remained
in a
locked
flling cabinet.
RESI'LTS
Ol
the 32
subjects
rvüo were enrolled
in
the study'
Zl
(625n
completed
the
protocol.
Ol
thosg
eight
werrc in the
e:perimental
g¡oup
ad
tuelve were in
the
crntrul
group.
Reasons
for
wifhdraual
ftom the
study
Included
medlcal compllcatlons
followlng
sutgely
(N=6),
enrollment
ln
¡
conflicting
study
(N=1), prcvious
chronic
pain
rc4uiring melhadone
(N=1),
headaches
(N=1),
and
noncompliancc
(N=3).
See
Table
I
lor
demographic
and
clinical
cha¡acúeristics
of
the entire
smple.
Analyses
of
Variancrc
nere
used
to assess
potential group differcnces
on continuous
variables such
as age,
education,
and number
of
children.
Cti
squane
analyses
r¿ere
used
to assess differences
on
dichotomous
variablcs
such as
whether
or not
subjects
had
been
hospitalized
previouslyr
whether
they hed
undergone
$rgery
prevlously, end
whether they hed
exaerlencd
serious medical
problems (i.e,
heart
disease,
kidney
failure'
diabetes)
in
thc
past.
No
signiflcant
group (experimental
vs.
control)
differcnces
wert
found
on any
of the demoglaphic
variables
(See
Table
2
for
demogsPhic
characieristics
by
group).
t¡.otFD¡¡c
Cl¡Eüftllcr
81
GmP
E
(X.l)
C
iN-tl)
N
¡t.óó
I
tóóó
2
25.m
lcúó
¿
0.00
0
NS
TVilcoxon
rank
sum
lesÚs
were
in
the
control
grcuP'
the
course
of
a
daY,
comParisons
of
VAS
sctres
on
Post'oP
daY
1
are
of
the
daY,
the
e:rPerimental
grouP
(26Vo)'
and
evening
VAS
t
grouP
rePorted
a
the
cuntrol
grouP
dex
of Nausea
and
Vomiting
scorcs
for
ghout
the llve-
the
use
of W
of
E27o)
when
,iompared
with
the
control
group
(meandecrease
of
727o)'
:,
,
F,igure
O *pt"r"ntt
ti"nr""n
andety,
hostility,
and
depresslon
scores
all
subjects
F'igures
7r 74and
78
represent
a comparison
of
levels
of
anxiety'
tility,
and
aepreJion
betweenthe
control
and
experimental
groups
113
ti¡
¡{
d
.A
ra
)
ii
-{
)
"l
l
I
:t
TAELE I
Ilrqnprb rrd dhbl OEdda d
fi{ú
N. 20
^r¡
orrt
O.8
lüodo
(F¡0
lLTt
C¡[¡üq
(¡o¡r
I
Ltl
f¡rLd(ftt
?o.O
Hd.E
?,
(trrd
9l.O
H-rlq..'
(¡t-)
&,O
Oüc
lAl-
¡t
a
ll.r
(¡t
i
31O
nDl ILúF.L
O¡t¡¡O¡c
(¡ttd
,lto
¡- ¡lbc
(¡F)
2cO
Edrraíd
CrE
(¡tr{
2OO
O¡rrlol C¡c
(*
r{
10,@
U¡rb.OE
(rt¡)
LO
tclt ne
L3 ¡rt
ttt G,
N
,
a
a
¿
I
LL2
)
)
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 58/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
))
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Ftgurrs
E,
E{
and EB rcprcsent
rnean change
saones
lor
ande¡,
hostility,
and deplession
fbom
prc-op
to
post'op
day 2
(I1'T2)' fborn
postop
i
¿"y
2
úo
discharge
(T2-T3),
and
fbom
preop
to day
of discharge
(T1'T3)
?0¡
I
both
groups.
Figure
9 rcprcsents
a
comparison
of return
of
flatug
reÚurn of
bonrl
functioning,
and
day
of
discharge
(or
day
patients
would
have
[sc¡
discharged
had
they
not
begun chemtherapy)
between the
two
groups.
,irdr
MEAI.¡
Iv
PAIN
MEDS
t0
|0
n
a0
T
i,|0
i0
0
HOSTILNY
SCORES
POO¡
E@ffiffiEffiLl
Figurc
7A
POOa
fo-.ffiiffiI
Figurc
78
12
l0
a
a
a
2
0
MEAN
VAS SCORES
Gyn-Onc
Surg.
Pts.
AM.AF-PM
VAS
DAY 3
MEAN INV
SCORES
t5
l0
23
n
t5
t0
I
o
ti¡
¡r
f,;
5
iJ
"{
)
:l
l
;t
20
ll
t0
t
0
ts
l¡"
t'.
I
/L
POOJ
l¡c"^tr"t-¡
etp¡iiffi¡
Figurc
I
AM.AF-PM
VAS
DAY
I
AI¡
E PI¡
lEco.¡rRot
r ErtERfffi
raLl
Figurc
2
t¡
la
ta
l2
l0
¡
a
a
I
0
s
2.¡
2
1.3
I
0,t
0
t2
l0
¡
a
a
2
0
Figurc J
114
115
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 59/124
¡
:
¡
T
¡
I
)
I
I
MEAN
CHANGE
SCORES
A¡.T)(IEry
loffiarl
figurc t
tvfEANCHANGE
SCORES
HOSTILITY
RETTIRN
OF
FI.ATUS
BOWELRJNCNON
DAYOFDISCHARGE
Figurc
8A
H¡I¡¡
Bo|vE-rñ,Mt
DAYSE
'offiffiA¡-'
Figt.ue9
DISCTJSSION
Paiu/Pain
Mcdicaiion
Use
Both
the
PPI and VAS pain
rating
scales
yielded
resr¡lts
whicb
indicated
lhat,
although
the
experimental group
initially rcported
mott
infense
pain,
lhe
overall decrease
in
pain
nas greater
for
the erperimentd
group
than
úhe
control
group.
Thls may
have been
due
úo a
htgher
Inlflal
level
of
IV
pain
medication
use
in
fhe
e:rperimentat
group.
However, it
is
possible
thaf
the use
of fhe
Physioacoustic
rtcliner
cont¡ibuted
to
periods
of relanúon
and
comlorf
which
my
have, in
turn,
provided
sonre
pain
retief,
possiblt
116
-
rhe
neod
for
¡ddltlonal
paln medlcallons
f
"U'j";;-iyi-uyÑ:l3'.:'::ff3:lliil?1"';1ffi
'."JS
I
rePorT'"
L'-;;:
decrease
of
3137o
(not
Dedications'
wmte
confinued
use
of
the
¡
in
graph)'
This
.^
nrñr,".rfe rela:ation.
T.ffi
[":ñ1il;-^ir'rnr."""nron,
wnrcn
I
s
rrru
uÉ,r,]
to
promof
e
rtla:cation'
Sñliftrlin
rtducing
the
need
for
narcotics'
u
E
[f,
x-
É;
E-
É
F-
g
HT
rr¡
\
nr
4
)
rJ
{
-{
)
:{
-i
:l
;t
I
7
a
¡
a
I
2
t
0.
it"t-
end
Vomiting/Antiemetic
Usc
¡neshesla
tlrne.
t
Although
the
exPerimenta
vomiting
on POD
1,
overall
fheY
lor
lhisiould
be
that
of
8
subiec
¡tductd
the
pofential
for
vomiting'
(N=4)
had
an
NG
tube.
It
is
also
f¡cilitated rela:¡ation
which
maY
¡ntienretics required.
Patients
with
an
NG
usage
(i.e.
GI
bleed).
No
patient
'
ómplications following
surgety'
:,¡J,i
An interesting
flnding
is
that
"o?l7Voless
ZantacR
fhan
the
control
'is
that
theteturn
of
flatus
and
borrel
cqerlmental
grouP
fhan
ln
the
co
combination
of
vibration,
decreased
a
liaY
have
contributed
to
incrcased
-
¡nd
bowel
function
in
the
exPe
tt'
I
0,1
0
{J
-t
-1t
t
{t
.¡
r .5
.
1.
2
t.3
I
o.5
0
4,5
-t
.r.t
.
¿.
)
)
)
)
)
vlbratlon
my
have
contrlbuted
3o
a morc
plcasant
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 60/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
documented,
the
NG
tube
ls rermved
and
Jhe
patlent
ls
sfarted
on
a
llqu¡¡
diet.
The
use of
ZanfacR
is
usually
discontinued
following
the removal
of
tht
NG
tube.
Anxictyfi
Iof
ilitY/DcPrc*don
118
erience,
thereby
teaáilt
to
an
overall
decrsase
in
fl,om
PrcoP
to
Post'oP
rePorting
a
slightlY
lower
ssíon
nray
have
been
due'
It
maY
also
have
rnean
dePression
scores
úhe
studYt
lt
was
changes
in
rmod'
I
emotional
exPerien
depression
for
the
experimental
group'
Frdors
Conhibuting
to
DisclargP
,
F""ro"s
s¡ch
as
extent
of
srrgery'
return
of fl
nrnctoiiig,
"ll
affect
the
length
of
stay'
Fro.m
;;
náde
about
the
length
of
hoqita
il'coñ"'*g"ty'
n
was
noted
that
$Wo
ol
il;.i
-ln-p*iton
was
made
on
lengfh
of
stay
wirhour
NG
rubes.
,,
ilff;
irr"r
ñr¡.nrr
wño
ai¿
not
need
NG
tubes
rccovered
more
quickly
and
werc
able
to
tt
¿i*f'""g"d
sooner
than
those
who
had
NG
tubes.
all
length
of
hospital
stay
,".,n,Jlliii"t"I#'':,
t*,U"1'T:ll'H:;
I
g¡oup e:rperienced
returl
,-in..'"tliJgrouP,
ttreY
r'
Smmery¡tondudon
Although
results
f¡om
this
¡tr1 V
werc
púrnarily
descriptive
in
naturc'
,
j
rhe
rrends
which
;;;;;.¿
¡nai-t.áiüar
ttre
physioacoustic
therapy
:i¡ji;ij
119
iü
\
'(,¡
I
{
\
)
"t
-t
'¡
¡
I
ri
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 61/124
Iimitefims
for
Fr¡fur Rssce¡cü
res¡Its
of this
study
indicaúe
that
music
and low
flequency
rmy
be
beneflcial
ln
promotlng
relantlon
and reduclng
the
ilrception
of
pain
following
surgery.
\ilith the
potential
development
of a
ñsp¡'t"l
mattresswhich
incurporates
the Physioacoustic
technologt,
there
will
,
Second,
in
order to
determine
which
of
fhe two
media
(music
or
low
ided
Jhe
mo¡e
effectiv
using sepamte
groups
.
In
addif ion,
addit
be
used
so
fhat resul
larycr
population.
Data
from
this
study
suggested
that
emotional
stales
of
the
eryerlmental
group
wene
more positlvely affected
than
those
of
the control
ffh
e
inf
s
lwi
s
in
order
to
obtain
an
experimental
group
and
a confrol
group who
do not
differ
in their baseline
psychometric
measures
in order
to
fnrly
determine
fcaomplishing
these goals.
REFERENCES
'l
,T
'i
'l
*ÁNes,
T. H,
Ruckdeschel,
J.
C,
& Blanchard,
E.D.
(19E4).
Cancer-related
il
pain
-
II.
Assessment
wilh
visual
analogue
scales.
.Iournal
of
'i]{
PsvchosornaticResearch,
8.Q),l2l'124.
Cancer
pain:
A
monograph
on the management
of
cancer
pain. (19E4).
A
lr
121
)
)
)
)
)
.tT
tenslon
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 62/124
u
q
Bi¡
r;
ü
E.
S
ts-
r
-
tr
llil
iljl
rl.ll
ilrll
:il
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
.¡
)
)
)
)
)
.)
I
)
)
)
report
ol
the e:rpert
advlsotl
commlftee
on the
managenrent of
seven
ch¡onic
pain
in
cancer
patients
Úo
the
Honourable
Monique
Beg\
Miniser
of National
Health
and
Wellare.
Cfunq
G.
A,
Luscomb,
R.
L,
& Scoft,
L.
$: m4,
RelaxaÚlon
tralnlng
and
cogniÍive
rcdircction
sfrategies
in
fhe
freatrnent
of
acute
pain.
Pai¡,
LZ
175-lE3.
Fishnmn,
B,
Pasterna
Holland
J. Q,
& Fotey,
K.
M.
J
Card:
A
valid
instrument
for
60,
1151-1ü,E.
Graham,
C,
Bond,
S.
S, Gedrovict¡
M.
M.,
& Coolg
M'
R'
(19E0)'
Use
oltht
McGill
Paln
Questlonnalrc
tn
the
assessment
of
cancer
peln:
Melzaclg
R.
(1919. The McGill
Pain
Queslionnaire:
Major
properties and
scoring
methods.
Pain.
t
277'299.
Melzack,
R,
Wets4
a.z,
&sprague, L. T.
(19ó3). Stratagems
for
controlllng
paini
Confributions
of
auditory
stimulation
and zuggestion.
Neale,
86).
Science
qnd
Behavion
An
(3rd
ed.).
Englervood
Cliffg
NJ:
Prentice-Hall.
Price,
D.
D, McGrafh'
P.
A'
Rati
A,
&
Buckingham,
B'
(1983)'
The
validation
olvisual
analogue
scales
as
ratio
scale
measunes
for
chronic
and
eryerlmental
paln.
Paln,
1,
45'56,
Rhodeg
V.
An
Watson,
i.
M' &
Johnson,
M.
H.
(19E4)' I)evelopmenf
of
reliable
and
valid
measunes
of
nausea
and
vomiting.
Cancer
Nursin&
X'eb.,
pP.3341.
Rider,
nf.
s.
iigASl.
Entrainment
mechanisms
are
involved
in
pain
reduction'
muscle
rtlanúion,
and
music-mediated imagery.
.Iournal
of
Music
Therapy,
Li¿'
@)'
lE3'192-
Si"g"t",
D.
S.
(197a).Tle
gate
conlrol
theo¡yÁmerican
Journal
of Nursin&
stein
t¿.tf:
ngtont
t22
n
on
posl'operaflve
muscle
i
'"
serrice'
:ü
¡a
ta
4
)
1
{
,¿
)
l
:l
:l
rt
t+.:.
.;ii
lSl:.
';5¿
-ti'
rTlrts
proJect
qas
funded
by a
grant
no¡n
tlre
Glaxo
Research
Institute
and
was
camied
out
as
pJúiiurnilments
l"t
ñ
Master
of
science
Degree
in
Rehabilitation
Counseling
ftom
the
Univerjty
of
North
Carolina
at
Chapel
.Tiil,
NC.
t
The
author
wishes
to
acknowledge
Susan
Avent'
MSN'
RN
for
her
assisfance
and
srpport
throughout
the
project'
)
I
)
)
)
)
)
betr¡ecn
the
zubdancia
niga
and
ofher
basal
nuclei,
ol the
i'"p;rtanc.
in
the
conlrot.ina
si1$fli
1-:*-*::::"*.Í:ii
il#Jsffi
il";;;:ñ"rions.
rhe
main
maniretarrons
"f
rl;,drdg
itiíni"-ii¿
l¡ck
of
movemnt
crnfro[
trcmorg
slownesq
rlg
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 63/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t
t
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
alterations
in
posture, equilibrium
and
gait'
'l
l'
I
Subfirts
Si-{ryaJi-9¡ -s
(ages
40'75
years-of
age)
wifh-
Idiopa-ft¡ic
P,arkinson's
discase
in
Stases
U
aní
Iu
of thó
Hoehn
y.Ürueft:
(19";
1
Yálir'
te6l¡
*"r*
..rráo-ly
selected
¡¡om
fhe
tofel
number
of
Parklnsonts
paflenls
rl
an
indePendenl
.
Subjects
wen
oPa
medication
ParttclPatlon
ll
they
were
beyond
the
designated
age
ml-g",
if
the{
were
d.iagnosed
wilb
"-"áná"I.
parkinson's
disea"se
or
with
multisysfemic
degenerative
disease'
or
il
there
was
an
associated
cardiologic
pathologt
or
a
recenl
moderale
lo
severe
trauma.
Subjectswercmndom|ydividedinlotwogroupsofthirtysubjectseacb.
The
e:perinrental
group
rcceived
music
vibráacoustic
fherapy
tr¡atmenl
f-ori"
uo¿
a
pulsed, slnusoidal
low
fhequengr
vibration)'
The
control
grouP
recelved
muslc
only
wlfh
no
low
hcqueniy
tones
whlle
lytng
on
the
bed.
METHOI'
Mcasu¡emen3
Insfurents
ol
treatmenf,
the
Scale
of
Daity
Activifies
Aspectg
toi'tr
a"cot¿ing
to'
the
Unifid
(UiDRS)
(Fahn
&
Elton,
19E7),
as
well
as
the
Subjective
Assessment
Gtobal
Scale
were
used
in
this
study'
t26
ütatment,
and
th¡ee
treatment
procedurc'
;'
The
followinc
;;r"r,"¿itr"¿
durlng
n'hlch
the
I An
tnliial
iris
*""
also
provided
an
lrcatment
proce
"..
lft"
"
Its
interests
and
i
oPPortunitY
for
ri¡
,:
rq
li
't
.t
'¿l
il
fl
ltt
tliminate
or
serye as a
'..i.1i
leam
a
Interests
were
rooted
i
L27
-
-..---**--A'q-e#
)
)
)
)
)f
rhythms
and
melodies that
had
been
part
of
their
adolescence.
f,-
Thisflndlng
presnted
somc
challenges
in
selecting
appropriatc
g¡f$."
wüich.
_ms-
rcla¡ing,
_bca,uti
r¡ifeetlng
for ¡ll
subJects
¡nd ¡t
the
materiü
the
e:Perimenters
flnallY
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 64/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
',
)
)
)
)
t
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
\
rh
n:
,4
Sig-
of
lf
F)
.t
.000
"5
)
d
lt
.wt
:ii
tl
,ll
rpould
alternate
throughoul
fhe
sess
compositions
in
an
adagio
temPo f
offer
a
positive and rclaxing
harmo
mone
ener¿etic
hand
accordi.on
indrument
is fypical
to Basque
musi
music
close
to úheir
own cultu're.
rl
d
tr
DTJ
F,,
Fr
h
É
ts-
F
FC
I'
if
li
ili
:,li
t
i
I
I
¡1
li
ti
wers noted
and
recorded
wifhout conversation.
Throughout
the study,
lhe experimenterswere
cognizant
of
the
posdtlr
Influencc
of
thetr retatlonshlp
wlth
the
subJect
on the
resulls
ol the
ludr,
consi-dering
that
the subjects
wene seen
for
25 minutes
a
week
for
six
month¡
Bticause
of
fhis
possiblity, the
music
therapy
feam
systemalized lhür
o"bserrations
and limited
verüal
inferacf
ion
with
the
patient to
a ferr
cuurleo¡¡
phmses.
A
contrcl
llle
was
maintained
for
each
subject.
It
included
noles
tala
at
fhe
beginning
of lhe
session,
such as
the
degree of aulonomy,
lhe
prcscng
of
uncontrolled
movementg
difficulties
in movement
and/or
in
ve¡üd
exchanges.
These assessnrents
were
compared
wlth those
Jhaf
wer,e
made
¡t
the
end ofeach
scssion. Also,
during
the
session
possible
other
observafio¡¡
werc
made,
for enmplg
variations
i
and
volunlary
movemenúg
steep,
etc. These
observat
systematicálh
were not
been included
for
analysis
been
used
for
clinical
insight
into
the treatment
p¡ocess employed.
Evah¡ation
Two medical
doclors
seruing as
blind
and
independent
raters
evalualcd
the
subjecfs
in
5
periodic
check.-ups.
Their ratings
were included
in
e¡cb
subject's
control ftle.
RESTJLTS
A comparison
of the
subjectst
UPDRS
sooncs rcvealed
no
signifiail
dlfferences
beiween experimental
and control
groups
(See
Table
1)'
Howeven
L2A
ffi[5"tr
=;áfiorv¡ri¡nccs
F
-482'E;p
= 'o32
t{cst for
EqrnlitY
of Mcans
Vr¡iances
t-vduc
Equel '194
ü
s2
&29
ncqual
-''94
)
)
)
I
)
¡.rtr.¡¿.
-
"'
:''
Bas€d
on
thcs€
ñndlngs
it-'cqn
be
ally
vlb¡¡ac¡oustlc
treetmeñÍ-dppeercd
for
n
D.B'
Calne'
&
M'
Goldstein
(Eds)'
B+Ú
s.
Fahü
c.P.,yl1*i.'--,o
.r
¡c4ose rv"l.
a-i;;.
;$-;¡t:'fu""'"-
'..-rj:
Wt
t,
and
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 65/124
t¿
Y
.4
{
f
.[
{
T.
{
I
t
I
I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
.,
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
ir
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t
antlclpated,
p¡tt¡".ontt
patients.
These
effects
rpert
rno$
and
;;;ii".
of
haity
l¡v¡ng.
Thus,
rhese
flndings
are
consi$ent
wifh
prcvious
;ésEarch.
It
is
imPorlant
to
sPeculate
the
music
theraPY
grouP
and
the
v
vibroacoustics
¡eceived
¿t0Hz'
low'fr
measured
uay.
Houever,
the music th
bul
ln
a
randon¡
uncontrolledr
unmea
ofthemusicitself.Thus,theon|ydifferencesintrtatmenteffectscanbe
attributable
to
the
&
H;.
srimulus
rhat
r¡as
provided
to
the
exaerimental
subjects.
Itcouldbethalvib¡oacousticlrealmenlmaybeatechnique 'haf-rvitl
help
alieviare
or
relieve
Parkinsonian
symptomg
but
much
more
research
is
needed
to
find
out
if
lhis
is
lhe
case'
There
are
some
conE¿erations
to
be
taken
inlo
account
in future
research.
In
Úhis
studY'
through
the
bed
withou
variable
nas
intnoduced
;ü;;d.
in
the
nrturr,
¡ris
should
be
confrotted
so
that
the
control
group
receives
none
other
dl"
"rair""y
stimuration. To accomprish
this,
the
audio
"rr"in"l
feeding
ilre
ue¿
speakers
should
hlve
a filler
which
cuts
frequencl
at
no
less
lhan
¿ouúL-
oi
the
highest
ftequency
generated
by
the
low
frequencY
oscillator.
Addlt|onalresearchshou|dbeconductedconcerningtheoptime|
frequencies
needed
rá
ii"ur
the
variety
of
parkinsonian
symptoms,
such
as
tremorg
rigiditY
etc.
In
a
similar
mannert
fhert
should
be
research
underiaken
to
defermine
the number
of
sessions
a
optimize
trcatmenl
effects
in
these
iiw¿s
decided
that
one
session
Per
However,
during
the
multtple
sesslons
Per
The
authors
ar
areanxioustoconfinuewor|rinfhisareainthehopesofrefiningthisnerv
method
or
rca¡meni-*rri"ii
rr"r¿s
promi."
for
rerieving
the
sufrering
ol
individuals
aftlicted
with this
diso¡der'
D
Rcfcr¡cncs
Fahn,S.,&E|ton,R.I.(1987).UntftedParlr|nsons'd|sgaseratlngscale.In:
r
?n
-nrtelitv-
Neurolo¡ry,
tL+n+l^
---.:^
.L^Éñú.
The
llet
131
F
F
¡ff
)
)
)
)
)
EI^DTIEI{
-{i -:'1
¡.i
Tw*,
A'S
A
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 66/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
J.
)
i
)
)
)
)
)
)
.T
)
)
,
)
üigf¡m
INIRODUCTION
both
the
music
and
low
ffiily-lTHüffl
surr
or
rhese
rrequency
danges
w¿s
varied'
an
after
the
frtquency
was
chenged
was
often
difft
e
$as
assumed
fo
add
a
There
have
becn
no
de
modulation
for
the
ol
fhe
Pulse
rras
th
PhYsical
behaviour
i¡
:
4
{
f
t
{
I
I
I
I
I
in
early
e:rperiments
undertaken
at
"."Ju'Jint'ri"
t"o"r
of
comfoñ
and
133
)
)
)
)
)
tt|{
rF{
irú
ln
arousal
lcvel
¡nd
l"9Tl"
Tbcrt
woul
&s
of
amplitude
modulanon
ne
betWCe¡
mndant
tgne.
,-
'-
l'
'
'
.
iIffi
3#S"i:'g*T"""iff
3iJ#::[si'#*'iilH,ilsE
ffi
fftrl"'.".
(
:1:l'#'-ffi
;Tffi
[ilf
"i"'
DUI'lnGrE
ssEu¡w
añ
q".T"J
lt:f-'
,.pc¡
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 67/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,)
¡ril
ril
,11
h¡e
ltror
Pe¡
¡w
-
-tWC¡¡
be
foo
fast
bY
some
of
the
PeoPle
*¡
wifh
rclantion
and
with the
mus¡c
mments,
and
it
became
aPParcnt
tht
f
the
stimulus
rms
necessarY
to
tcE
low'ftequencY
tone
has
not
bce¡
was
designed
fo
measure
dilferencts
o
determine
whether
there
was
anJ
ulsed
lorv'frequenúY
tones
or
a
conslanl
tot*afn"
experiment
was
intended
to
measure
the
effect
of
the
lorr'
i
hequency
fone
at
difr;;;
p"ü
speeds.by
varying
the
amplitude
modulafion
and to
measure
nesponse
to
a
conSant
fone'.Itwas
decided
Jo
concentmle
0n
evaluating
the
effect
'oi
áirtt*nt
speeds
of
the
pulsed
low'frequency
tonc
alone,
in
order
to
avoid"a
iiiir""i
"""f"unding
variables
of
tempi
and
rhylhn
t"
'n"rilffi:Íual
rtporl¡of
effects
peopte-have
felt
when
rrying
Úhe
trtatmen[
togethir
wtth
the
o*;t'i;.
"-p"ti"'.,".-"¡
cllnlclans
expeiimenttng
with
lhc
freatmenf,rhu""
¡n¿¡-iJin"i"
longer
pulse
speed
*oul¿
u"
more
relaxing
and
therefore
have
a
greafer
effect
in
reducing
iJltt¡.
tone,
increasilg
relaxati-on
.a1f
redu
or*r.u"".
Subiective
t*pottt
have
also
indicated
t
iliüfñ
tá signifcantly
less
cffective
than
a
putse
sneedg'r
METIIOD
,rii
I
tension
and
hedon
tb¡t
can
last
for
a
were
H:;
,
verc
taken
five
minutes
."thti;l-'
-r^Lr¡¡
in rhis e:oeriment
were
the
different
speeds
t;,
" "'Ti"
independent
variables
in
T:Y":1H"d;#;;I"'".
of pulse
(ó
seconds,
ñ:;;;¡t'
14
scconds¡'
and
the
constanl
tc
behavior.
Eryerimental
HYaolhcscs
I
Basedonanecdotalevidence'andevidencefhomctinicalex¡lerience'fhe
following
experimental
hypotheses
were
posed
for
these
trials:
\
\
,)
134
rü
l1
r:
t¡{
7l
pj
t,.
1.
-
.¡-{
i¡
tii
jll
ri
ri
'tl
[¡
i
¿t
al
rl
)'
4r
(,
lr
a
t
I
I
I
looi**
-'|-
en romale)
volunteered
to
take
part
in
t'ials'
i
Sixty
subiects
(30
nble'
30
female)
vot
135
{
)
)
)
)
)
)
The
srbJects
c¡mo
lhom
wldely
dllfertng
backgrounds They
conslsted
ol
¡
SeIf
w¡lu¡Jlon
of
tteh
steÚe
of
rcleptlon
w¡s scorcd
by
the
ubJecls
and
afier
the
trials
on
a 9
digit
scale
rcquiring-
1- :i i:-EJ:j
ol
Jheir
late
fbom
very
rchxk
3o
very
iensc'
tVhetber
thcy
liked
ñ;
",e;".Gc
s¡s
elb
scored
by
rhó
srbJccf
on
e 9
dlglt
scale'
the
trial.
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 68/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
.)
)
1E
to
6Q
wiJh a mean
age ol32.4
(S.D.
10.0E).
MeJcrids
Vlbroacroustlc
beds urcrc
used
for
úhese
trlals.
The
beds conslsted
of
a
sotid
woodcn
fhame unif
wifh a
two
and a half
inch foam
rubber
mattrcss
cover¡d
in PVC.
Secu¡td
into
the unil
werc ó x
E ohm bass speakers'
with
the
cones facing
up.
The speakers
in the unils
were
powered
by Mamntz Inlegmted Stereo
Ampliflers
PM
52,
and
the
pre-recorded
tapes
were
played
lhrough
Maranfz
Stereo
Double
Cassetfe Decks SD
45. Numerically
gladed
volume
and
tone
controls
were
used to
ensure
that a consistent intensity
and tonal balancc
were rnalntalned
for
¡ll
the
trlals
Four
tapes
wiúh low frequency
sinusoidal
úones
of 44Hz
wene
produced
for
fhe trials:
1) Tape 1.
(Condition
l)
llHz sinusoidal
u¡iave with
an
amplitude
rmdulalion
o1 .17;
2) Tape 2.
(Condiiion
2)
44Hz
sinusoidal rvave
with an
amplitude modulation
of
.10; 3) Tape
3.
(Condifion
3)
44Hz
sinusoidal
nave
wiúh
an
amplitude modulation oI
.07;
and
Tape 4.
(Condition
4)
constant
44Hz sinusoidal
tone.
Mcasurcs
Systotic
and
diaslolic blood
pressune
and hearf'rate
were
measurcd
using an
Ormon Automaúic
Oscitlometric
Digital Blood
Pressure
Monitor
HEM
-
704C.
The
LMIST-MACL
rvas used
for
srbjective
evaluation
in
this study
to
evaluate
changes
in energetic
aruusal,
general
arousal,
Jension arousal
and
hedonic
tone.
The
uwlsT-ll{Acl,
is
a
2fuitem
a{iective
checklisÚ
which
rrcqulres
the
sub$cts
lo score on a 1-4
scalg ranglng
through Definltely
'
Süghfly - Slightty not
-
Deflnitely
not. The adjectives
ane
selected
to
indicate
po"itivó
(+)
ór negative
(-) aspects
of
energefic
artusal
@A),
general
arousal
(GA),
tension
arousal
(TA)
and hedonic
tone
(IIT).
Forms
were used
fo
cotlecf
data
before
and
after
each
trial
and
the
subjects
were
ashed
the four
poinf
scale.
They
were
encouraged
fo
use
a
Yent inaccuracies
or
omissions
tne
UWIST-MACL
of
úhe same
piece
of
paper,
and
the r¡searcher
took
care to ensunc
úhaf
spbJects
did
not check
úhe scores
they
136
PRESENT
MOOD.
':
Work
quicklY,
and
don't
sP
anslf,ers.
The
ñrsÚ
ansrer
you think
,word,
even
if
you
flnd
iÍ
difflcult'
true
of
YOU.
Please
do
not
try
a
;
lhing
to
say.t
Your
ansr,Yers
will
be
ke
the ñrst
word
r¡as'lively',
and
you
felt
¡s
shown:
í:_
:¡;:
DEFINITELY
SLIGHTLY
SLIGHTLY
NOT
DEFINITELY
NOT
'Livelv--
t
2
g 4
rr
t"l
¡i
4l
{l
0l
)
?
{
fl
{rrial
tes.
The
srbject
rms
checked
to
rnake
-T*
thu1,
ht
T
:T
-Y:
"iJ*á¿V
to
begin
the
trial'
The
subject
w¿s
then
covered
with
¡
;
The
subjects
were
asked
to
choose
a
piece
of
paper
hom¿
container
inh would
randomly
urrigtt
ttr"-
to
one
of
ihe
four
conditions.
The
stbjects
ST.MACL.
tlorrtng
ln$nrctlong
acc'ordlng
to
Jhe
on
of
the
IJWIST-MACL
(Matthews
et
f words
qüich
describc
the moods
or
efe
the
checklis,
you
should
indicate
m drn rt^r,lErlt'n /an¡l naf irrCf
el
AT
THE
MOMENT
(and
not
just
""
;";li
;l
fl:l
fi
:]"''"iff¿T:";
itely
noi')
respectively'
Simply
circle
"hc
number
whlch
corresponds
to
the
reply
that
be$
descrlbes
your
¡o record
fheir
date
of
birth
and
sex'
state
of
relantion
at
thaÚ
momenl
on
laxed
and
9
representing
very
relaxed'
o
lle dorvn
on
the
bed,
make
him
or
period was
allowed
before
the
initial
time the
themPist talked
with
fhe
he
five
minuÚe
reS
period,
the
subject's
aken.
The
cuff
of
the
sphygnono¡refer
ann
so
that
it
rras ready
for
the
post
I
bhntet.
L37
)
)
)
)
)
)
¡ bl¡nkeü
, The
rublrts
ne¡e
told
thaú they r¡ould hear
a mund c,omhC
ihe
bed.
Ibcy
were a*ed
to
rcl¡¡x and
think
olrvüatcver
they
wanted.
rü
wGir
asked not to
geú
up.
They
rrerc
fold
th¡t
the e4erlence
rvould
ooo,il
tor
15 minutes
and
lhaú the
rcscarcher
would
not
rcmain
in the
mo¡n
$ii
them
so
that they
nould be on
úheir
onn,
and
not
be
distracted
by
ji
.
,-l
,
',
r.i¡
&
M-¡r
¡d-íffi
d:vltfou
d od'
hf| l|lq
'
i¡¡¿ ¡lt¡o,t'
ltt¡ltlo¡
rd
llla/dilf¡
'i,
:,
:
:;.
-
1'
1:9ftr-{]5'
,
'',,''
'.t
"
l
'i¡ir"
'
,,;i,ft
.
t;
.,t
Aoq
I
66
M.a¡
rs-D-l
Gúq2
l0
r¡
M¡¡
tsD.)
eoupt
11s
Mr¡¡
rsJ).)
eoqa
C.ill¡ú
M¡r
lsll-)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 69/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
pncsenoe of the
rcscarcher.
Th
fhe
volume to
+S
oD
tb
ampliller
ctnstant
point
for
a6
trial.
At
t
get
up.
The
researcbc
came
back
in the rcom
three minutes
before the
end
ol the
trial
and
n[¡¡
the
15 mlnute
tlme
perlod
r¡as flnlshed,
he reduced
the
volume
of
th
amplifler
to
zero,
and
switched
olf
lhe
equiprenf.
At
lhis
point
in
the trial the
rcsearcher
took
a
blood
pressurc
aü
heart rafe rcading
agpin,
and fhen
lhe
zubjets were asked
lo
complete
th¡
LTWIST-I\4ACL
again, and score
on Jhe
rela:¡aúion
scale. Finally'
úhe
srbjeor
were
asked to
score
on
lhe
like/dislike
scale.
RES['LTS
Table
1
gives
úhe Ineans
and
standard
deviaúions
of
changes in úhe
lour
conditions
ol
arousal levelq
hedonic
lone, blood
pressure, hearl ralg
relamtion and like/dislike.
The
analyses
of
variance
in
Table
2
of
energefic arousal,
general
arousal, tension
arousal and hedonic
úone
of
lhe
(MIST-MACL
revealed
no
signiflcant
differences
between
gnoups. Analyses
of
Variance
of
blood
pnessr¡re,
pulse,
and
degree
of
rtported
relaption
measured
before
end
¡fter
the
trials
also
indicated
no
significant
differences
between
gnoups.
Therc
rtas
no
significanf
difference
befween
gFoups
on
the
scones
úhey
recnrded
for
liking
or
distiking
lhe
sfimuli.
The¡t
uas
no
suggesfion
of
any
difference
betwecn
age
groups,
or
befi¡een
male
and
fernale
stbjects.
DISCUSSION
tnat
nughl
a
consÚanl
úrlats
and
138
T¡bb
2:
ADlttÉ
ol
vÚbE
ol
dlGé
ir
ood'
pb':iologial
*-r-.'
rrLBlb¡
¡od
li¡ddlt¡¡r''
-ü
"¡
,L
ri
-t
f
rq
)
t-{
r¡
'-4
"{
-{
I
ril
'I
;i
.l
l
'i
,l
i
tl
,l
rll
I
*
t
t¡
{l
{l
ú
¡
l
t
..;
I
']
Eu¡cdc
ADrl(EA)
.lJ
r¡.98)
¡¿
(6.t9)
.1.9
r3.251
J.0
(5..1¡t)
Gc'r¡
Aror- (GA)
1.7
ró.á)
¡.ó
(6.7t)
.5.9
rJ.óE)
.5J
(4.E1
Ta¡lo¡
AnElfiA)
.3J
r6.0t
-2J
({.13)
.3J
r-1.2l)
.J.9
(5.76)
Hcdo¡ic
Ton
¿HTI
+
l.l
(J.{l)
-1.1
r{.73)
+lJ
r2-69)
+.9
( .0E)
Staol¡c
Blo.d
PrG.trIl
(SBP)
{J
r3. 2)
1ó
(ó.óó)
.lJ
(7.rE)
-3:
(5.61)
Dbtolic
Blo.d
Pr:¡¡la
(DBP)
-22
(6.$)
{.1
(t.2E)
-2.0
({.5J)
-J.7
¡7.E9)
Hctrf
R¡&
fHRI
.r5
¡3-tll
- .{
(E.6ó)
-lJ
(6.J2)
-5J
(5.tt)
Rcr¡Bdoo
(R) -1.1
(
1.951
.1J
raJt)
.lJ
(1.?3)
-.Eó
(l.5|¡)
L¡L
(L)
-J.E
(1.21)
. J
(1.-)
.J.7
(l.9ll
.JJ
(1.781
Dc¡rcs
of
ftcdo
BcrG¡
GFUDt
DcgtÉl
of
F¡,c¡doo
wir¡i¡
Grupt
F
R¡üO
F
Prbb¡lltt
Err¡aic
Atounl
J
56
J9
:r...S.
GcrBl
Atougl
J
56
.11
\.s.
Tanio¡
A¡ou9l
¡
56
Ns.
Hedoic
Tor
¡
5ó
t.12
1.s.
Syúolic
Blod
P¡casrc
3
56
15
:- S.
Dtrr.aol¡c
Bl6d
PltSsu¡G
J
5ó
.{l
N.S.
H.¡rf
R
t
J
5ó
tll¡
r..S
Rcl¡stim
J
56
5{
:\¡
S
L¡TC
didtc
_l
56
ra
r..
S.
139
)
)
)
)
)
)
I - -''
fltquencYtone
'o"opfc
have lndlcatd
intónded
in
the
ÍvAtneraPy
eraPY
Some
c
thevl
henctng
thevl-.
'lnotion
efnect'
sl
ddr nn vestibula
Ir-
.¡l
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 70/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
iÍ,*"tfi:'*tl""e*l.j13ffi:Tilff
;l'$;"ru#ili*,ñndrhe
t:J
of
this
st
subiect
in
e
effects
or
order
effects'
süpport
anY
of
the-huBp
puiJe
useO
in
VA
theraPY
s
a
PFOUlltul
f¡r¡t
yrvw"-
FEREhICES
':
Saperston,
B.
(1995)
'
:. interactive
temP
t
rapport
fra
symposiu-m'
.Vibroakustish
innen
II"pu
Og'
'folitttittitL'
Flsikalslt
by
the
lnteJiafJn'al
society
of Vibroacoustic
Through
Music
and
Vibrations'
From:
Sd"[ilt
Ls
Viva
Verlag
Mainz'
141
,¿
i
I
at
a
E
¡
I
i
)
)
)
)
)
)
IWELVE
IflENáPfi,
WÍTfl
EANDIA'PPEI'
ANI)
lmncvt¡ts
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 71/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Hfi""",üTffi"riJ
rd
'a
-t
I
{
F,tt
*rf
{
r)
tl
J
-
t
I
F
;I
I
'il'
I
i
, i
'l)
.i¡
r¡
$i
{
rl
FdSs
Dc
B¡cIcr
heatment Plan
is
and
weaknesses
U4ftetlong
p[y$o-soclal
dlffcultles
¡nd ¡lso
prcpl".G.f¡-rsw[h skllls
of
et
arise
-due-to--Eu g q
weakness
o¡
sensoriJ$
such
es
mlnlrn¡l
braln
damege.
Moúor
probd
can
occur
at all
{fner9nl'l9¡r-g s
of severify,
tlqg--gilq
= q.--D'Lt
to
PllY-end--U J
ñil
emerien@
and
raoist
cvaluates
the
aoist
cvaluates
the
.
of
"¡isyóhotherapy
tscnnqu:"t
":'
u¡:'-.:-:-
:
',,1
'-'*"-'-;l'
thie
iotlowlng
¡nces:
:
the
quality
-of
gÚ-+ta:t'
interaction
and
e¡QreS-ive
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 72/124
:f
I
t
H
rü
rri
it
t
#t
U
T
-t
{
,l
I
,,f;
tf
't'
,ti
ll
:j
',ii
'll|
,rl
diffculties
(that
can
caüse
r¡¡r¡ting
problems),
lgyery
severe
body
spasücih
riilti-ortho@ic
deformities
All
different
types anl|*m-ánilF$ef¡-ons of
ce¡rbhi
i:
Cese
StüdY
1.
JGnEn
.i,
Introduction
i/
j
jl¡.
)/--
ii
Jeroen
rs
a
moderar.i6-r"'v
rerarded
fourteen
year
old
boy
with
nccntration,
attention'
ability
to
follorr
dircctions
";;;;
;tsc
Ñi"
"i*
o"
dislikes
of
ccrtain
n musical
forms
I
as
in
sPeaHng
and
e
chlldren
duri-ng
this
oustic thelaPY are taken
muslc
theraPY
essessme
it
and
rccommendations
f
after
the
evaluation
b
n meetings'
, ttcraPeutic
APProach
iT
is
based
on
carl-Bgggl9
siven
to
the
genuineness
""nir*-
ttt"
-
unconditional
strategies
to
address
these
needs.
Uss of
Vibmouúic
thenPY
Research
in Great
Britain
and
Scandinavia
.has
supported
the
use
0f
specifically
the
use
music,
as
clinicallY
ure,
and
paln,
and
I
of
the
client.
AsscssmnJ
hrocducs
as
an
observer.
-
The
assess¡nenl
genenally
takes
about
forty-flve
nrlnuÍes.
Durlng
thls
L4
rl
'l
I
r¡
:¡
,l
I
E
)
145
)
)
)
)
)
)
itrl
ir(
i|¡l
trl
l
music
themp
on
a
rveekly
basis
for
forty
minutes
a week;
he
has
r
thes
sessions
a
grcat
dcal.
The
gml
of
lhis
work
has
becn
to
develop
motor
ond
vlsually
handlceps
He
has
aÚtendd
flve
yeans
of
i
scsdonrercenJstctrvclPL:11':::til.li:"*:";if":fi
:t"ltl#
sral
imPulsive,
short
hlm
to
suSaln,
I4lnlY
muscle
one'
interestins
that
he
began
to
use
?-
.r.ooo music
fherapy
sEss|ur¡rt
*
'--
interestins
that
he
begSn
to
use
ru]rrv*-
-
.
,--.^r
--ior
anrt enioved
ptavi]ng it.
To
do
thig
he
¿;um
with
rrnner bodv
was
qdtn
body
was
sllmulste
l¡tenf
and
sesslong Jeroen
edri
inCfeaSe
With
eVefy
infenUonAt
$tmutus
or
€rxtrru¡rór
r GIPUIñ.
r
rus
A'.,td
¡¡
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 73/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
I
I
üum
uppor
eood
leg'm
ing
to
note
from
.Lnt
but
i3
..nfrnnted
with
ir"iot'
tot
it
-,,--
confitnted
with
rhation
that
J
ed
intense
pleasure
at
lcn
sounds
or
"
'lli*ill"Tn-1"?J*'Yikillt
hu""
rernained
at fhe
be conúrolled.
Thcraw
Scssions
During
the first
session
of vibrcacousfic
Úherapy,
Jeroen
showed
lha¡
he
qas
very
anxious
and
concerned.
He
nas
ashed
to
siú
in
the
vibroacouslic
chelr
and llsten
to
muslc
nlthouÚ
the
added
low
ftequency
vlbratlon.
Th
same music
woutd
lafer
be
used
with
the vibroacoustic
treatmenf.
The
music
selecfed
for
Jeroen
uas
Vaughan
Williams
'The
[¿¡t
Ascending"
and
Wim Merten's
"Minimal
Music
for Piano
and
Voice" whici
HSand
the
vibroacoustic
sessions
ctive
ortho-agogic
music
themPt
RcsIJs
of
tbc
ThcraPY
Scssions
ffter*the
flrst
si:¡
sessions
of
vibroacoustic
therapy,
lhere
were
n0
¡mmearáie
o"
,".".Lr¡le
changes
In
Jeroen's
behavlor.
However,
during
tbe
t6
Os.
SndY
2z
&ft
r&
',,
Gert
is
a
twenty-f-ou"
y3i
tl'd-3.-iiillf
t^t'While
he
was
attending
¡úool¡
it
was
noted-il'aii"'iiolateri
h'i-ni&lT
mort
and
more
and
became
onfi¡scd.
His
behavio;1;;;;""e
rigid
uná
s"t*otvped'
Being
a
good
'fudcnt,herras"tr"rJi'nisr'secondary""loolsuccóisfully.Afterrrards
bo*eve¡
Ge¡t
became
apathetic
"td
tiltilll:
:+
He rr¿s
admitti
to a
day care centre
for
autilic
clientg
and
his
'
il
with
how
he
could
m
fottft"t
helped'
how he could
farcnts
""T"
":l:::llmr"lr
and
fulfill
r,¡,
pát"ntitl,
and
also
how
he
could
Itnd
e
waY
to
e)rPress
n
'be
abte
to
relax
un¿
improo"
his
communicalion
skills'
ii-.
During
the
first
Ission,
Gert.nnas
"oYi-tq
be
very
tense
and
rigid'
it.
p"*iniiiíy
of
using
vibroacoustic
therapy
was
neans of
helping
hi"'"";;';;-ñeaiarety
wittr
lS
nal
d
to
him.
and
vocal
muslc
bY
Wim
o
the
new
age
stYle'
The
.r$uenW
chosen
v¡as
52
Hz'
Gertts
stereotyped
behaviorg
moving
his
fingers
mpidly
over
lris
thumb
and
making
tacial
grima*t'-
"o'ntt'
''ü
'tiili
r"r
his
tension'
had
''¡liirost
dtsappeá-red
r"ii""iiü
trtt
'r*rr'
'"ttio"
o
vlbroacoustlc
therapy'
At
'ti:
l{l
a
I
t
(
.t
J
)
a
i
)
)
)
)
)
)
iT,'l,iillll'T,lfl;"Tl#H",,j#'mi*rffi
thls
tlmg
Geñ
could
placc
hls
h¡nds
gently
on
hls
aHomen
¡,,rr r-
he was
abte
ro consciousry
derecr
andioilow
rtre
moveÁiñ].:l*
r
,t
,
.-
-'"
i.,
,
'::
-i
:
:
'
i'
TNERAPr
IN
INE
TNFINENT
OF
NETT
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 74/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,
)
)
Tbe
frst
descrlptlons
of
the
condlSior¡
lafer
to
be
knorvn
as
ReSt
-l
t"t.
made
by Professor
Andreas
Rett
(1966)'
Yory
detailed
fid;;;iá
iá"i,iry
the
sirls
who-
werc
srfrering
lrom
rhis
ffió;"
¡cach
the
rtóraturc-in
the
earlv
t:.Ti|ltt
Ito,t"l|SllT
iii¡in"ii
&
srephenson'
:'9t5;
K"""
-&
Stephenson'
11166)'
Rett
í"
¡:
;
nrofoundlv
nandicapPis
l"fTfggt-l
disorder
which
onlv
W"i:.:
ttai¿ir"uiliti""
lfccls
gtr¡s
üctoss
of
P
1"i:-:3::Tl*
lgDD
u¡
l'
ñ.it"rn.lor
and
a
generaltzeq
moror
dlsorder'
The
--*'
o|apparcntarounotheageof14tolSmonthsandaffecfslin10'000
frg¡e,m
associated
wifh
Rett
hand
clasPing/hand
imbs;
4)
scoliosis;
5)
bs
and
sometimes
in
Jhe
arms;
6)
l¡prventilation;
7)
air
snallowing
and
distended
abdomen;
and
E)
elevated
lmdon
and
anÍetY
levels.
,t=
From
previous
research
in
vib
oacoustic
therapy'
it
was
lhoughf
that
¡ome
of
fhese
symptoms
should
rtspond
successfully
to
this
fonn
of
lmlment,
particulariy
as music
has
u en
indicated
as
an effecf
ive
therapeutic
¡cdium
of
treatment
for
girls
with
Rett
Syndrome
(Hadse|l
&
Coleman,
198E;
Monlague,
1988;
Wigram'
1991).
Rcfcr¿l
¡nd AssessmnJ
Pr¡oedures
j*t
^L rr-^-r¡
I
Retf
¡H,
The
Hamer
House
Chilüen's
t,ñhnr.tiii-añi¿al.ñ¡r¿*n
t¡om
clinic
'lsd..ñn"d;peciltcatly
to
addrcss
so
.
, --
ant
to
and
the
mulfidisciPlinarY
feaqr
";il:'JT3'J':'*m1"ff
nñ';
nonrc'
I
Chi
sYndrome
are
rtferred
lo
the
dinic,
and
ensive
assessment
of
specific
Jfi
f*
inciude
a
music
therapY
¡
t
I
I
I
t49
)
)
)
)
)
)
a
compreherffi
moflvaüon
{i
lizcsin
asses\
the
h¡nds¡nd
encroureges
the
¡s
go
se.oil
rbls
cl
hand
lo
retch
ed
esscssmcnt
t'o
er'¡lu¡tc
ln
a
gencral
rqy
cllentC
firnctlonlng
"lwel-s'
-
.:
-__- -¿ian
iñt¡:n¡.fson¡l and
motor
sHlls
and
their
rtspg--nryl
¡
rnmnmlr^
fr"|.a
period
ot
approxirmrelysix::-y*
minutes'
the
therapist
u"¿
*ou-gJJrii"
to
lie
srill
and
.i
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 75/124
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
¡
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t
.)
)
t-
--
o,e
client
to
tne
pron'e
position
"r¡""i
t
often
talks
to
the
crient
in
a
reassrrils
urav.about
what
is
an
assess¡nent
*1t"t"'it
it
q"i 'tyti":t
for
the
tives
to
r¡atch
what
tt
n"pp]tt"i"J
fF
¡m
the
corner
of
the
d
unobtrusive
uay'
ults
rdings
were
made
of-all
the
assessments'1?t
*-:""
done
on
.J;#f
'""ffJffi
*k';#m*"*:uh;'$::i:*sessionwere
C"*
Sto¿Y
Metcrial:
Introduc'tion
confidentialitY'
JAND
quite
still'
although-'she
w¿s
still
PJ';"";i;ñ
lana
ao'vn
on
the
bed
"#"is*iH'Jfl'T':,ffi:il:1
:
band
back
into
her
mouth,
and
at
on"
ooint,i'tt'int
stt*
lefl
her
arm
there
.
lor
as
long
as
15
seconds'
jr,
I
turned
rr",
o'r"ito
tnur.
:
lrtn*
PnDne'
I
eorvn
and
made
on"-oit*o
t*t
--,t;
tn"*
*"*
i
bodv
was
in
"
ttnJá'tiá'"'
sltt-**tu.i:ty::.t:v
t;HJ;
.h"
*r.
iiJ""its
ilteltlv
lo,
the
musc'
iffiH;,T;ü'""l"'Hilil;il;:
"'d'
*
l#i5ix.
body
rensron.
\*hen
Vibro¡couúic
EquiPmcnt
A2xlmete
mtfress
Ttre
te¿
contains
ó
whlch
ar
V"^"fr"
amPlifier
te
deck'
isolated.
The
foam
over
the
thick,
oPen
Pore
foam
sÚn¡cture'
Mudc
and l-ow
Frcquency
Sound
Stimulus
Two
tapes
art
consisfently
used
for
the
assessmenl
sessions
with
the
's
"shepherds
Moons"
under
which
has
40
hz
Pulsed
low
frequencY
tone'
I
Asscssmnt
hoccdr¡r¡s
--
)
)'
Initiatly,
each
clien
the
supine
posiiion'
The
therapist
begins
the
fape
ft"
"oüt"
of
fhe
music'
Afler
a ferr
seconds,
the
th
controls
to
introduce
thc
p
ursed
i5,ff
illffi
tooii,o",i
on
s
a
y
nra
f
e
"
1 l1:.r
:::::*
::
on."
wi
t
ho
ut
any
Intenenrlon.
iL-ir,"
event
that
th"-"ri""t
contlnues
rvlth
hano
150
l(
tsv ¡r¡v¡lt
151
iL
.,i,
F-
&t
-*'-éo.-É''+a'*Pr
I
I
¡
I
.,
)
)
)
)
)
she
w¡s lylng
pronc she
only
lnflcqucntly
puÚ
her hsnds
ln
hc¡
houlh
and
restcd
her
hcad
on
the
surface
ofthe
bed'
:
*
o"oo".nry
tiffit"H;
,dl¿nót¡nnl
¡
fFom
the
e
to
comfo¡f
to
become
o
comfo¡t
to
become
:lÍ
;IiI
i.
#."'",,Sil;"#,ll¡'";ilt
h";1"
a
prone
position'
iE[:$,
:
;
tf'ti'l
STILVIA
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 76/124
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
,
I
)
,}
)
)
.)
)
)
)
t
r'
.)
)
)
.)
T
down
and
made fer¡¡er
vocal
noises
and
fenar
hand
rnovements
to
he¡
facr.
A number of llmes,
Sylvla
puf
her
hands
over
her
ears
I looked
at
b¡
ifriffi*f'x
ears and
found
thaú
there
nas
some
yellow
tluid
discharge inside
therq
r{
so the
cons¡ltant
and
I
undertook
some
hearing
te$s
and
an
examinatioo
f
'
her ears
to
see
whether
there
wene any
problems
there'
SHARON
sharon
laid
on
her
back
lo
starl
with,
rniggling
quite
a lot and feeli4
the
vlbratlons
through
the
bed.
After
¡ few mlnutes
ln the
sesslon' she
begt
to realize
the
unusual
sensations
undernealh
her body
and
furned herscll
again
sometimes
resfing bcr
There
were,
again,
nmmcnlr
zed,
her
finger
moverncnls
and
physical
exPerience.
ELIZI\BETH
registertd
it and
rr¿nfed
mort.
Sr-¿otoc
and
she
was
ffi J.
began
to
brtath
cal
sounds'
rcultuEu
to
look
trYing
to
turn
her
over
the
olher
w
'ü
g"i
"p
into
the
sitting
position'
xís
.
\ilhen
she
was
on
her
a lot.
She
seemed
very
shorf
Period
of
times
¡he
viLrations
of
the
hands
there
for
a
ferP
em
uP
again'
-
th
also
continued
tqing
ücn
eventually
put
her
head
down
and
srcked
the
t
[crvocalizations
decreased
on
the
bed'
and
I
;ffiffiil-tt*
tot¡"
shewas
hearing
and
uiliiúá¿
down,
her
respiration
slowed
a
-ic
CSARLOTTE
At
flrst,
Chartotte
was
quite
apprehensive
about
being
on
the
acousic
b"d.
ch;i;;;'*il;
'¡d
o'iJ
le
had
a
tvpe
or
vlbratlng
'tir
at home
which
was
"outine
for
going
to
bed
at
lor
periods
of
time
her
ttgutar.
She
moved
her
.lhe
pillow
in
placc
and
t
h*
, :l
-ri.
3,j
aa
52
)
)
)
)
)
)
Affcr
tbe
flrsl
few
mlnuteg
slles
end
happy
expresslons
wc¡
ftrqueng
and
shc
rclaxed
and
eq¡oyq
qe.lmcri-e ;t:--$to
we
tu¡u
;ñ.
i"eJ"üh,-siac
sn"
tps
ato
comfoÍ3b.b
uld
rclaxed'
--
,'
,Jr,
Cr¡rníe
communlcates
¡
lot
wtt
ty
f":
iry
l119tn
:*m'll$:ny.ffi
iP"H'ffi:1";'1ff
#;n'il'apprebenrúvcfi
T#ft",il""J11$ili*T"11'JHl1'#lractton+thereqonscs
'¡;¡Tn"i'i'
;
:
REITERENCES
I
:l
ti
'
rr
a
&
Coleman,
KA'
(1ry0'R:ll-.Ttt*:
A
challenge
for
musc
^
ñdrcssive
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 77/124
)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,
)
)
t
)
)
)
)
.l
I
)
)
)
)
,|
)
)
ITAREN
I(arsn
rmlly
eqioyed
fhe
vibroacoustic
therapy
unit.
she
reclind
¡
her
back
and
atso
on-
tt."
fFonf
. She
rclaxcd
completely
on
the
unit
r¡
eqJoyd
thc
feellng
of
the
Lying
on
her
baclq
left
hand
in
her
6t
When
wó
turned
her
over,
her
arms fo
start
rif
and
then
rclaxed
cnmpletlly,
placing
s side
and
bringing
ü
"ürtr
""-
up
near
her
face.-Her
left
of
the
tirnq
[¡
ii".r
I
-or.d
it
up.
When
I
moved
i
arms
and
rltl
;;;;
uussic
"po."."
Her
legs
actua
nd relaxed'
-----
-
Á.o,
f"r"t
did
not
hypervent
lying
donn
I
her
hont.
s'he sopped
wtttrholatng
her
breath
and
brsalhed
in
a
quite
rehltl
and
moderatelY
Paced
rhYthm'
When
she
was
on
ier front,
Ikrcn
did
not
try
lo
put
her
hand in ba
mouth
af
all,
although
she
nas
lyíng
with
her
head
facing
to the
right,
so
it
*""1¿
have
úeen
difticult
to
bring
her
left hand
up'
Rcs¡tts
and
Rocommendations
;'lñ?;"i'frT#ñ::
ln¡ils¡tlsrsls'
g
. ¡ c^^¿land
Therapy. Phoenixvule¡
rAi
Dors-'
ers'
;.('offJ;
j.'1i1",J"""'11'i"i;t;i'é;"'t''2a77'
ic
therapy
and
the
treatment
-"f
R:tt^
syndrome'
by
United
Ki"gd;;
ü;-sy"ato-"
Association'
ent
of
Rett
sYndrcme'
Rctl'
tt
s'ndrcme:
Balancing
s'E¡a
-¿&
stu¿¡""
t"
lvt"sc
|
"tt'
.rt:l"
-t
)
ñ
t3
IH
It
ls
aPParent
from
these
vlgne
are
being
achieved
in
almosl
all
our
while
on
the
bed,
and
therc
was
a r
levóls.
Someti¡nes
with
encourageme
étienfls
handnringing
or
handpluckin
to
show
signs
of
sleePiness'
As
a
reduced,
including
a
slowing
of
b
reldlátion
of
muscle
tone.
'
These
were
not
confrolled
sfu
fhe¡c
were
ofher
people
present in
th
thc
cnurse
of
the
session
nas
influe
pnesenoe
of
a vldeo
fechnlclan
and
v
154
)
)
)
)
)
)
rl
'::'l.lii''
;,::;'i'i
¡1:- ,t
)r
'
a',
',i{'iir",;1¡ltlh¡1t
,r:¡
-"
'
:
l
':
:
'
",'
-:
':'l-,: ,:
'
l' ¡
'i.
;,
,
i',t
l'
,
.:
,.
,.,
'...,r.,.;".,,,iiii.rr.
..,.r,r
"¡-t
,i.:,..
i"
$x¡ri
*rtw1x.trK.;4i-B3"4Ef
[f
dt
*t¡..
'
¡¡t
o,
., j:,
¿r
r,
:,
TlDIIRTEN
IE/tRND{G
ITEABILXflB
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 78/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Paakrt
Populeliolt
fltFm
Md{eugbt
C¡¡n
floclcs
I
,q
.¿
\
rJ
\
i
t
tj
'+
r
ll
5¡-
F
Vibroacousic
(vA)
Therapy
was
esablished
aú
ttml
inA139
the
llrsf
infroduction
of
vib,r"i:".tÍ1:
s
effective
in
relaxing
patients
wiúh
scle
tone
(Skilte,
19E7;
Wigram
and
in
HarPerburY
HosPiSal
to
rs. The
hosPltal
ls
a
center
for
nd includeJpatients
with
challenging
self
iqiurious
behaviors
and
a yariety
in
a mixed
population
of
people
with
ts7
Rdcrr¡l
hoc¡durcs
i.
Patients
can
bc
rcferred
m
or
ffi
püilofher¡py
depaÉment
for
urhh
E
übrooodc
fnárpy Equlpm'
rnd
Tr¡¡hcnt
Tepcq
|i,
uiPnrcnt
is
uscd
in
the
treatment
of
b
iiroo
cholr;
Multlvtb
su2oo
lt-
ln
*oror
hed-
containing
two
lE
t
bass
ln
-----r¡¡
r
I
rrlet€r
bed'
containing
tw-o^-1^E''bass
purlose
bltl.-1Tll::
:-;;;;
¡ra¡k: SheFWoo¿
u-soro
tt
:o
i
'^-
n
Gold
ü
n
cold
rreter
ill'
i
I
i
.t
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 79/124
vibroacoustic
therapy.
i
C,rrtt'.,
¡;
i:
i)
¿'J
'
t
Asssscnú
hoocdurcs
p
10'
stereo
^--lilla¡
:r.,
ftami
Proocdunc
P-eri
chCl
may
fahiliarization
period befort baseline
rrcasuremenfs
may be
úaken.
Inctuded
in
fhe
assessment
period
is
a
consideralion
of
the music
tapes
may
be
chosen
from classical,
nw
age
ot
possible
musical likes and dislikes
of
the
patieol
choosing
music
for
the assessment.
The
choict
of
ftequencies
used
(within
a range
of
l0
Hz
-
80
Hz)
is made
depending
on
fñe
conditlon
for
whlch
he
or
she
ls belng
referred and
ls based
on
evidenct
that
fhequency
variafion
induces
a
lo
t
in
fhe
bod,r'
Eifher a single
frequency
tape will
be u
iepll¿¡e..pgasc
tó
'treatmenl
or
a
mulúi-frequency
three
to
fnc
flequencies).
Tapes
pruduced by Vibroso-p
(Lcvanger,
Norway)-
or
lapes
proiucea
Uy
tna
vn
in"-py
Department
ln
rrarpertury
Hospiia áie
usd
referrpd
pathofogl,
during
-assessñent
may include:
l}
b p4
ryiration
and
4) range
of movemenf.
Ii'r;
un¿
a
Yamaha
AX470
natural
sounds
amplifier'
¡i.',
:
rbe* I:?t
Pe"t
-ol
"u
-tl".I:,,:
"::*""1'""tX1'#ltffi
tt:
ff"lI
;I
;il:
**]li#lffi
:il|?'"'li'ffi
ffi
;il*:":-f:,1':i1;'tlll#'l;
ff
il'illi?";'::T:ffiil;rlil,::**rj:'::::T'"';ffi','ffi
ff
lllHl:
P*?"T,i",lTg::'f
ffii.T"""i*"ii,"'*¡":"1,::.':"uinrormationrs
É*
;;;.p*t
r"
;;*"'
*ry-l"-
lL
::::,T"tll;;Í;vcn
on
the
spccific
¡rearmenr
sryrs
'ur
"'-*
;th"i"parfment
follows
in
the
ili-
orn"-ily,
there
are-some.PrinctPt-"-t1111.",,."s
are
arnays
forrorped:
¿ii
Genemry'
thereare
sorr€
¡''rsr¡r'-
-:;;*s
are
alnays
foltorped:
ürt.nt
or
ati
patients'
Some
important
pro
Patientd
general
health
on
the
day
of
frcatment
is
alnays
checked
to
ensune
that
they
1r"""-J
developed
an
acute
problem
that
might
.':
lt,
':i-l
#:'
t;,
t..;
..
fl{'
:l
contraindicate
vibroacoustic
therapy'
i"ilJ
fli-Tffi
ffiil;
ffi
¡*:i
tf
u"i
t]1,'
l^'1"" 1",'*':
I[J",lllfti:ilnH'""'i"J*"r]'"*""¿
to
a¿á
ttre
pursed
row
itr'ffigfJt."r*.",
fhe
patienf
befo::ll:
t*ttent
and
is
ihere
t"'ú.
*iilrfte
patient
at
the
end
of
treatment'
The
therapist
is
wittr¡i
tilt;;;;*1
as.jhe
patients
when
thev
are
trtated,
although
J';;";;rily
in
the
üme
room'
Frequent
observational
checks
are
¡mde
to
ensure
that
the
patient
is
comfortable
and
nof
ln
any
dlstress'
15f
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
6.
A
qulct
end
peoceful
rtmosphere
ls
provlded.
7.
The
patients
arc
ahvrys
leñ for a short
rrhile
aftcr
the
1q:¡.,
ffnlshd, ¡nd
as
thcy
are likely to be vcry relaied,
wiúh
low
i tone4
ano
nc
naru
to
the
i"
p"t-"o"otly
dlslocarcot
lnr¡
|
w¡uuewlrt
tone
¡nd
somellmes
In
¡n dúeied lefe ol consclousness.
Thil
brought
carcfully
off the bed or chair and
given
tirrc
befo¡¡
theyi;
fhe
uniú.
However'
rvurr¡D
¡o
neror
rp"á.}
t"
¡
limited
lange-mln
s.
His
úon€4
and
he
haso
to
the
His
*eech
is
uncoordinated
and
incomprchensible
to
fhosewho
do
not
However,
*T
r
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 80/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Evalualion hocdurcs
Evaluaúi
ing
on whether the
patients
¡t
involved in a
program.
However,
the
folb{
mefhods
of
coll
heve
been used:
-
ttyCcet
Hrndicep¡Rengc
of Movcmcnl.
Measurement
of
i¡¡ptsU
range oi movenrents For
eÉmple, mi*ing
points
on the
grcater
tnocha¡tc
and
lateral rmlleolug and rmsrring
before
and after in order
to
evafi¡úr
changes
in
the range of extension
in úhe
leg.
Cenfimeter
measuremenlg
befon
and
after,
(in
rcsearch trials
nrade
by
independent evalualors) indicatc
tbr
impmvement or non.improvemenf
in mnge
of
movernent. Gonionxt¡¡
measunes angles in
joinls
(i.e,
elborr
joinfs)
fo
calculafe
changes
in
th
ranges
of
movement,
and
lncrease
or
decrease
In cont¡actures.
Phyrnohgical Mcasunments.
Blood
pnessure
and
hearf
mte.
Obscw¡lion¡l
Measurcmcnl.
In the rrsearch úrialg
an Epsom
HPl0
compuacr
n¡¡s used
as a
mulúi-channel
evenJ
recorder lo
measure changesil
behavior.
These
dafa
give
frequencies
and durafions of behavior
in
secundr
Cas
Stuües
The department underlakes
treatmenl with
persons
displaylng
I
variety of clinical
problems wifhin
fhe
general
field
of s€vene
learninS
disabilily.
Two
very different
pathological condiúions
are
documented
in
lbc
case
studies
below.
Cesc Study
1
Grtgory
is a
52
year
old
man ¡tsiding
af
Harpertury.
Af
3
years
of
age, he was
documented
as
belng
'beyond
hls mothefs
control."
AJ
4
yesrC
he w¿s
confirmed
as
epileptic wifh
profound
mcnfal handicap
and
r¡as
unablc
to
rralk
independently.
When
he
nas 5
years
old, he
rms admitted lo
a
mental
institution,
and
his
epilepsy rvas
controtted
fhrough medication.
Some degree of
spasticityurls
evident.
Hls timbs
wer¡
unable
to
passively
extend, uttá
his
hinds
werc
in
ulnar
deviation.
He
nos,
presents
as a
profoundly handicapped, wheelchair
bound,
fhll-
f
dependent nran-. He
ls
rccelvlng
antl-epileptl"
d-g". Bofh
his upper
[mbs
m.
""i,t
t¡ii;ril"Lingó"
the
role
of
two
different
fo
have
conversalionsr
Means score(7d
+22.0
'3.0
i
These
rcsults
ind
¡vement
oI
22Vo
in
this
'
patient's
range
of
mover
r
and
hip
abduction
nas
,
achieved
over
a
course
;ffi.Ili:$,condition
orated
on
average
during
Parficular
Patient
rvas
a
responslve
to
muslc'
As
a result'
he
starls
to
move
i
161
bim.
"'q
-tf¡i1
n *T#":l"t"h#ffi.Iff:
'i
f
'4
+
tr4
Ét
H
O
H
Él
FE
i,l
::l
lil
.lii
iii
iii
iril
Trtatmenf
condiJlon
(mlnVo)
Cont¡ul
conditlon
(winVo)
I
,
3
.¡i
¡ll
';¡
Right
shoulder
to
right
wrist
+15'1
'5'0
Left shoulder
to
lelt
*titi
-
+23'5
'2'0
Base
of
right
Patella
to
base
of
left
Patella
+27
'o
'2'0
160
)
)
)
)
)
)
rdhe
i, :: -
----^-ttal
nohr¡ct ln
bls left
eV'g
a1
n(
:
H"
:Pl:
He
sleePs
is
unsteadY
-
rl
in
cause
of
concern'
lng
lnto
flexor
sPom'
Therclort'
6¡
"i¡r**u.Ai
A100
chatr
Each
session
la$s
for
approximtely
roacoustic
therapy
trtatment'
Thc
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 81/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
(Julian
LloYd'Iilebber)
PlaYing
a
Hz);
UónC'
(3E Hz);
and
3) Engli$
s
(Elgar),
'l
Waf
1"
tI"
Paradist
rst
C-uckoo
(Delius)'
Fantasia
on
sion'
out
on
GregorY
bY
a
PhYsiotheraPY
s,
and
At
one
-
^*,1
iii
,ii:i'
iiri
.ii.
andsomemoreactivenesponsesanord¡lÉgv¡¡r¡v'v¡..-..----
At
one
;;
h"¡
cyclic
periods
of
this'
De-navror'
and
it
with
uny
po't¡"-oüi
"r'"ng"t
in
his
environment'
imes
of
il'"
v"""]üi*Jt""'
"n"
sn""irt--"'paltern
has
.r,.awiars
'trñ;-'l;1'::::::::-.:,::,:;
tl
croup
of
Patients
who
"o?
*i'rt
vibroacoustic
tment
ln
4
'Ews¡r¡¡
t'-;--;
wittr
viuroacoustic
163
his
bodv'
"
to
the
nature
of
Gregorv's
patholog,r
"31t:::Y'::"lY'ill
aluavs
be
necessary,
as
no
p:;;,,*;
d""
o"
to"gi'
t'i
t'*ting
T" P':
expected'
Treatment on
"
'"gut""
üJs
wil
conti"u"
lo
áinl"in
his
health'
mobility
and
general
awNnenesrl
Cesc
StudY
2
Adam
is
a
36
year
old
rnan
who
was
admitt
ase
of
¿-tt.
t*t
diagnosed-as-
having
tihavior
and
self-injurious
behavlor'
;;ü;;;ñes
tnf&ttons
Although
he
occaslon
)
a4,
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
|¡t
pr
ltl
¡
-,,.¡i
i
Adem
w¡s
lrc¡ted
on
¡ MultlVtb
VA100
chelr,
drlven
tV
¡
MulUúi
SU200
ste¡co
sy$em.
The
same
muslc
and low
fbequency
tone
rverc
ur.tUl
''í¡Nl¡tt:
tflcq
úúrd
dGtl¡¡¡ort
¡d
¡ch¡¡
d
rh
t'bv|út
':
.¡-lC
b
A¡l¡ ';r ''':l
htm
during
fhc
¡escoltü
fri¡ls
and
the
trtatrent.If
consists
of
¡
a0¡É
d¡sslc¡l
muslc
irpc
oloello
muslc
(Jull¡n
Lloyd'Webber)
pl¡ylng
a
scfij
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 82/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t
Ma¡
Score¡
ln
Co¡d2
(Pl.o.to)
(sD.)
TABLE
l:
R.ordd
lic
i¡
rco¡d¡
of
b'hvia3
@¡l"td
l¡
Ad¡B
lhe
quality
of the
rich
sound
ol the
ccllo
ag:ainst
fhe
srpporfive
backgroul
of
an
orchestrzt
accompaniment
lends
itself
very
appropriately
for
use
i¡
\A
did
not
cause
conflicts
wiJh
the
mode
or
harmonic
structurc
of the
variou¡
pieces
that
were
PlaYed.
The
results
of
these trials
were
as follows
Table
1
shows
the
length
ol
tlme
In
seconds
Adam
exltlblúed
th
treatlng
hlm
fhree
tlmes
a week.
\
Mcdb¡
SaoaÉ
BEIL/I
No
RG.ariDr
a
I
:
{
a
,
,
t
I
)
I
21
óa
(¡l¡it?)
{5¡
BEE¿
SbpPaC
fclüilc
¡¡ócr
Éstzi¡t
BEHJ
Cr¡0c
Il¡¡d
Snlo¡dE
Tlt¡l
Nrúb.r
Cúd-
ldou
BEll.t
Sl¡PPloC
F¡c
0
ll04
ItJl
01
I
6
0
5r
l5
JEó
50
0
{2ó
03
13
IJ
536
04
I
{E2
05
I
tE
0
r609
lE00
(b
a
534
t1
l&¡
lllt
a
tüt
0
L21t
lE00
a
0
l{9-r
lE00
06
JI
62
1416
09
I
&¡2
t0
t
6E2
I
0
1070
ll
I
91r
0
I
róri
l1
I
0
0
l?50
It00
0
0
rEüI
tE(n
l{
0
0
1793
$m
0
1{57
lEm
l5
1
0
t6
I
l¡
0
1739
tEm
ffi''
subscqucnt
Trcatmf.
Adam
is_quite
variabre
in
his
behavior
before
,treatment.
He
walks
ñ;ñree
hundred
yards
fbom
his
n'¿rd
to
the
unit'
.¡nrl
dependins
on
rh;;'th"tl;
:'. f .:".1:*
::,u:'::il:lHTH;
:illff
|;lf'il¡,
;l;ñX#ffi
'ffi
;
o¡
o
i'"o
tn.en
t,
ra
ngin
g
rrom
a car
m
,tlh;ilil,
io
"
¡¡tt""ssed
state
causlng
sIB'
tu
16:
l
tl
ll
fi
Tone
¡nd
Clrcr¡l¡tlon'
Europc¡n
'Iourn¡l
of
Hun¡nlstlc
Psychology'
&
'ln
tEr D¡h¡vimrr moditlcation
*'ith
clúldren:
fi-LJ
Y-
"-
&
suÉecs
P.
(1e7s)
PPÍ*
A:
-ürooód.-r,'
Murruq*l
;Iio6
i'
nmnaetent.'t
Ther¡py'''fe1 [t
cea..
BrcngclnailU
J'C'
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 83/124
5
,
I
I
t
)
I
)
I
taken
back
to
his
nard.
The
notes
that have
been
taken
do
not
take
into
account
timd
SI'MMARY
REFTREhICES
Murphy,G.,&Wilson,B.(Eds.)Selfinjuriousbehaviour'I¡ndon:BIMH
Pollin
o
compaDe
car¡y'over
effecf
when
fi
.-Hff
:H",';",'li?'oJrnifi
England.
SHtle,
O.
(19S7).
Komplett
rapporl
fra
symposium'
.
Vibroakusti$
BehandlingsnetodikL
innen
-
Hvpu
Og"
Poliklinisk-
$sif{f
stimuteúng.
Pubtished
by
Internaiional
society
of
vibroacous¡rc
Therapy
flSVA).
Levanger.
Nontay'
Wigram,
T,
&
Wecies,
L.
ilg90).
Treatment
and
Research
into
the
physlologlcal
Effccl
of
I¡w
Frequency
sound
and
Muslc
on
Muscle
t6
I
L67
-'+'
.l
I
i
.;il:
:j;il
t
*
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 84/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t
EooFr
¡jdgy
Inhod¡rcfion
Tbere
ls
evldence
to-suggesl
thet
adults-wtth
a
learnlng
dlsabltity
,nceanxietv.tnt'"'o"üXiL-tJ""t'"lo'-'lt*¡,[#"ii:'il.:;
ffi¡;1;1",f1Í"Jjih"l'3],"¡*
1,¡i;1rs
ro
'r¿rch
and
imihre.
rhe
i¿so¿
thts
places
J:;";;il;lon
"na-
áti"itro"
mav
prove
too.
greaÍ
for
itosc
wittr
a
learning
irJii'it'
"td
thereby
"*"i"¿"t
them
from
this
form
of
'iratnent.
jubjects
regarding
''itoudenmire
(1975)
training
and
in
reducing
wider
range
of
treatment
'dlcnts
who
have
learnln
ij,,
In
a
Pilot
studY'
'
iiusic
orttre-anxietY
icated
that
thcrt
were
fcw
ii'ifferences
in
the
trea
music
condifions'
Both
ng
music
had
a
long
term
,;cflect
on anxiety
(IIoo
nrrted music
in
treating
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
$oqld
r€spond
lo
¡
vlb¡uecoustlc
ñudc
fhom
standard
casscttcs
or
dcvices.
According
to
its
dwclopcr
dllfcrent
vlbratlng
flequcncles
or
ry
They
convert
music
into
highdensity
p""iri""¿
by
the
ears
and
atso felt
with thc
enti¡t
body.'
It
is an
experiencr
á"Jgn.¿
to
be
pleasurable,
lo
ptmote
rctaxatior¡
to
aid
stress and
to
c¿l¡
f
ge:
F
rne
orf
set
on
15
'set
on
15
E'ryd
"lit
ltr::
HiT#I".'"T
ñ;';J_;n L
or
5
degnes
hom
..- rit?apnf nosiiions
w¿s
ur
different
Positiong
uas
sectiong
3'rvaY
sPeakers
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 85/124
,l
I
I
I
'I
i
I
I
I
t.l
I
I
I
:
i
i{l
-l
,
tl
rll
,i
(
,ll
t
ll
I
I
I
i.
I
i
I
I
I
-¡
I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
¡
)
)
)
\
)
)
I
)
)
I
)
)
D
]
)
)
t
hyperactivitY.
-r
r
The
áse
sludie-s
repoled
in
this
PaPef
gnt¡rine
the
nesponse
olclients
with
a
ürning
aisaUility
io
Somatro
t
trtatment.
Trvo
speciflc
questions
art
iddressed:
*
How
elfectlve
ls
the
Sormtron
ln
deallng
wlth
andety
among
thor
with
learning
disabilities?
*
How
does
the
Somatron
compane
with
the
musical
intenenlions
already
e:¡amined?
Clicnt
poPuleiion
The
clients
chosen
were
drawn
ftom
lhe
community
and
a
local
lllty.
Thls
group
has
wide
efrenres
ol
l)
it
rely
on
rnakaton
or
conrmunication
some ane
learning
and
develoPing
ski[s
rhat
will
allow
them
3o
live
independently,
ofhers
rcq-uire
total
nursing
care.
While
,oln"
"r"
"*átionally
batanced
"ttd
huppy,
others
express
their
frustratlon
and
anfety
in
vtoteni
or
dtsturbed
behavlor
agalnst
themsclves
or
others.
The
clients
were
not
sPecifica
They
weE
alreadY
attending
an
ind
Sómatron
w¿s
inúroduced
within
th
author
has
aluays
altorped
a
time
fo
generallY
Providing
the
music
The
Somatrcn
nas
olfered
to
Cllents
wetrc not
speclficnlly
assess
rtiónr,
nor
was
fhe author
anare
of
nas
governed
by
the
fact
that
they
e
tor¡ards
otherq
hyperactivity
and
evidence,
suggests
under{ying
anxie
intercsted
in
assessing
whether
the
and
inactive
nesPonse
from
lhem'
back
and
calf
areas
Head
F"ffiT,i5f#,fi
J:X,iHifr
l::i.:lll"iliHJ;"*".apanasonic
,i-
The
musc
tYas
PraJEu
truvEÉ¡'
to¿"t
VZO
with
a
4X25
va'tr
caPacltY'
'i'rlinures
of
"Antarctica"
by
Vangeli
Hfr*.
set
miduaY
on'
-'-
"^rrrnb
ffsas
set
mioway
on
i¡ss
(O
trcble
(ó) anc
Ratings
to'Veryo'Very
i"iü
"i"*ter'
The
overall
head
sPeakers,
aid
feeling
,:
it
ln
ttre
vlbratlon
secllon'
.;-1
Tn¡mcnt
and
evatr¡ation
preccdures
i,,
.,',
A
treatment
pnog¡am
rms
-desislel
forihose
using
fhe
Somatron'
The
rtrst
eiglt
sessions
w9{
oganizej
T
l:ry:;
;.S*"'*$:fr"Ti1"rffi"":iffi:'i1i::,i;*-:::;l'orthesomarronristening
'l'ro
rh"
n
erapisr's
singing
19comryni¡'i,ol.ill':::
heraprsl's
srnErrrÉ,
f
lhe
Somatron
llstening
6;J;.
3&a:
ihe
cltent
sal
at
tl¡e
foot
:nl-:,^^^,
i*
ñranr nr rhem-
i.
"
u*f
ilti*Í"ü
;;s;."
i:l-"
":::Id^::1t:fi:
in
rronr
or
them'
iii,
session
5&6,
{il;i'i".;?;Jirr"
rog,
end
of
the
so¡natron
listening
+
\:.
ii'ro
vu"g.lis
being
pl"vg
thnouglr
iT TT':"1;
s"*l"i
l"cb:
The
client
lay
on
the
Somatron
and
exPerienced
a
vibroacoustic
sensation'
;ili:ffJüf
;ffi
"rhe-crient'iry.'.:-"-"T::::*"I':"X"il¿*:
.'#ll"ffi
f*:'i**#o;*.;$u'¡q-9.1":i:?::""'"::['ftfi
:
omatnon.
tloweYcrr
wrrrt
u'v
,pónSe
to
fhe
separate
elements
rt
ñáiti¡-lt
pbsslble
to
assess
fhe
cllent's
:::-^-,
rLá óñ¡Ficn¡e of
tvinq
on
L'',l"l,l'J',^llj1ffi
;"ff;;;;;;h'"ringand:11T::T:":i::*H:l
;iitffi
ltrt'"ilT':il":'ñ:"il;ll1',41l::s,::.,l:y""l#o,ilTl
$iily.'ffi*''"""11'lL,fu"Jltll,i'r'ñ"ii,r""'"--inainrheearlierstudv
on.
ent
hip
the
:wtth
ttre
clienf.
c-..o¡sequsnlrv¡
u'rrn
rnÜ
G^lsPf¡v
170
L7t
)
)
)
,)
)
)
)
r,
thenplÍ,
d
'
,,¡¡,
4,9
tü-;n;
cllcnlts
re tbc
degitc
of
¡relax¡tlon
¡nd
fhe levels
of
¡
lhe
trtahnent.
Each
rating scorcd
on
a flve-point
scalg
was completed
after
obsening
a video of
fhe session. Ratings
lor
Relamtion
ranged
from
'Tense"
(0)
30
'Very
Rclaxed"
(4);
for Actiüty
l¡vel
from
'Very
Active" (0)
to
Subjcct
B's rcsponse
fo thc
Srcatment
pnogram
ms calculaled
as
a
*"?
tm
total
scorc
of
ll.
Results
üowd
a
negafive
rrcaction
úo
fhe
ifi.
rrr"r*
was a
drop
In
response
ftrom
sesdon
th¡se
oncardg
and
lt
l¡
m"t
lherc
werc
¿iginct
differences
betwcen
the'live"
and
recorded
sessions.
ñ;*
rvas
a slight
improvetrent
in
response-whe¡
thc
n:*di:
T:
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 86/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
)
,)
l
)
I
'Inaclivet'
(4);
and
for Eqioymenú
fhom'Distrcss"
(0)
to
"Obvious
Pleasu¡t"
(4).
For
each case,
higher
ratings curresponded
to
incrcased
rclantion
in
the
"f"of.
In o¡der
lo
assess
improvement,¡hd
thrce
scores
(Relaxation,
Aciivity
üve[
Eqioyment)
rverc combined
fo
provide
a total
score
(Range
0'O).
Deryl3e
the
lacú
that untr¡lned
raters
rvere
usc4
Shere
rvas
an
lnter-rater
reüability
of E97o
wiShin one
scaled
point
which reflected
their
sensitivity
and
clinical amneness.
Subir-rs end Rcsults
Subjccf
A
subJect
A
(female,
40
yearg
moderate
learnlng
dlsabllify)
n¿as
one
of
four
subjecfs
involved
in
the
pilot
study
which had
invesfigated
the
effects of
listening
lo
rclaxing
music
on
anxiety.
She
had spent
ten sessions
listening
to a
tape
of relaxing
musig
and her level
ol
anÉety
r¡¡as
reduced
(Hooper
&
Lindsay
f990).
subject
A
rarety
looked relaxed.
she
nas
easily, frustraÚed
by
circumslances
beyond
her
confrol. She
w¿s
prone
fo
periods of
extreme
agitaúion,
and
her anÉety
manifested
itself
in
a number
of
inappropriaÚe
bóhavlors
-
screamlng
abuse,
pultlng
ofher resldents'
halr,
tearlng
clotheq
unexplained
crytn&
and
hyperacfivity.
The
client,s
r"rponses
to lreafmenf
were catculated
as a
pereentage
of
the
tofal score
of 12. Resulfs
shoued
úhe
client
responded
very
positively
to
fhe
vibrcacoustic
eryerience
offered
by
the
Somat¡u.
Although
there
rms
a
drop
in
nesponse
al
session
7,
it
srggested
Úhaf the
client
naas unsettled,
nol
by fhe
vibroacou$ic
equipment,
but
by
having
fo
lay
dorvn
fo
¡elax'
The
rcsulfs
wifh fhe
somat¡on
(session
5-8)
were significantly
befter
fhan
those
wlth a non-vlbloacoustlc
appraach
(sesdon
14).
The
average
sco¡e
for
the Somatron
sessions
wasE3%orin
comparison
lo
an
average
o,l
49.57ofor
the live
and
recorded
music
conditions.
Subjcc{
B
subject
B
(male,
30
yearq
moderafe
learning
disability)
was
described
as hyperaciive.
He
"o,rl¿
t.
aggrcssive
tow¿rds
others
when
frusJrated.
Hc
eryiii'ence¿
eplsodes
of andet -when
he
became
moody,
uncúoperaflve
and
t72
lrru
ril¡gü
ln"
s"fi"t-o.'Ho*"r,"",
rhe ctiónr
reft¡sed
to
lie
dorn
on
the
Oü..U
thi-s
accounted
for the
zeno scones
in
sessions
seven
and
eight'
Dissssi,on
of
Re.srlts
.,music.Thiswoutd'uppo"ttheauthordbeliefthatthereareadvantagesin
ooper'
1991b)'
to the
atfention
of
an
individual
úhan
person's
nesponset
and
it
ls
somethlng
evaluating
a
clientts
response
to
the
6
"n"
res¡lts
highligbt
a rmrked
disparity
in
the
treatment
success
of
fo.
*#i-i;;bñr-;-
responded
posilively,
while
SubjecJ
B
failed
to
complete
the
treafment
schedule'
[.
The
studY
design
allowed
the
aut
frcqonding
to
the
live
music.
This
would
ar"
uA"untages
in
providing
the relaxing
¡
¡¡e
¡út-----E--
E
tnestuay
design
did
not
randomize
fhe order
of
the
lour
srages
or
rrtartucur'
iil.
""ti".t
ür,
only
.peculate
that
SubJect
-B.-*1t-.*tp"tdtli-.1"-.'l-"^]tl:
Somatron,
or
indeed
any
form
of
treatmenf'
,;.
It
is significanr
iiat
other
clients
involved
in the
study
have
rtsponded
'io
"r,
io"otsiient
toy
iá
the
Somatron'
In
some
sessi-ons
Lh"i"
t"t:tl:
li:
f
''üffiffi;
ió
rJ""
round
rhe
somtron
rclaxing'lT.ltT:::1":"''il"I
;ff*.;
;;;"'üi'ii.rr"ted
bv
the
-
e4erience'
1 .il-t1",:
T:*.:
;fift;
úv
tii'-*'p"i'".
rt
is
sometlring
*'.
-":::.'lJ:11.:1,"n:l'"""'i:
,
iirfii.ñ.
""J,,*lii
ffi;ft;uog6g.
It
sigge$s
that
the
client
ls activelv
-
a---
--- --
rLa Qanafnnn
¡u;iü;"-¿"g.""
of
pleasurc
he
o¡
she
derives
ryT:'1lf*thl
t-Ly,tllT:
;#.';il"Tiffi;.iil;
irtool¿
not
always
be
epected
to
elicit a
phvsicallv
¡
[tlaxed
nesponse
fbom
a..-cl 991t
*'-:*
^"i
; ;;T#;iri"
"
7" ;6rha
r b
orh
ct ienr
s
e¡co
unlered
di
ff_cul
tv
whel
1
it
came to
the
SdrñáÍron'
Subject
B's
response
qas
not
uñétimmón.
have
refused
to
lie
dorvn
on
it'
One
clienÍ
oommented
O
to
n"a
in lhe
afternoon"'
Since
then
she
has
¡eft¡sed
fo
be taken
near
the
Éomatronn
and
lt
has
been
lmpossible
fo
reason
173
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
wlJh
her.
Sbe
h¡s
bccom
dlstreught
wen
¡t the
mentlon
ol
uslng
ll
toi.bcd
ls
olten
usod ¡s,o
nlireoul"
or form
of
secludon in
a
drodlfcatlon
progmm.
Conscquently,
in
fhe clientts
mind,
having
úo
go
to
{
ln
lhe afle¡noon
may
be
assoclafed
rlth
publshmenl and not
pleasu¡r.
lying
:l
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 87/124
)
.)
)
)
)
.l
)
)
)
)
,
)
)
,)
)
I
)
)
'
)
)
)
I
.')
)
)
)
tbss
h
grcund,
the Somatrcn
is
very low,
and
the
author
has
found
that
some
clien¡
tbok uneasy
about
using
if.
They
ane un ilne
aboul
how to
get
down
onto
th
Somatron,
and
they have
difficulty
positioning
themselves
into this
shapt
The
Sornatron
also
resembles
a
fr¡eat¡¡rent
lable. Clients
whose
perccpt¡o¡r
and understandlng
¡rc llmlted
rnay
rmke
sr¡ch
an assocl¡tlon.
A trcstmc¡t
table
rmy
carry
unpleasant
¡nemories
lor
them.
This
ludy
rcgarding
lhe
use
ol
lhe
Sornatron
with
people
who
have
r
learning
disabili$
is
slill
al a
vety
early
sfage. Neverlhelesg
some problems
have
been
identified.
Clearly,
with certain
clientg
the
Somatron
Sound
Lounge
is
effective
in dealing
with anxiety,
however
several
polenfially
serious
dilflculties have
been discussed
above.
More
rcsearch
is
needed
which
evaluaÚes
individual
rcsponses, befon
It may be
posslble
1o
fully
¡s ¡ess the
Sornatronts
value and
offer
guldellnes
for its use
with
clients
with a
learning
disability.
REFERE¡¡CES
Baf
linger, B.R,
&
Reid,
A.H.
(1977).Psychiatric
disorder
in
an
adult
fraining
-center
and
a
hospital
for
the mentally
handicapped.
Psychologiol
Medicine.
L
525-52E.
Corbetf,
Já.
(1979).
Psychlatric
F.E,
Snaith,
R.P.
(Eds.)
I¡ndon:
Gaskell
Prcss.
Guralniclg MJ.
(1973).
B
reta¡ded
young
adult
Psychiaú¡y'
L
263-?Á5.
ttoop""j
Linaiuy,
B.
(1990).
Music
and
the
mentally
handicapped:
thc
eflecf
of
music
on
anxiety.
.Iournal
of Brifish
Music
Therapy.
4Q),19'
26.
Hooper,
J,
Lindsa¡
B.
(1991a).
Improving
the
quatity
of life
lhrough
mustc'
4041.
:
ifs
use
ar23'
12/t.
Lindsay,
W.R, Baty,
f.
(úE6b).
Behavioural
¡elamtion
fraining:
explorations
wlth adults
who
arc menfally
handlcapped.
Mentel
Handlcap'
b
tou'
11^
L75
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
OF
AUI'NORY
ANI' VIBRATOXT
SÍRES$.REIATEI'
NESNA/VSES
OF
$WIULATTON
ON
PBfuTAruRE
INFINIS WNfl
BRONCflOPUI}TOIüN
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 88/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
,DWPIASIA
1'
i,:
\
f¡
u""t
Burte
,41
t
,fi
I
.i
I
¡¡
iii
#ri
,:.:: The
fetus,
as repofed by Walker,
Grimwade,
and
Wood
(1971)' has
a
,t'"
built-in
"lullaby"
consisfing of blood
pulsafing
through
the
placenta causing
..
a
'khooshing"
sound
with a
mean noise level
of 85
decibels.
Rosner
and
:'
Doherty
(1979)
repoÉed
that these
intrauúerine
soundg
when
prerecordedt
elicited
soothing
responses
from
fussy
newborns
but
had
minimal influence
',
on
bables
who werc ar¡ake
and
calrn. In addition, Glass
(1994)
sfated
that
r:
rrstimulafion
of the
senses
should begin
wifh lhe
most
mafure;
and optimal
',
sfimulation
for
initial
post-natal
developmenf rcsembles
the sources natumlly
;_
available to
the
fetus and infant
-
those
that
come
fronr
the mother"
(p.78).
f'
Ghss'
stafemenl supporfs the use
of
maternal sounds
as
an appropriale
auditory
sfimulafion
for fhe
premature
infant.
Wifh lhis in mind,
it
uas
:
believed
fhal
the
audiotape'Transitions"
(used
in
this
sfudy)
would
mosf
I'
closely
resemble lhe
audilory
environrnent
of
lhe
fetus
in
uJero
since iú
is
li
comprised
of
prerecorded placental
pulslng
sounds
comblned
n'ith
s¡'nfheslzed
]t,
music.
According
fo
Collins
and
Kuck
(1991), intubated,
prtmafure
infants
in
a
NICU
who heard faped
music
blended wilh
intrauferine
sounds
had a
,significanf
increase
in
orygen saturation
levels
and a
decrease in
agitafed
,behavions
(thmshing
extremitieg incrcased
movenrents
or facial
grimacing)
when
compared
to
baseline
observations
without
audifory
input.
F
In
a
ludy
by
Chaprnan
(1975),
premafure
infants
who
received
music
fn
thelr
tsoletfes
6 tlmes dall¡
reached
fhelr farget
welght
oI
4lbs.
1 oz.
:,s@ner
than the infants who did not receive
music.
Caine
(1991)
-systematically
played recorded
lullabies fo
52
preterm
and low
birth
weight
infants
in
their
isolettes.
Results
showed fhat
the
experimenfal
group had
significanfly
shorfer NICU
hospifal
days
and
overall
hospital
days as
well as
a
significant
decrease in initial
weight
loss.
Nonstress
behavioral
indices
(i.e.
little
or no
body
movement,
lack of rigidify in
limbq
nof crying
and lack of
lacial
grimaces)
were
also higher
for the music
group,
suggesting
thaf
fhe
f
.tt
5
í1.
i
It
¡i
I
I
L
I
L77
Fl
Fl
h
t
t:
controlled
use
ol muslc rney
esdl
In rcduclng'dgns of overt
stress
¡
prcmature
and low birfh
rvelghú lnf¡nts.
babies
li$ened more
intenfly
(eye
behavior
was
tnone flnted)
during
thc
Four
prematurcly
born infants
rcquiring
persistent
venf ilalory support
enroileá
in
this study
which
was
ca¡ried
out
in the
Neonatal
Infensive
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 89/124
l
music
stimuli lhan
other
audiÍory stimuli and had less
gloss
motor
movement
during music
than
during
all other
$imulus
condiúions. This
.tlndi¡g
¡¡,
important
implicafions for
preterm
inf¡nts
who need úo use their
calories
lor
growth
rafher
than
pulposeless
movement.
In
addition lo
music, other
sounds
have been
used
to
elicif
a
varietv
of
rcsponses. Oehler, Eckerman, &
I{ilson (19EE)
reported
that falking
tá
very
lor
birlh
u,eight
infants led to
a
quiet,
visrally
attentive
stafe,
while
touching
produced a
more active
state.
Clinicat
Goal
Infanús born
prcmalurcly
are often
placed
In e neonalal Infenslve
czre
unit during
the
firsl weeks
of their
liveg where
they may receive ventilatory
support in addifion
Jo ofher
invasive
but
life-saving
procedures.
Infants
requiring venúilaJor
supporf
rcquirc frequent
naso-gastric
or endotrachcal
tube
suctioning
to nemove
secretions
in lhe lungs and upper respiralorl
sysúem.
This
procedurs
has
been
known
to
cause
stress
rcacúions including
decrtased
orygen
saturalion levelg
increased
aufonomic instabilify,
and
increased agilation.
The
purpose
of
this
descrlptlve study
nas
to evaluate and compare
lhe
elfec3iveness
of
music
presenled
boúh
aurally
and vib¡utactiley
in rcducing
agitation
and
physiological
instability following stress-producing
interventions
in infanfs
wifh bronchopulmonarl
dysplasia
(BPD).
Using
the
neonate
as
his/her
own control,
this
study was
designed fo answer
the
lollowing
questions:
1) Do music intenenfions
decrcase
'hegalive"
behaviors
(crying
facial
grinncing,
limb movemenl,
rigid or starfle responses) when compared
to
the control
condifion?
2) Do hearf
rale
and
o:rygen
saluration
levels
remaln
withln
the
normal range
(HR
120
-160
bpn¡
orygen
saturation
957e
100Vo)
for longer
periods
of
time
during
Jhe
music interventions
than
in
lhe
confrol condition? 3)
Is
fhe
vibrolactile applicafion
of
music
mort
effecfive
in
reducing
agiúafion, as
shown by decreased limb
movemenf
and
decrcased
il-Jnáus¡ott
In
fhe
sÍudy.
Addltional
crlferla
for
lnclusion
conslsted
of: a
rveight
of
2ü10
grams
so
that
the
infant would
be
able
to
maintain
rcgu-laúion
in
an open
crib
(neccssary
lor
the use
of
the
Somat¡tnR
úhe
need
for
flequent
s¡ctioning
(q3q4
hours)r
and
medical
iAUfity
as
determined
by
the
affending
physician. In
additionr
each
inlant's
,Si"¿i"ü
capacity
mus have
been
determined
fo
be
within
normal
limits
,t r
-
r-
-- ---l:¿^-
^-,^1.^A
^^r^-riol
a¡¡a¡cmnf
iiaccording
fo
an
auditory
evoked
potenlial
assessrnenf'
''I
r-a-.-
--,:.L
l'-^.'-
^^----irot
anamqlioc
qom
oa
lnfantswith
known
congenital
anornalieswere
excluded
from the
sfudy.
i''
Post-conceptual
ages
at
fhe Úlme
of
f
he study
were
35
weeks,
and
57
weeks.
One
subject
uas nrale
and
one
nas
female.
Prior
to
being
included
in the
,,
study,
the
mother
of each
infant
read
and signed
a consent
form
which
i'¿.*iiU"¿
the
purpose
of
fhe sfudy.
The
sfudy
was approved
by
fhe
,,
Inlitutional
Review
Board
of
the
hospifal.
''.
¿i
-':
,*¡Pmcedurc
:l
,
,1, To
controt
for
exlraneous
noise,
the
sfudy
nas
conducted
ln
an
;.
isolation
noom
separated
fiom fhe main
intensive
cane
nursery
room
by
a half
,r'wall
and
windov.
Entmnce
info
this
noom
$as through
a separate
door.
ll:On".
informed
consent
was
obtained
from
a
parenlr fhe
infant
nas brought
fij,
¡nto
th" room and
remained
in
the isolation
roonr,
in an
open
crib
on a
maltress
for
lhe
duration
of
the study.
Data
collection
nas
nof
until
Jhe
following
day. An
audiotape
using
specilic
tones
was
used
cue
fhe beginning
and
end of
the observation
and
rec,ording
periods.
Each
trlal
conslsted
of:
1)
one rnlnute
of basellne
daÚa
collectlon
prior
lo
suctioning,
2) suctioning
(oral/endotracheal);
and,
3)
15
minufes
of
post'
interventionássessrnent.
Each
infanf
received
lE frials
(2E8
minules)
with
rst
subjecf
who
data
signs
and
chest
wing
ioñ
period,
nasa
fube
suctioning
nas
performed.
This
was
part
of
the
routine
cane
for
lhe
infant'
and
not an additional
interuention.
Immedlafely
followlng
this
procedure Úhe
Infant
was
exposed
to
one
of
L79
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
o
)
bf
t)
.n/
ry
rqD
,ld)
,¡{
ra
ü(
irl
t
t
the followlng lhrcc cundltlons A) mudc
played
for 15
mlnules
th¡ou¡r.i
Som¡tmnR
malSress; B) mudc
played
through a
Panasonic"
Rns4úro
player
placrd
¡t the
foot of
thc lnl¡ntts
crib for 15 mlnutes;
and
C)
o"S
NIcu lsol¡tlon
rcom envlronrnenf. Eech
Infant
rccelved
each
condlüo¡-l
times in
a counferbatanced
orde¡
(ABC-BCA{aB-ABC-BCA{AB)
ro.¡¡rlri
for
a
possible
conditioning
elfect.
tape
player
rves
ected
because
of
its
as
simil¡r
úo
thc
,
declbel
levels
for
both
the
úape
player ¡nd
the
SomatlonR
werc
to
be
65
decibels
by
an audiologist.
The
appropriate
volume
level
Hiü;;
each
votume
conrrol
knob
using
surgicat
rape,
The.
úape
.?-*,
,rr"n
placed approximately
65
cm
from
each
subject's
head
and
ffiü;Jl;
plroauce
ttr"
.ttt"
¿eciuel
level
as the
music
when
presenfed
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 90/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
.a,
m9
rrV
)
.¡,
er,
r
Q9
n1
43
tt)
h)
te)
r¡t
n\
)
Di9
)
gr)
.t\
2J
'sd
')
ir,
ut)
)
z)
II
t:
li
l{
lr
I
I
t,
¡'
t,
{r
{r
ai
I
)r
I
t¡
,
I
afternoon
or
late
afternoon
but
not
during late
evening
hours
to
control
tor
the
possible
influence of cilqdian rhythms.
Ihta were collected
by
eilha
r
Regisfered Music
Therapisú
or
a
Registered
Nurse.
Inúerobsewer
reliabilitr
was
assessed at
90Vo
by
performing
obsenations
simultaneously
and
comparing dafa. Total
lime
for
the
complefion of lE trials
ranged
fhom
8
to
21
days.
Inlrument
A coding sheef,
developed
by fhe invesfigators,
rras
used
fo deúe¡minc
úhe
presence
or
absence
ol
selected
behaviors
and
to
record boJh
hearl
ratc
and
orygen saturafion levels.
Behavioral
codes
were:
sfate, body
movemenlq
facial
expressiong
and
autonomic indicators" Behavioral
state
uas coded as
1)
quiet
sleep; 2) acfive
sleep;
3)
drowsy
or
transifional
sfate;
4)
awake and
alert;
5)
acfive/anake;
and 6) crying (Brazellon,
1973).
Facial
expressions
included
grimaclng, yauming,
ooh face, neutral, and
smillng. Llmbs
movlng
ranged
from
1-5
wilh
5
including
all limbs
and
the head. Autonomic
indicators
included
none, arthing,
sfarfle, tremor, and clonic
movemenl.
Equipmcnt
The SomatronR maútress used
in this sfudy
uas
made
speciflcally
for
a
newborn crib. The dimension of the SornaJronR
matúress
is
approxinntely
50" by 2e' by
5'
and ls
made
up of 1"
of dacrun
shfÍng, 1"
of
lrigh
denslly
foanr, a 1/4" mahogany sound board,
U2"
air
space,
one
patenfed speaker
uatt
stereo
fhequency equallzer.
180
lbc
Somatron^'
r ,h----^ r:---rr
/nr^Á^hró
ii"
-uE"
used
was
the
audiocaset3e
entitled'nTransilions"
(Placenfa
ii".,
etfu"ta,
Georgia)
consisting
of
sounds
of
fhe
intraufeúne
plf",
a"igoed
tó
emulaúe
netural
wonrb
soundg
blended
with
¿
f"rr.l"
"o]i"",
singing
in
harmony
on
Ahhh.
The
general feeling
tV tfrit
combination
oivocalizing
and
steady
pulse
uas
one
of
ion
and
even
nronotony.
anarr,cr. norfahle o.."tt"
nlaver
r¡as
used
to
play timed
beeps
which
nationperiod.
A Novametricsr
sturafion
levels.
A
Horizonr
to
determine
heart
rate
during
the
ibse¡v¡tlons.
.l'
rl
-rI
)t
ll,
JI
l
í.s'l
ItnlYds
'#
í;li
obsenafional
recordings
of
idually
and
ümpodtely
to
deterrnine
the
number
o
90 minuteg
i[at'each
infant
spent:
1)
with
heart
(120
'
160
bpm)
(HR);2) witñ
aÍerial
orygen
sat
igher
(oX);
3)ln a hlghly
aroused
state
(agltated
or
c
iQl);
an¿ 5)
in
a
low
arousal
state
liuorenrcnt
was
analyzed
and
averaged
ove
. r ._ _ -l
iil
six
trials for
eaih
cóndition.
The
number
of
stressful
facial
expressions
umber
of
autonomic
indicators
nofed
fle, tremo¡
clonic)
were
tecorded
but
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
SrbJc.f
A
'
..,
¡nt
of
a 25
wcck
gesation p-*;#n
rle
vl¡
c¡es¡ns¡n
sectlon lo¡
scut
udy,
she
nas
261
days
old
and
weigbcl
he
studY
she
nas
2E1
daYs
old
ad
ical
problem
was Reryiratory Disr6¡
nical
ventilation.
Two
efubation
tri¡l¡
hnEn'li;,H*,1l:,t':;l;Í"'1.lÍJgJff
,T"'JJiSffi
;i
Hí:é'ii;:4:...3'i1:
bn
(seo
graph
in an
increase
peo mus¡.,
wtru¡uvrt'
in
an
increase
ig
*ft¡.f,
the
heart
rate
nas
within
normal
p-u"r*¿
to
the
no
music
condition'
O:rygen
i.^- ¿,,,i.o
rh¿ music
conditions
r,*"rrt#?;
ess
time
in
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 91/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
the
infant
had
cYstic
BPD based
3¡
chel
x-ray
and
her
clinical
qourse.
'r'nis
infant
was
extremely
sensitive
to
stimuration
and
had
,.q;i;.d
Fentanyr,
Ativan,
and
Morphin"
ro."
sedatio¡"
During the
study,
¿"f"
i"t"
not
coltected
lf
narcotlcs
had
becn
admlnlstend
ute
¡úals
for
each
condition'
The
fiml
due
to
medical
complications'
lterc
rt
rate
during
the
three
conditionq rs
ent
within
normal
limits;
howevcr'
with
her
heari
rate
within
norm¡l
s
¡han
during
the
control
condilion
lon
levels
were
higher
durlng
both
lbc
condition
(AOVo)
than
during
the
no
autonomic
indicafors
such
as
lremo
Subjcct
C
than
during
SomatronR
stale
I
an
lncrcase
ln
fhe
numoer
ot
stale
. an
optirnal
state
for-devepnml
t:t:l;
2Vd
'an
opurnat
-$arc
rut.ue:-v:"-r:::---------
sleep
íoi.
-"dlion,
the
taped
music
conuruu'
P¡vuulvg
I
t
¡ :
-t:
tl
.l¡t
.rl
-1l,r
)l
Jl'
JI
:ü
|
.1.
i,i1tr
.o
:.il¡
r¡
t
SUBJECT
A
Minutes
SPent
in
Each
State
8o
70
m
60
a0
T
t0
0
HR
1201c0
bPn
Subject
A
Limb
Movement
a.6
3
L3
Mm Numht
cf
umb.
2
MoYlng
1.5
I
0.5
0
lllnut..
Figurc
lB
]-82
183
)
)f
)f
)¡
)l
),
)
l¿
' l
-._.,
:;
i,;
':
llt
"i9.F"J
-ir;:t
':'i1l¡'¡',.
':'"
SUBJECT
C
Minutcs
Spcnt
in
Each
Statc
l0
J
of
d¡te
to
te
collected
on cach
lnlent'
Thesc
d¡ta
werc then aver¡ged
trials
for
each
infan$
Jln?*
rir"r
acring
as
hiq/her
own
contr¡l
the
bo
mudc"
conditlon"
':i'
l
Data
fbom
¿L^¿
k
'I-
ot'rlies suscesú
':::l}:i:rt:flttT$*'l
the
bo
mudc"
conditlon"
''1
ln
5fi
ds
of
asitation
lolloring
a
interven
.
'*
Yl^T:'*....::l*i
#ffi;
to
rhese
\rhooshing,,
soundg
parricularty
during
rhe
..r
-r_¡^-.^-.ran
ao
"lr.rr-,
fro otslAl
attentlVenesS
and
qUlet
alertnesS'
our
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 92/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
70
to
5|,
ao
30
m
l0
0
HRl2sllo
ol>e6*
Hlghlt
OsLl^Ltl
sL'P
bPn
A¡q ''l
ffi;Wffi
Figurc 2A
lfuitati,ons
of
StudY
It
is
clear
that
the
sample
size
of
the
study
was
small.
A
larger
sample
185
can
Uncno
r, both
through
the
;'
¿e¡reeslnq levels
of
player
yer
lants,
when
comPared
fo
fhe
- -"t¡¡
'
e'
This
quiet
alert
nrgher
er
f
"#fi"r;
n
the
critically
rrr
¡rt
otot
tr¡
r¡¡¡E¡"t
ion
and
tne
coñservaiion
ofcalories
required
-
-4 ¿L^
--ua¡l
nrrial
alerl
stafe r¡as
srowth
and
healing'
fn"
als"o"ery
of
the
incrgased
quiet
alert
stafe r¡as
ñnexpected
and
Posltlve
flndlng'
Subject
C
Limb
Movement
.¡
t
r¡u
a5
Nunbrol
2
Umb.
1.5
lloYl¡g I
0.3
0
o
z
a a
a
10121'
lllnqlaa
Figw
28
ation
ofvibrotactile
and
auditory
would
be
the
most
effective
in
i- rlroc¡
infenfs
the ¡aeaÚcsl
,'pnoducing
a
rclamtion
in
fhese
infantg
the
greaÚcst
-
rclanúion
response
(sle
ring
the
periods
o-f
auditory
;r stimulation
alone'
Thesr
thoó
of
Lcona¡d
(1993)'
who
t rr,r"e
aciüted
neonates
exhlbtfed"an
"tililil:t"j],ütü.-;;;
ount of time
sPent
in
the low
fo
auditorY
stimulation
onlY'
t
Thcse
flndings
are
supported
ty
the
th:rv
that
there
is
a
'hierarchical
iorganization
and
¡nrü"{ti-
of
sensory
function"
with
tactile
and
auditory
:;
fi¡nctio
.-
-
-'-:-:-;;
r^
visual.
iunclt:t:ff
(Gla
ss
199
4)'
music
condition.
Disr¡ssion
184
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
slzg.
úlch
ls
morc
homogencous
ln
naturg
á¡íu,*""
lfndings.In
additior¡
thc
incrtased
u
rt
t¿v
-ott¡butcd
to
a
decreased
number
ol
inpnrs
wno
qcvc¡opefl
ñ¡5"t¿
thc
nccd
for
efendcd
nech¡nlc¡l
ven3ll¡lon'
cnvlro
1Ed$)
ncott
Qompany.
;o$l
ncott
company.
On17
riff"
g¡"uñA
irir:appltcatlon
of
sÚimulation
and
term
age'
Infant
att
Behavtor
?nd
:DeYetgl#fll,;r;']
::"'::l of neonares
ro
inrrauterine
Rcmmndrtions
for
Fufhcr
S'oÑ
It is
important
to
note
the
individual
differencts
in
responses
to
bot¡
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 93/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
arl
\rl
?'r
Iri
I
rrl
fi
,til
il
ll
l
Il
Il
rl
rl
ü t
¡'¡v'----
t
5+91.
?
rlo7l)-
Intmuterine
noise:
A
'.
D.
Grimuader
Jr s w'u'
C'
(fgZf)'
Intmuterine
noise:
A
-,',ionent
of
the
ftt"l;J;;;;eni'
American
'Iournal
of
obstetrics
the
auditorY
and
vib
fhom
Yecco
(1993)
individual
infanf's
beneflcial
when
comblnd
wlth
a
prev
prograrn" (P.63).
For
somc
infants,
the sensorl
experience
of
the
somaÚrcnr
may
be
¡63
stimulating
and
therefo¡e
not
as
effective
in
promoting
sleep
although
it
nny
J;;;
agiiation
wtren
his
study
using
a
larger
lI
attune¿
to
ihe
intraut
trt
pre
and
post
infervention
is
needed
'
-,
--
.-^-
^r¿L^-
a
ant
["iti"rr"i
types
of
infanfs
which
may
beneftt
more
from
elther
audltory
or
vibrotactile
stimulation.
Music
w¡tt¡
anJw¡rhout
vibrotactile
stimulation
appear
benefcial
for
ologicat
súability
and
reducing
strcss
ons.
Future
research
might
focus
on
length
of
staY
bY
Promotlng
longer
the
healing
P¡ocess.
Referencs
Brazelton,
T.B.
(1973). Neonatal
Behavioral
Assessment
scale'
Philadelphiq
PA:
LiPPincolt.
Caine, J.
(Ú91).
The
effects
of
music
on
Úhe
se|ected
stress
behaviorg
weighl
calorlc
and
formu|e
lntake,
and
length
of
hosplta|
sfay
of
premafurc
and
low
uirth
weigttt
neonaúes
in
a
newborn
intensive
cart
unil'
Chap ii'*
silulalign
of
short
iimu
activitY.
UnPublishd
rk
Universi$'
CollingS.K.&Kuclr,K.(1 )91).Music-fhe-rapy¡nttreneonajalintensivecarg
unif.
Neonafal
Nefwork,
L(q'n'26'
Glasq
p.
(1gg4).
Th;
"oln"oble-neonate
an-d
the
neonatal
intenslve
caFc
186
:
iThi.
r".earch
was
suPPorted
bY
Research
Instltute.
,lhis
chaPter
is
a
nortio-1^gf
an
a
nursing
research
grant
from
Glaxo
article
that
was
originally
prcsented
in
il
lt
li
Ñeonatal
Ñemorh
SePt'
1995'
187
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
i;-:'l;"
r,
I
:ji
rl ,
,.
ir ;;'.
,-.
r,,:
ri:)
I
'.
¡i
..
,
j,
,,.r,
l,gt,.
j;r¡¡,
wIIfl
n(ñPfrAI.rnD
cflILDnEN
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 94/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
Cli¿ra
Populetim
d
'1
ri
rl
l
tl
i
'lr
,l'
t,
) ,
lir
t
),i
Tampa
Chi|drcn's
Hospitat
at
St.-JosePh's
is
a
f¿O.bed
hospital,
t.iithe.pu,
Florida.
T'his-hospiter
ryry-es
all
childrel
PqrlTil
ió
yoÉ9ggg",
t"g.tdt"tt
of
óne's
eblllty
to
Pay'There
is
a-l:,'bed
,f;C¡¡i"-"
i:"r"
Un¡t
(¡¡vel
I),
an
8-bed
Pediatric
Cardiac
Surgery
,i#:;t:il-ñeonatar
rnrensivc
care
unir
Qo:l {D,
c9-nredicaus¡rgical
ffi
;
p.¿¡"ti"
Emersencv
center
1a
reaillic
:fa1iv-1'fi:',fi":
arr
occasions
when
patients
over
the
age
of 1t
years
"ry-
-Td
for
in
the
a)^
ne
s[ur
r------
--
lnesses.
rosis
or sPina
biflda
ri
mlfo
nmPles
of illnesses
)Íi . ¡r- ¿-r^r---
^-
-^rrar¡r¡
..ontattef e wnrrld nrenase
Úhe
c?rc
of
patlents
,.ir¿.*
pedlatrlclans
or
pedlatrlc
speclallsf
s
would
manage
Úhe
care
of
patlents
r
1E
Years
of
age.
'
Cfinicel
DcscriPtion
ThemajorityofchildrencaredforatTampaChi|dren'sHospitalatSt.
scph's
ha
ve
-illdl*.
¡y-,ti9}
?
r",-?"u
t
:
i
1.,nar
urc'
T:y3" T:
:1T"1:.t^":1
ifone.ilñ-;f
thó
cüii'dññ
ñáve
cñronic
illnesses
which
require
frtquent
Yil;htt*iioit.
r"r.¿ul
anÜor
surglcal
cane
ane
provlded
for
chlldrcn
qv.i"i"ti"" and/or
disease
ol
the
foitowing
body
syslems:
N^eurologl'
r-loo,
Cardiologl,
Endocrinologl,
Gastroentcrologr'
Oncologrt
¡¡,--Ñ"ptñíog¡,
Utologt'
Hematologr,
ophthalmologfr
ñna
Otinop"A¡"t.
I
s¡gn¡ncant
number
of
children
having
;.d;át$;g
degrtes
of
traum
rcceive
emergencT
care
at
lne
Eryryencr
ó"it"i"uoi
oir
inpatient
unitg
if
necessary.
Ihere
is
a Pediatric
. irtg""y
p"ogratn
*lri.h
repairs
simple
to-cnmplex
cardiac
ano-rnalies'
¡¡
6¡-rrro
"rr¡lár.n
cen
oofentlalty
benefl
fhom
Vlbrmc'ou$lc
therapy;
';iñ;
igrtv
copnfex
disorders
can
benellJ
primarilv
Vibroa
É¡-..
or
thpir
mglicallv
complex
¿iryil-t¡.-1
in
providiñg
co;ffií
via
medicinái
means
are
someliÍñes
.Tor
énmplg
gtme
children
rcceive
medication
ühi"h
int"t'¿t
:
¡l
p."i¿"
sedation.
gb*.n"t,
these
childr:1.
9 9.n
ryt'it"
": i ,lnd/q'
ustic
measures
to
comfori
ü-ñlil
tñé-m-edicatlon
reaches
its
full
)
jf
)
)
)
)
)
)
rhe
chitd
to_
the
5*lt","i_::S,",::
;'ri;ilóh"
u.-
u¡4/or. ee
'r'".ünv
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 95/124
.I
)
)
)
I
)
)
.)
)
)
)
)
l
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
hospital
beds.
Af
this
insÚitufion,
we
do
not
have
a
specific
refenal
profocol
for
oatients
who
maY
have
invasive
while
utilizing
the
Vibroacoustic
utlllzed
when
the
chlldrcn
dlsP
uring
and
after
the
Pnocedures
Assgsent
hoocdurcs
190
rt.
Infants
througn
-r."i¡illv
still
as
possible
hurt.Infants
lhrolgx
sfill
as
possible
¡cstraints
so
that
¡ne
oi
itt"
procedureq
such
as
D
1
catheteratheter
bodY'
'?ff;;"
bcf.orc,
,ioiro*"ar"rr"n
ónscious
sedation-
o
hetlcs
arc
used'
itóí."¡oor
Sedation_
o
hetlcs
arc
used.
$roce¿urts
arc
performeo
ln
wr¡rsr^l*¡¡¡v
---
'iÚ"'
sound
and
vibration
stim¡rlus
pnescn(rurnrDo
meanS
Of
ift"-1"--i"atloñ
table
is
used'
'lne
vrurarru'
w¡
rvY
--
t
sion
duriñ -
ihe
Prucedures
F"
Beau$
"Td
iI:
Beast
are
-^r
and nrr¡rr€
PlaYed
for
mal
and
naturt
Pr'¡JGu
¡v¡
dolesccnt
Patien
songs
are
Puti*t':nli
,tffJ#;i
Pl€schoolers
means
ol
T¡catmnt
P¡oocürre
At
this
institurion,
we
do
not
hi,":".^t:i:1t-:":*lfJ:"TJitt'"t#
At
this
institqJignt
we
do
nor
¡raYG
q
'"'"'11i"-minafion
table
has
rffitmüú¡¡*usic
enrninatt"::::*
1r"o"
with
or
without
the
l,i5ffi*'ffi'?#ü
;;.
;1;i,T¡::l"i5
db-ilffji-to
play
the
muslcat/sou¡l¡
qr*"Y
--r
n'ybeadjustedfrom
,L*í¡""
"itátion.
Both
Íhevolut""
ulL"t|
.^-^:fr,
^?
rhe vibralio'
ar€
mpanying.vil-,1:lfillj:"Jl|ü#'ir,"iii.-"",voithevibra-tionare
to
high.
The
loudness
¡r^-
^r^rocm.r.r
ni¿.
tn
tt
"
case
of
lnfants
to
high.
Th:
to:d_Tr
or
¡no
sounu
"""
"'-ri'"iu,-tn
ttr"
case
of
lnfants
mit.""of
patlent
prtferencc
(for
adolescent'
191
)
¡
l
,¡
)
.T
)
)
F
¡
F
It
li
s
dlscretlon'
Howevert
the
volunc
a
should
be
adJusted
so as
to
h1¡or;,
tióm
an
lrrltatlng
envi¡o¡r¡m¡hi
'
and
vibration
should
have
a
di¡tq
titioner
r|ants
to
achiet
rovide
a
calrq relax\
I
procedurt.
The
sound and/¡¡
coustlc
One
Pa
lmateti
dmate$
dth
an
InferruPted
[ypertension
. As
a
r€su¡lr
¡¡tl
rql
-
^
^--^l
tñóaf
ñcnls
":,v-r"n
theraPY'
#;i*.
Tfuforcl
a
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 96/124
lili
rll
lll
ili
tll
,li
rli
lli
il
l.¡
,
I
I
I
I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
T
)
)
)
.,
_)
)
)
)
)
)
I
)
)
)
)
,
t;,
l
lii
)
lit
{
)l
ll
il
1i
It
hild
auay
fr¡m
the
unPleaunt
r
S
to
feed
to
feed
b
niPPle
nt
of
hls
ls.
itris
ctrin
rr¿s
YerT
fragile'
Íhe
--r-^r
--
rhaf
l¡ig
¡
quite
a
tcntPEr
rlr-
rsvn
-
.:ipñor"til.
PeriPherallY
and
become
olz
*-¡-ro¡--ini¡avenous
access
during
his
a
dose
of
morPhine
dose
of
morPhine
'to
two'hour
Period
of
back
to
his
original
environment.
He
nas
often
held
i.
i"
f"lfi"g
asleeP,
a
musical
-r*as
PtaYea
wnile
he
was
gentlY
his
p
eri
pheral
int
raveno
u'-1'::1":Y::n
;;i
;iñ;üi
;
;lcc
ss.
r
herefore,
^r.ottanoc
r¿¡
the
staff
so
that
a
Evah¡ation
Proocdurc
\ile
do
not
have
an
establish
Case
StudY
#1
ter
challenge
to
the
staff
so
that
a
*"áiJnot-*nt
to
medicate
him
ünless
absolutely
necessarX'
lab
P'
Wt
"tt
the
little
Pu'l-",l'
lay
tess
ble'
ess
ble'
$m
l;';::#;"i"'iJ'"ice
and
then
chitd
to
fall
hitd
to fall
mponent.'l'ne
esrablishing
. Our
favorite
th
this
Patient
intention
to
would
be
so
t"tLT;Uñill"'"
o"'*"
would
be
so
LEJ
DlssCo
¡nd
Rocomrenüdms
Crc
SúuQ
#2
l::
-
,
ljj
,jr¡i\*6
The
sccond
pallcnt rras
a
baby
boy
who
vas born
prcmaúu¡ely
and
'frfint
severel
months
ln thc
Neon¡t¡l
Inúendve
Csrc
Unlt
(MCt¡:
suffercd
Grade
Itr
intracranial
bleeds
when
he
uas in
the
NICU.
A
he
subsequcntly
dwelopcd
hydrocephalus
and
cerebral
palsy.
s
a
rc¡üq
to ade
head.
rsv.
-rJ
r
--
so
the
child
maY
rre¡
're
*'¡cln
¡l¡ssical
music
and
other
sounds
^J
e
to
the
child's
:i
-
L-
tn
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 97/124
,,l
rl
tl
ti
.l '
?l
\rl
{ll
irt
cause
grcat
pnessune
to be exerfed
on his
braiq inevifably
datmging
the
bnü
itself
and
potenfially
causing
death
as
a
¡esult
of
compressing
the
braiu'r
vltal
components.
This
little
pafient
had spastic
cerebral
palsy.
His
leg
and arm
musclq
werc
aluays
tighf lexed
and c¡ossed.
However,
when
he
rvas asleep,
his
a¡u¡
and
legs
urcre
rtlaxed.
AIso,
he
could
arch
his
back,
causing
his head
to
touü
his
toes
when he
was agitafed.
Feeding
this baby
presented a big challenge
to his
parents
and
th
nunses.
He
rtas
given
a sedative
every
four
to
six
hours
fo help relax
his
arm¡
legg
and
the
resú
of
his body.
as anficipated,
minimal
stimulation
rrculd
exclte
thls
llttle
boY.
He
nas
hospifatized
for several
months
and
would
oflen rtfurn
for
subscquent
hospitatizations
after
the
prior
discharges.
His
subsequent
hospitalizafions
rvere
often
for
pneumonia.
When
this tif
tle boy
vas agitated,
he
nould
cry, arch
his
back,
twist
his
to fhis
liftle boy,
an
Therc
uas on
music.
\ilhen he
was
head
softly sfroked.
efremity
that
rpas
being
used
for drawing
blood
or
establishing
int¡avenous
acoess.
IVilh fhis
particular
baby,
we
found
that the
vibration
componenl
ol
the
enmination
Sable
was nof
effective.
194
rus
chlld.on
taPe'
théY
á-rónot
PhY
I
se
of
security
emmination
utilizing
the.
vibmt¡on
comllgnerr
ur
rr¡v
emmination
gl¡.¡¡.--Ei.'-"1:..'".'.
ousfi
:
enmination
¡^Lr^ ñ^F¡
nncifive
--.^r
lo
usfi
:
enm¡narlon
chtld
w¿s
ellowed
lo
iñnncnf : thercforc.
nt
,lnnovative.
For
some
of
our
o|der
chronicchi|drtn,
the
''special''
enminatiorr
,lable
is
a
treat
ro"
ür"ln.1i.-iui*r
ano
pnysicianó
attempt
to
focus
fhe
child
flin
the
"speciat"
"rt-in"ti;;;"bt;
'u''"'
''""ift"
p""¿ini
procedure
needing
of
the
Vibroacoustic
ercam
iable
to
be
'-.:
'
--^
¿u^
tra¡¡ialrt
or-nminatiotl
t
rl
trt
\"
)
til
I
ltl
r
I
r :
II
lrl
lr¡
tl
lll
iI
l
ti
lr
l¡
tr
lü
ineeicat
conditions.
19:
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Butlcn
Johnson
BuJlcr
HGHTEU{
,.:
'i
.,,'i
.t
r
-
i:r.'
,.
,.'
:
-,
''r
,
"
i
i
iti:r.'l-':r'ii"+:il
IWATT
Wnfl
CARDNC
SITRGERY
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 98/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
rl
I
)i
i,
{
1l
),
I
I
I
rTvhen
I
nas
first
introduced
to
fhe
idea
of
using
sound
to.prod-uce
bsi;i
an¿
psyctrotogicai
tenefits
aft
er
.t"F".tT'.I-T::t1lLIll
ilñ'"rll,,ni"J.
ü;;;";J;
tr'"
psycholó_giál
beneflts
are
jusf
as
rt.
The
feeling of
sertnity
'I
.Soi
fbom
the
'*
9l-:1"..}f,,:3:
HiTlll.,,,".;-;rd
hJ;;LniZs
auour
my
ne.oye¡r
and
used
little
tdffi;;
;
chemical
ñ
+f
¡:r
I
"T
3
*tl:"::,rr"*'
rhe
bed
has
derinite
s
flr
a
faster
recnvety."
@atient
Xr
2'L9'95'.'
ñ^nrmdtnrn'.,
"orr"""t.it
costs
ind
quallty
engulf
the
dellvery
of
-a --^l
L..l-¡l¡
'
cc
tighter
and
tighter
national
budgeús'
'l"f
i
crñ¡c¡an
wi"]*:::,1f-o:::i.:
llto"O
o*
technologl
1o
,p."¿
hcal¡n-g
and.decrtase
the
cost
of
getting
sick'
:
This
chapte"
o""i
specittcal¡-ly
with
the
adult
population
of
our
;r-;i,t
;;';;;
open
heari
T"c:ry'
It represents
our
atlempts
to
decrease
their
rish,
il,"it'il¿
ror
the-iniensive
care
:1"-T:1i"1iiii-i
shorten
hospitalizati""-,l"rougi
the
introd-uc¡ion
of
lorp
fiequencl'
pure tonal
mund
to
the
perlopeori*.ñ"ronment.
More
speclfically,
our
goals
arc:
1)
g wullu lv fr¡v l,v¡ ¡ vrv
i'fo shorten
time
.oent
on
the
ventilator
postoperativelyr
J)
$
I--;-;-,:;-: .,-l 1\
rñ rtecrease
nain.
anÉety
and
de
Patienl.
t
arrY
rEr¡rvtcr
of
staY
in
the
intensive
fnom
the
hosPital'
The
populaÍion
to
be $udied
comprises
"d"llt
":f:T1,::"^:S;:::
H*""'ll'"üJñIffi
;;]r"**i""'"uu"-"n -::-f¡ll":1f
f::T"'
F.i"'-l"rn"
ñrii';;i;;;h'rn
óo*.
"orr,"
to
$rgery
with
vi-gorous
hearfs
-
--l
r:t^ *inlainino
ililJ;H
üfffi:
needing
the
supporr
of
drugi
and
lile'rnaintHlll
ffi ;;;;
coi¿¡iion.'rlhar
lie
somsrvhere
between.
These
ft-l^-^'^^
ü;¡#il?"..Jr
;;;ü
lo
B
ro
nso
n
-
M
etho
di
sú
.Y :'tlj"
1
-ti
Y:T:'T:
ili."::ü;".'
; r,"
rt
-"""
-"
r
two-
a0 0'b
ed
T.ry {"tl,tg'*i
^"
.11ll"Tt:T
ü;'tffi
to";
i
"t'i
i
so,o
oo
p-p
r''
rhe
ho
sp
ttal
s
.r"
T i-:"^"1T-Tff
ffi#i :;ff
,;
;;;,;;[i,iigrrhv
under
one
mmion
.neoile.
g:i.t-?:
ü"xffiffiüffiP;;;;";ff-;""h
y*"
berween
rhe
rwo
hospitars.
I
i
I
i
)
L97
It
obstructive
lung disease.
However,
our
unif
is
not
optitml
for
quanti$ing
it3
candlil¡tes
for
open
berrt
srgery
ttüo
h""."
consentcd
to
use
the
-
-
-
^-r^-.il*#l¡í
the cools
listod
eadier'
trrunt.
The
meni.
The
n,
séúse
of
'w¡nfilalor.
I
well'being
anxiety,
and
t¡me
¡equlr€u
urr
t¡¡v'ventilator'
ar
-
. ,,- -.^--:k
,-
-'"Lrr
"'rrdomized
-"trjY:"tJjj.l
lj
archers
at
rapid
decrease
in
sioacoustic
urr¿
utt
inclcá.á
usc
o
ation.
A
study
at
o
lv¡¡¡¡e¡
t-t--ation'
A
sfudY
at
u¡¡¡¡
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 99/124
rii
lii
benellt
for
severe obstructive
lung
disease
palienfs as only
a for
patients*itb
scvene
emphysenn
are
candidates
for
heart
$rgery.
Tbo
Phydooustlc
Syfcm
The Physioacnustic
system
consists
of the
administrafion
olpurt
tonal
sounds
(withoul
music)
using
fhequencies
which
stimulate
resonanf
vibmtion
in
human
muscle
flbers
and neryous
systel1.
If consists
of
a sef
of
speakers
embedded
within
a fleúble
foam
malfress.
A
circuit
board
is
used to
create
low-f|equency
sinusoidal
sound
naves fitm
27
toll'3
Hz.
Through
a
propriety
sysem
of
scanning,
putsation
and
relamtion,
a
rest
period
is
secured aflcr
each
sflmulaflon
to
avold
dlscomfort,
far3et
exhau$lon
or tetany.
The sounds
and
progmrns
can be modifled
úo
isolaúed
muscle
groups
for
geneml
re
sensitive
flequencies),
or
pulmonary
cost
by
elimi
bY
a
nurse
or
lechnician).
T
ic
beds
available
commercially
o, Michigan'
Eah¡crl
Conslderrüons
and the
Review
Board.
Contraindications
to fhe
use
of lhe
Physioacoustic
sysÚem
include:
swollen
or
inftamed
areas,
skin
eruptions,
únexplained
calf
pain,
and
hypotensive
hea¡t
disease
(shock
wilh low
blood
presure).
Subj'ods
patlenfs
Included
In the
t¡eatment
populaúlon ere
both
electlve
and
of
Dn
v
searcd
to
measuring
heart
on
Pt
pall€nrJ wrfu c uw'f¡rrtse ----
t*"f"d
in
an
attempt
to
reverse
that
ii
ilfr
tl
ti
lr
rll
?
'|l
and
Ppccdurc
pnysiotogical
changes
as
they
occur'
Clinical
Considerajions
Each
patlent
to
be studled
ts
indtvtdually
assessed
by
the
investlgatlve
L99
{¡¡
{l '
t
)'¡
t'u
rll
I
tlli
I
llr
t
h . t- ---^
se
fi
rhe
Preferred¡1 ::lj:::*"tt"':":T
a
ncesunes
^.2
of
Sticr¡r
ro
s^l'v'vs
of
pnogram
using
the
Physioacorrstic
-t
.Ló ñrrKo toaln
Ht'S:l
when
the
compurer.
turns
-:hi'.¡ilt"""
on'
the
nurse
again
'incasurcs
cardiac
"tp;;;;i';;ining
another
thrce
io
six
measurements
in
the
f
"*"
f#:htl'i,
no
r
con
sid
ened
va
ri
d ir
t
he
p
ili:ll: i::: :::""':i':,Hffi
:
i,
"*"lfiril"ililitT."iiiün"iil
ffi;:";q
iloving¡'
or
if
anv
anhvthmias
ñ;;;;;";;ú-oo,-"n;"l'il*":*f-;"l*-":l;,:zu*"'n*,f,llli;1*l:T
clinical
suilnatY
-'---
linical
summary
i,enous
orygen
fe
pinned
to
a
coPY
d
to
a
coPY
H"$il:'ffi
il'T,ilil'#J"T',T.#ü'",';;lü';sedationwithin
hou¡s
of
the
measrre¡nent
Period
All
cardiac
output
d#;;
Jü""J"ry
datedlvrheJ::t#:-"r1l:
k. u"flr1ffi"*Iffi:ffi;i;;l¿
ro
'"¿*.
op"oto"
bias.
Patients
who
continue
to
use
th"
Pñ;;;;oo'ti"
'vs"t
tl
tLt:,:Yt
T"T
f1:i;1
ontinue
to
use
Ine
rnYstuauuqr¡¡v
".ls'v"-
--""otu"t¡on
if
they so
desit¡.
sei;
of
we['being
may
write
a
subjeciive
B¡onson
Hospital
,rfl"J';;;--oiUi""ti""
corn¡nents
or
nole
other
t¡í
titf
llr
lii
iii
tI
iI
l ,
ll
il
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
i:'
lmprcsslons
of
system
benellts
or
problems'
Mr.
X
is
a
4E'ycar
olll,227
pound
male
with-a
good
heart
ftrnction
(left
re).
He
complefed
"n
*á-plicared
tri*,1iT:::"j::I
ffIJ;tI
;t;l;r'il"TTffiü';;l;;ü"
;pport"Ij
is
veIl
earrv
in
the
post'
ive
period.
He
is
'J;;;"';";;,X*:l^iL1
f
"r'*ti""l,rl1;
.Hl[";Ji.'it'"ir.'*"i,
ii
it
¿"t¡t"ble.ro
use
a
stnong
signal
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 100/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
basis.
Eveluation
200
.
Because
he
is
still
t"i"tf
i."uh"lil
lt:,::*'$i"#l};tl:
l,:tX
i
-ff;ll"T
ii';
;;
o r
"i
nd
uci
ng
motío
n
sickne
ss.
Accordi
n
grv'
Physrmcousu"'v"t"'i'
;j
1;'
TT.T.:,i,9:1"*,Tlffiitl?-1;l
Hff;:il;
üffi
;;;;;
J¡'i"r"'
to
tñe
back
(e)
and
neck
(e)'
Baseline
cardiac
*tp"i
"""-e"
u-'l-o
--"P:
*:'f":i
J'il""':
x1ñ'H;"fil'iio"
ii"-pr'v'ioi"ou'ti"
pT.so-
rms
then
run
ror
a
rd
durati
-
-'in
*,-"r..-ii,er cessation
of
trcatment"n"
n*tl"f*ttll
i{¡ndant
durall
his
tirnc
aú
ippeared
fo
.be
magnitude
9 six
cardiac
ix
cardiac
'¡¡
s¡
s¡r]
o
e
and
lowest'
The
change
between
the
o--
:rrátrrtnt
four
rneasr¡rements
was small'
i
Patient
X
r¡nas
ii"'iii'¿
*
a
series
lf
t:i-p*i^"^l'
tm"*:::tJill
i;on-"lf
";;',ilT;;"TJi.üjii,r'l+¡1.:":X"mi;,il increasein
.car¿iacoutputt-"""i'ñ;ish"h":Y.'-":-Ti1
j1:.:11"":lil"'li:til
fifiil#tXllü*T.;;reisturne¿
orrto
rerun
rhe
s¿rdiac
output
tests
witlr
ttre
patient
.tin
"11'Ip"ii"ty{i'.1",.*:.T$i
performance w¿s
still
¡rLit
i"ut"
il
i¡*¡"'
wiitr
a
mixed
venous
ot
73vo'
l'
rhe
3llter
ptt
t¡ntit
int""tt
in
T'di":
oyl::t^1lt:
Tf:'::11,1
il.
toollit""ti:',Tffiüilii'
iiur
is
usuallv
seen
in
responders'
rhe
results
arc otherwise
rypicar.
ii"r':;-;--,"".,"i"ted
wirh
shuntir,r.g_.
Yil*,i"J"",:;
ffiJ*l:XilJf'ffi:;ül
in
cardiác
output
isarso
hssociated
with
increased
:"--:::":t-T,:::ffi
i:Í,
#
tfl
ff
l-óTJ"o
and
venous
ex¡racuon
of
o:ry
gen simutraneouslv
tses.
This
case
was
chosen
for
illusfmtion
purpose$
in
spite
of
its
atypically
lncrea
se
ln
card
ia
c
"
t
tp'"t,'-¡"*
"¡
f
t
if
";-
1Ht:
t-'::*1":::ll
| :
iIHHT
I,T
"iiffi
il;"r"n
i
¡.
nof
."
Iil'
:1
-':::""
Í1
I'on"
n""
motion
or activitv
".
;ü;;
Jifi"-p"ii""t
inaucealv
T:*":1nt'5:f:
ilg':ilffil"'g"S#.:ffiiffifi;;;;:;
"rr.
rhe
increase
in
cardiac
butnut and
tisse
ut¡rüi¡on
áio)rysen
u"as.slJ
p*f1-1T:::
?::TT"fi::
IilLHH"HT;#'
ffi"li'.
fi
:;'''"i
{;r;1
1 11'13?:
^'
ime'
At
thi
s
boint.
we
made
the
Jliil'iiíi-'th"
;"
t""ryT
j"-.-11f.",,:J'll'¿T
il:*#
tT:ff
;fiáiilllffiil;;
''i
"*'o"¡"ted
with
the
use
or heart
'(lnotroptc)
drugs
or
"l**Ñ"
in"creasea
work
on
the
part
of
the
patlent'
20L
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
rrere
good
lhlngs
ln the
postoperetlve
pedod.
for
qulte
som ürne
after
the tre¡fmenf
sÚopg
so úhe
s¡me
paflent
bc usd agpin for
prog¡am
comparion).
To kcep
fhings
sirnple, rve
initially
used
only
standard
pmEam
#1.In
currenÍ
worlq
u,e
are
obfalnlng better
Increments
by
varylng
Intenslty,
back and
neck
súimulus
according
úo the
patienl's
body
and
cardiac
'irass
I{e
have
on
occasion
obtained
good
resulús
by
cusúom-progamming
generally
felt
in the mid-back
region.
i
Our
study is,
of
course,
ongoing. We are
completing
a
series
of
fen
tl
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 101/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
ll'
iiri
rL
L,U
fi
)ri
t
¡t.
<¡r
i,"
l¡¡
I
iÍ,
iir
ki
i.ll
r¡,
lii'
'ii,
l,
F
h
Cesc
SMy #2
Aftcr
a
discussion
with
the
pafient's
wife,
it
r¡as
decided
fo activafe
the
g
an
addifional
inotrope
medication
tes,
the patientts
ca¡diac
output
uas
uration 6lVo.No
addiúion
of inotrope
During
eI
inotropes
and
ent
uas
quife
sick
tbe
use
ol
the
Physioacousúic
mattress.
No srbjective
rcport
r¡as
obtained.
This
case rms
selected
because
it rr¿s
d¡amtic
and
prescnts
a
striking
acc¡unt
of
lhe
effects
of
Physioacoustic
t¡eaúnrcnt.
The
incrrcase
of
about
Socc/f{in.
in
cardiac
output
nofed
is
also
much
more
typical
of fhat
obtained
in very
sick
people.
Discosdon
our
speciflc
project -
the
eflect
of Physioac,oustic
treafmenJ
on
caldiac
output -
is
in
its infancy.
sfill,
certain
questions
need
to
be
addressed:
wrat
a¡s
lhe optirml
frcquencieq
intensitieg
cycle
rates,
pnrgram
lengfhs
to
maximize
an
inc¡nease
in
hearf
performance?
once
a
patient
is
tesed
and
demnst¡aJes
an
incrrase
in thig would
a different program
dermnsfmfe
a
larger
or
smller
Increment?
(once
en
Increasc
ts
demonsfrated,
l tends
to
202
iratienfs
and have
requested cleamnce fo
sfudy twenty
more.
Of fhe eight
pafienfs
treaJed
al
the fime of
publication
of
this
chapter,
six had
increases
in
cardiac
ouúput
(five
in
the
f)0ccffin úo
ll-ffin. range,
one
an
increase
of
,
one
rpes unchanged,
and one had
a
sllghú
decrease
(300cc/Mtn.).
the number
of
paúients
ireated
is still
snall
and has
not been
subject
ió
peer
review,
no
absolufe conclusions
sl¡ould
be drawn.
I1 is
the
belief of
úhe
irufhors
fhaf the evidence
so far
supporfs the
notion
úhat
purt
tonal
fiequency
sound
can be used
to enhance
heart
perfonnance
(cardiac
outpu
and tissue
órygen
ufitizalion) af least
in some
patients.
Inifialty,
pafients
of enormous
body
mass
proporfional
to
height or
huge
ca¡diac
mass
(aolic
stenosis)
should
be excluded ftrom
cardiac
enhancemenú
studieg as
they
úend
nol fo
rcryond.
Howeve4
fhese
patlenús
do
receive the
benefits
of decreased
pain
and
anxiety. The authors
believe
úhat
better resulfs
and
a
higher
percenfage
of
responders
will be
obfained as
knowledge
increases regarding
how Jo
maxrnuze
pnogmrnmmg.
Roommndations
*i,
The use of sound
as a therapeutic
modality should be of
enormous
interest
úo those
in mediclne nif
h a
physlcs
background,
Just
as
drugs
a¡e of
inferesf
fo
úhose with
a bent for chemistry.
Physioacouslic
science
is in
its
infancy,
buú the authors
believe that fhis
system
has
ifs
place
in
every
care
uniú fo
decrease usage
of narcotics
and sedative
drugs, to
pulmonary physical
thempy
at fhe
fouch of a
button, and
probably
enhancc
cardiac
output.
CosJ Confi¡ol
Aid.
For fhose of a mo¡e
mundane bent, this
rnay
be the
most
imporúanf
paragraph
of
the
chapfer.l{'e
have,
since the
introducfion
of
physloacoustlc
mattresseg
been able
to svlfch
to shorJer
acting
anesthefics.
The
use
of
pain and
sedative medication
has
decrcased,
and
pafients
are
mobilized
earlier. The
avemge
fime
on
Jhe
venJilator
has
been reduced
from
7
hours
úo
7 hours.
Time
in
the cardiac
surgical unit
has been
reduced
fnom
ln
average of 36 hours
to lE hours. Hospifal sfays
have
been
reduced fnom
p-n
average of
9
days
lo an average
of 5
days All of this
has helped
our
hospital
cut
cpsts
trcmendously
for
ifs cardiac
surgery
pafienfs.
These systems
should
have a
place
in
the
routine hospifal
bed where
may
markedly
decrease the
use
of
paln
and
sleep
medlcatlong
Is
there
)
)
,
)
)
)
)
)
)
¡
placc
for
fhcm-
&ndon
or
sleeP
tl
tüüi'btt
thc,Y
usó
át
:,
'
Bibliog¡ePE
Anderson,
S-e
(Ú79)'
Pain
cont¡tl
by
sensory
stimulation'
Advances
in
Pain
sic
in
the
control
ol
Brown
NNEIWN
CASE
SruDIW
N
VIBNOA@USNC
ffiAET
s|ril|d
Cas
StudY
#1
The
first
case
study
describes
th:'o:'{ibroacoustic
(VA)
therapy
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 102/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
)
Gardner,
WJ,
Licklider'
Sirppression
of
pain
bi
sound.
9132--32'31 .---.:-
Lrhikoinen,
PJ' ln"
pf'VS*coustic
Method'
Next Wave: IGlamazoo'
Lunde
nasaPain'
of
music
on
Mosg
.Iournal,
s
(1)'
6ryg'
Naukkarine,,,
tt,
t*nitffiñ'}'
Pallrkli'
T''
&
S
"--"
PÑJácoustt"
method
In
the
srcatment
presented
at
the
5th
International
Cong
BudaPest,
Hungary'
a12yarold,braindaffi;;ñ*itt'inr"rmittent'alúernatingesotropy
a
stnong¡
upwarú
,u'""p1"üi3'iiltt
v¡'
t'*-"tt""ntt
were
implemented
1994.
Eriza,
the
client,
was
a
retugec
ry-."-TTil.:T1t#J;l#tl
Hl
$#l,ini:ttl'?"#,;$ir "i¡¡ülilir*lr;-*:'rr":,'
fi
il;"i"-N.:yl:.T;"11t"i,"":ñil"#;;"*rnningromakeherserf
tías
receiving
her
educr
'i;.i...tood.
,,r¡r ahd
visual
conditions
were
A
[ninutes
the
visral
firotion
er
to
stretch
her
i----i.lo"
to
VA
thempy'
ne
body,
and
this
s
wene
obsewed'
'
After
about
45
f
iri
i"
lui
I
lu'
lsi
she
disPlaYed
better
ining
a-freouencY
of
rall
the
eve. head
and
muscle
her
'¿u¡ation
of
which
was
liiri
liit
)
)
)
)
)
)
rt-.
&",
o'
en
obJect
long
enough
to
lnterarct
lts
meenlng'
These
res¡lts
¡lso
#á"
it
possttte
ro
U[tn.*--aiog
and
nriting
taskg
which
stre
not
fead'c
bttorc.
,iFi-'-'tr
ruis
rcconinóhdcd
th;t
b'ecl¡l'eqiilptii""t/ft
4iiirc'contelntng
v4
equipment
bc
designJior
her
*it
"t
she
could
beneflt
mo¡.e
continuouslr
hom
these
effects
*tttl;
ttt"
;s
involved
in
other
types
of
education
and
theraPeutic
interventions
C¡s
Stuü
#
tbe clfects
¡t
¡?ct¡st¡nt
lelvel'
|\+4t)4#É
4
/.,
skole'
)i.
)¡
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 103/124
The
second
case
e:omple
describes
a
pilot
sudy
o-f
a
$ormn
with
he
woman
was
born
in
1945
and
had
fheraPY'
in
her
arms
and
legs
and
$iffness
the
mornings'
The
client
was
taking
Í
baths
and
rccrcived
massages
in
the
n
so¡ne
dayg
she
uas
unable
to
function
before
noon.
Res¡lts
of
hcr
x'mys
and
bloodrvork
were
negative'
She
bepn
rcceiving
vA
therapy
il-r"ii,
r'ggg
ana
continued
to receive
maintenance
sesslons
for
6
Years.
At
the
beginning
of
trcatme
flequencies
consecutive
'like
a
nerP
extremely
positive
results
wene
seen
Following
rnis
inrenJve
ireatment period'
she
was scheduled
for
freatment
onoe
eve¡Y
2'3
weeks.
For
fhls
*o,n"n,
and
for
other
cllents
wiÍh simllar
prcblems'
an
the
cllent
d
by
using
client
has
Regular
malntenance
sesslons
ane
nocessary
to
avoid
rclapse
and
to
206
)
)
)
)1
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
\
rJ
ü{l
20'l
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Pcrri
t¡hikoim
Hidory
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 104/124
209
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
J
)
J
)
)
\
,The
Physioacoustic
Method
is
based
on knowledge
obtained
f¡om
efensive
clinical
work in music
therapy.
The
ffrst
clinical
trials
in Finland
werc
conducted
with
mentally
and
physicalty handicapped
children.
As
Jullette
Alvtn,
Peul Nordoff, Cllve Robblns and
many
other ploneers
of
muslc
in.rpy
have
agreed,
music has
a
very
strong
effect
on the
human
body
and
mind,
-whether
these
function
in
a norural
or
resÚricted
nay.
Because
i
ian¿icappea
people
usrally
need increased
scnsory
Simuli,
sound
is one kind
:
of
sensation
-which
can easily
be
used
for
therapeutic
and
rccreational
(Kuulonhuolúolllfto)
In
b¡ss' The
music
r¡as
converJed
in
sit
on
foP
of
loudspeakers,
by lean
tting
their
hands
on
fhe
shin
of
a
Perceiving
vibrations instead
of thmugh
nornral
hearing.
In facf,
all sound
is
flrst
just
in
all
di¡ections.In
lhe
sensorY
structurcs
in the
acousfic
area
tes
large
areas
of lhe nervous
system ¡nd
stlmulafes
psychophyslologlcal
functlons.
These
baslc
flndlngs
werc the
foundation
for
the physioacoustic method and
equipmen ,
Pbys¡oeoustic
EquiPmat
que
fherapeutic
technique.
A
tems
the
adustable
chair,
th
stem
and
the
fiansfo¡mer'
pul?oses.
..
one
of
fbe
important
findings
in the
early
trials
w¿s
that music
pmvides
nof
only acoustic
infonnation
to
be
heard,
but also
vibrational
"
The
tlrst eryerirnents
with the
physioacousÍic
method
were
conducted
at
úhe
Rehabilitatlon
Cenler
for
Deaf
and Hard
ol Hearing
in
Hclsinki
)
¿
)
)
)
)
)
)
.)
thc
system
utlllzes
norm¡l
electrlccl
cul¡ent'
wlth one
cord for
the
tr¡nsfórmer
and
anolher
lor the
music
unit.
The
transforrner
reduces
ihe
c¡ürent
to
trpo circr¡lts
ol15
volts
each
in
úhe
dcvice.
Thug
there
ls
no
risk
for electrlc
shock.rlow
tbcquency
slnusoldel
sound
comes
fhom the
computer
cüich
is
specitically
designed
lor
the
physioac,oustic
system.
If
controls
the
baslc
sound
paramelers
as
well as
fhe
progmn$. The music
is
specially
selected,
or even
oomposed,
for
this
lrcthod.
Thug
it
is
possible Úo choose
music
which
is
ideal for
this method
and
which
also
meets
the musical
epectations
of
the
client. The
physioacoustic
device
gives the
lherapist
an
Fs
to
be beneflclal
In the
treatrrent
of
cprlaln
sÚ¡essreleted
symPtomq
as
psychosomatic
painb
¡nd muscle
tensions.VThe
movernenl
of
thc
'causcs
a traveling
sound
prcssurc
inside
tbe
body.
This
pressure has
¡n
efnect
on
the
vascular
system
and lymphatlc
clrtulatlon.It
also
stlmulafes
the neurctransmi
tters
(chemical
s which
transmi t inlormation
through
neural
pathnays
to
the
brain).
There
is
evidence
úhat
physioacouslic
treatrnenÚ has
an
effect
on
endorphines
which
c¡ntrol emotional
e4leriences.
This
is
eryeciatly
useful
in
the freatmenf
of
deprcssion.-1
-
Pulsationg
scanning
and
direction
together
provide
enorlnous
It
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 105/124
il.'
ll.
:
ti'-"
rl.
,)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,l
J
)
)
,l
)
)
)
I
)
I
.,
)
\
eiraordinary
ability
to mix
fhe
lo,v fhequency
sound
sigral
and
music
togefher
s()
as
to
prcduce
the
ideal
physiological
and
psychological
therapullc
effect-
IThe
physióacru$ic
devict
uses
lon,
flequency
sinusoidal
sound
crmbined
wiih-specially
selected
mus¡c.
The
flequency
range
varies
from
27
flz
to 113
ttz.
tnis low
fnequency
sound
oomes
fbom
a
specially
designed
.jomputer.
Any sound
sounoe
(a
cD
or
tape
player,
lor e:cample)
can
be used
.o
produce
fhl musical
effecJ. Thrce
sound
paramefers
are
important
in
lhe
physioacoustic
method:
pulsation,
scann¡ng'
and
direction'
ft
Pulsation.
The
low
fiequenc]
sound
varies
in
a certain,
confrolled
time
.cquenc-e.
The
purpose of
power
putsallon ls
fo
prevent muscle
contractlon'
Continuous
stimulation
conrmonly
causes numbness
and
contraction'
Wifh
.he
sound
pulsating
slowly,
this
effect
can
be avoided,
and
relanfion
is
'btained
instead.
.k
Ssanninq.
The
computer
cztuses
lhe
frtquency
fo
vary
within
a
certain
.rptitua"
"na
ryeed.
This
is
necessary
to
guarantee
that
each muscle is
dt"¿
"t
its
optinral
frequencl,
i.e,
the
pitch
at
which
a
particular muscle
rcryonds
naturally.
The
approdmate
Lesonllce
hqquencles
ene knoüm'
thanks
to
basic
esear^ch
conducted
in
the field
of
physiothempy.
The
nesearch
work
in
the
Karolinska
Instifulet
in
sfockholm
has
srpported
fhese
ideas.
Professor
r.homas
Lundeberg
and
others
(19EE) have
lound
that
vibmtions
are
useful
¡
the
tr¡atment
of
muscle
pain.
To
obtain
relief,
the
ftequency
musl
be
-¡ecise,
however.
'In
the
physioacoustic
method,
fhe
ftequencies
are
p-go.-.a
in
3he computer
tnemorTr
and
the
pmgram
üBk:s
the
sound
'-,riaround
these
fhquencies.
This
et
s,ttes
that
at a
certain
point,
fhe
ideal
-*Jn"n""
ftequency
ts
ln¿ee¿
reached.
At
that
mornent
the
muscle
responds
ro
the
stimulation.
During
a
fherapy
session
(usually
20 minutes),
the
. .,+onse
(vibration
effect)
áf
tnu
muscle
is
triggered
dozens
of
times.
Each
.'me
úhe
muscle
respondq
the exfent
of
rcla:otion
gnows.
This
allows
a
program
to be designed
so that
every
muscle
and
each
part
of the
body
can
¿
trcated
in
the
besl
possible
rvay.
Treatment
for
the
whole
body
and
for
reciflc
areas
can
be
combined
in
one
program'
'
,[
Direction.
Sound
can
be made
to
move
hom
the lower
parts
of
fhe
-ray
upnaUs
or
In
e neverse
dlrccJlon.
The
abtllty
to changc
dlrcctlons
-10
possibilities
in
designing
pnograms
to meet
individual
therapeutic
needs.
is
possible
fo make
a change
in
the
program when it
seems
fo
be
fherapeutlcally
approprlate
even
ln
the
mlddle
ol a
sesslon.
il[ai¡r
Appücations
of
fhe Physioaou$ic
Metbod
The results
have
becn
n-injurPd
children,
in
e
symPioms
of autlsm'
studieq
it
has
been
2tL
and
cducaaioq
the
physioacouSic
method
is used
f
executives
or innovations
teamg
wi3h
the chairs
connecúed.
with
chronic
psychotic
patients
at
the
(Nikkila
HosPital)
revealed
thal
ts
with
psychoseg
such
as catafonic
ncreased
muscle
úension
of
calatonic
c
fherap¡_¡
Hospitái,
trials
with
neurotic
r_
I
In
everyday
environmenfs,
people
receive
-u -r^¡
oná
ncavn rnachines
However'
in
the
#t
¿r;i,
Goüsrrs
r¡Pr¡¡w
s*e
i.ii.
;lt:
T
paúients
who
have
r¡ceived
ly
on
thc
4
Htfhequency'
Speclat
Progr¡ms of
course
employ
other
cies
aó
well.
il,¡
I
il
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 106/124
ukkarinen,
M'D'
(1990)
in
the
Clinic
ts
(ages
32'67')
partlclpaled
in
fhe
e:rperiment. The
purpose
of
rhe
¡esearch
was
to determine
if
low
frequency
vibmtions
c-ombined
wilh
music
would
alleviaie
physical
anxiely,
tension
and
pu¡rr.
fft"
loltowing
dependenl
measune-s
were
laken
four
iimes
during
iüt
."tr
1)
srbjtr-tive
ieelings
of
pain;
2)
srb|rctive
feelings
of
tension;
3)
subjective
-
túU¡*ti"e
feelings
of
depression;
5)
sleep
problems;
re;
7¡
aiastolic
blood
pnessure;
E)
pulse;
9)
state
anxi
fb¡
rait
anxiety
scones
(Spielbetger);11)
lotal
an:dety
score
(Splelberger);
and 12)
andefy
score
(Zung scale)-'
sfatisicat
"n" y.",
ieve¡led
lhat
úherc
were'reductions
in
all
dependenfmeasunesasares¡|tofthephysioacoustictherapy,andtherewere
.ióiñL"t
reductionsin
pair¡ tensior¡-.,.n¡*ti""
feelings
of
anxiety
and
to3al
anxiety
scong$
-¡
Itrrasconcludedfromthispilotstudythatthephysioacoustic
treafment
appears
to
be
a
promisin
,
method
of
thempy
for
this
group of
patienf
s. It
rms
rtcommended
thaf
future
researth
involve
larger
numbers
of
subJects
In
control
and
placebo
groups'
hrúu¡c
APPlicadons
There
a
s that
impact
on
physioacoustic
therapy
in
cu
P¡ofessor
Naa
$gg})
have
found
that
the
40'Hz
rr.qu.o"yfromthethalamusarcahasanimportantro|eintheregulationof
audltory-evoked
Potenf
lals.
'*'-'É;;;;J
l;¡ou.
and
Ribari
(and others)
(1993)
have
found,
fhat
in
some
exceptional
cases,
such
as
beginning
Alzhei
les
and
some
brain
iqiuiiág
the
40 H-z
brain
nave
ed'
Llinas
has
zuggeste¿-Otui
*itft auditory
stimulaf
it
is
possible
to reinforcc
this
fhalamus
hequency'
3
Theprtsentaulhorhasa|sofoundthatthat40Hzstimulationthrouglt
the
ears
and
body
tras
potential
in
tl
e rehabilitaÚion
of
brain
injured
and
.t
"t"
gatlents.
iVfo.i
ir"goms
In
the
physlcacoustlc
method
arc
based
2L2
ss
power-
,r.
Crs
StudY
#1
6*
#2
Case
#2
involved
a
Zit'vear
old
free'stvle
itier
t¡ai-]i9,"t:Ij:
Atb"É;1il'r4íi.l'b"ti"int*'nJl"¿asev.:rei"g"^?11l1":Xl':i:T;
fl'ff
Í":':f
#Tl;'i"l'#i üd;'-li.'[:-::"Í.*:H;ff'1'X".7
iagnoseo
as
a
prnrur¡¡uD
DJuurv¡"-
--
-;;g;;
during
his
training
and
oi""tronissulaitos
ln
Helsinki'
The
problem
b:cll^"-:i::.1':r"rl',,,r..*o,
"*'ffi:?f,ilHi
il
ffi;ñil;;üdt"oiil'.
parienr
had
to
interrupt
the
iour
bec¡use
of
hts
dlsorder'
2L3
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,ilDZ
(wlo¡tunatelY
at
a
for
PhYsiotheraPY
s
wenc
velY
S0ret
So
the
¡uscle
lnfemrn¡tlon'
For
zero
level)
werc
used.
At
in
the
30
degrec
angle.
anea
wene
targeted
for
ed.
The
Pulsaúion
used
at
slorred
at
the
end ofthe
Rdtñncs
Gou
lil,r"i" '.
aTl;'"
fr*"t"[i".n*
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 107/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
les),
Program
4
w¿s
uscd
to
lncrease
thtgh end
le
tlonel
tractlon
angle
was
incrcased
slowly
to
90
d
six
t¡eatments in all
and
cas
able
to
ctmpete
il
'
the
athlete
fell
during
competition,
nas
unabl
and
evenÚually
required
tutga.V
because
of
muscle
darnage'
Cas
#3
Case
#3
lnvolved
an
accident
and
had
sustained
ior
three
and
a
half
mnths
her
and
monitor
her
Pr
After
three
rnonths
the
following
prog
spasticity
an¿
toiic
reflexes
ha
decreased;
2)
;ffi;;t
ableio
control
her
head-¡osition
a
electrtnic
communicator'
Some
rmbility
was
see
digestion
and
metabo
reiminingin
hermusc
'
slceP
had
becorne
dec
anilshe
was
hoPeful
actlvltY
were
rePorted
i
to Produce
words T
,
""i"*
and
deal
with
Because
of
t
'i
recommpnded
PttYsi
iii
ir
Phydologlcal
condltl
Congress
of
ient
rePori'
2L5
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
CHAPITR.
TWENTY-ONE
.s
t.i,,,,1:
I
.,
,,',.":
..,"r¡
YIBROAOOASNC
TflENAPT
IN
GENENAL
AMICINE
R¡in¡
R¡udtdk
Inttd¡¡clion
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 108/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t
The
developmenl
of
vibrcacoufic
fherapy i"
útooñ
began
in 1987
wüen
it
was
initialty
introduced
at
lhe
Talli¡n
Pedegogical
Institute.
During
úhts
tlmg
lt
rr¡s used
to
lnvestlgrte
en:dety
dlso¡ders
ln
cduc¡tlon
fudenÚs
Subsequentty,
Esonian
flrms
have
built
vibrcacoustic
equipment
which is
being
used
in rcsearch
in various
unifs
in
England,
America,
Spain and
E$onia.
Vib¡oacou$ic
therapy
r¡as
int¡oduced
at the
Jur Egalth
Q¡ter
Clinic
in December,
t99l.In
this
clinic,
vibroacoustic
tlierapy
is one
method
of
Jrcatment
which nny
be
combined
with othcr
prescribed
treatments.
The
apfmach
fhat
has been developed
here is
practical,
not scientilfc.
Thóreforc,
the
rcsults
so
fer
are
recorded
f¡om
cllnlcal lrc¡tments,
na3her than
research
trials.
A
srmmary
of the
work
undertaken
at
the clinic
between
19 12 ¡nd
1993 r¡as ¡mde
and
presented as a
Paper
at
the
Seventh
World Congress of
Music Thempy
in
Spain.
Ohnl
G¡oüp
Durlng
the
per{od
1992-1993,
156
people
wene frcated
$'lÚh
vibroacoustic
úherapy
in
this
clinic.
A
Íotal
of
t560
vibroacpustic
sessions
were
undertaken,
with
El
somen,
55
men
and 20
cNldren. During
the flrst
year
of
utilizing
this
method,
patients
we¡e
selecfed for
furlher
trcatrnent
when the
initial
rcsrlls
appearcd
to be
prumising.
Diagnoses of
these
patients
werc mainly
within 3he arca
of
functional
disorders
of
fhc
nervous
systeq
specifically:
1)
tic
syndronrc
(twisi in facial muscles),
2)
st¡tss'relaÚed
disorderg-3)
neurosi;
or neurctic
condifiong
and
4) sammering.
(+o,l-
,.--, .'
,
-\
Stnce
199d
lmpruved cqulpment
h¡s
been
lntroduced
Info
lhe cllnlg
including
a
Pioneer
tape recorder
lhaú
reproduces
the
vibroacoustic
stimuli
with
a
higher
quality.
The
clinic
treatments
arc
undefaken by
a
qualifled
nurse
who has
been trained
to
use vibroacousfic
therapy
with the
pafienús
Tñufftrients
are
given
throughoul
the
uorHng day which runs
ll'om 8
am
to
5
pm.
Tbp
p¡t i9nt9
yho
arc scheduled
lo
receive
vib¡¡acoustic
thempy
are
those wtro have
prwiously
heard
of lhe
treatment,
those
who have
had the
I
.t11
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
thc
éllnlcal
so
post-trcatment
convenso
-ilavf5ee¡
terúúrratd'
p¡ovides
a
sell+valuañon
ol
the
trtatment
-oounse
received
to
tbe
doctor'
The
paticnts
arc
then
"r*J'i"'""it""i
their
doctors
again
after
Úwo
weeks
for
follow
uP.
Rcsults
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 109/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
tü.
11*
¡'qi
i$r
'r|ti
Vib¡oeoulic
Stind¡
UsGd
Therrorkbegun|n1994andr+ülchtsbelngreportedlnthlschapter
"¡
"rr"
tpáñc
tape
in
trtatment'
which
*lttÍt
of
tbrcc
"f
ffi;;-il.quóncies:
t)
36Hz
(7
minutes),
2)
46Hz
(6
nHz"(
minutcs)'
This
compri*J
i
tw"nty'-i"1t1
freafment
tape'
and
these
fhree
fnequencies
w.."
"noá
in-ttre
uasis
of
the_rcsults
of
the
earlier
worlr
in
1992
and
1993.
During
,ñ;;;i;-ctie 9
se_lf+valuations
revealed
that
lower
ftequencies
""t
¡""i"-t"ir*-
t"'¡¡l;'
Higher
frcquencies
often
causcd
excltement
"n¿
*-il*,
e"en
nea¿actres.
ilnese
trcátment
lapes
were
made
by
using
the
function
generator'
TlcaJmnts
c¡rricd
out
bctwccn
l '9+1995
Afotalof3k4patientshavebeentreatedinthisperiod,inc|uding152
women,7E
men
"rd;ilffiil;:ooi
olrtt"re
31
of
the
rvomen,
12
of
the
men
and14olthe"r,ir¿.enre""¡vedrepeatedtreatrnents.Inaddition'sevenwomen
wtJh
a
dtagnosts
"f
;;il;i;at'tgnant
rtvp".i"".¡o"
were
also
trcafed'
AII
the
patients
r"".¡""¡
"
'"ies
of
Zó'minureireatments
for
10
days'
of
the
É0
;;;-
r""t"a,
145
had
the
follorring
complaints:
nervousnessr
insomnia,
hyperagitation'
tenjon
h
adacheg
and
a
decrcase
in
concentration
and
working
ability'
-
Of
the
94
children
trcafed'
manY
had
functional
disorders
of
the
nervous.
systen¡
ti
ii*Ñ",
and
a
dccrease
in
conccntration
and
wor
;;;;
i.*t
chlldren
hequently
at
the-
end
of
the
t."o."
more
tired
and
their worh skills
and
conc
Of
the
7E
men
who
we¡e
trcated'
35
had sl
tendon
at
worrkr2lreported
headacheg
and
21
h
McJhods
of
Evahntion
Physiologicalmethodsofevaluationwereused,includingarterialblood
p¡es$ne
"n¿
pt'l*''iiu,i""ttt*¿
b"f;;-;"¡
aner
each
vibroacoustlc
21R
uced
on
the
average'
fbom
92
beats
per
who
had
p
taklng
of
fhem
iiopped
having
headaches'
Results
of
tf"
qu"it¡onnaires
with
7E
men
ane
presenÚed
in
Table
2'
VAT.
Se
rtceive
vi
a¡e
not
al
Ces
SÚufr
#1
Subject
A
qas
a
34
Year
old-
children.
ior
three
years
her
arÚerial
hypertension
^L^
r.a¡r rrccd n B-blocker.
Atenololi.
This
F'or
one
ano
a half
yearq
she
had
used
a
B'blocker'
Aten
medication
kept
her
arteríal
tiooo
pressrie
within
the
limits
of
1¿10'160
mmHg
sy$ollc
pnessuFe
and
100'120
mmHg
diaslollc
pressu¡e'
2L9
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
ri'$ürü]
''li,riat
){i
'j.
.
1,:':
.,
"
i.:lri;'g,t:l:r
¡:?.i,rtí,Jii..,l,i¿eti¡i
.,:i,,iill,hui
rri
lt.:,it.r
'¡;
,l
¡r
:'
:
1.
:,i'r¡
ril
"-i,ii,
,',
.,
'
i.'
Thc m¡ln concluslon
fhom
lhls cese stu(y
rrrs lhal
vlbroocousdc
iherapy,l¡*rive$.bauscd
a d¡sosóe ln
alterlal blorid
pressure.'
It'iscemed
in¡r
thc vibrocoustic
theñpy
had:
1)
a spasrolytic effecf on blood
vessels
(inflenúswlfh
chronlc hypeÉendon
heve
vasoryasm),
2) e balenclng
effect
on
úhe
vegetative nervous
system, and 3)
a
dehydrafing
éffect. It
sas ¡lse
highly
'possible
that
an
inc¡eased blood
srpply
nas
furnished to
the
kidneyg
and less
rein.angióten5iñ
w¿s sec¡eted info the
blood.
Ces Stufr #
2
TrD .
I
WOIUEN
(nsrtc
{.
Jt)
Rcpoñ.d
conplrlalr bcfon
VAT
R.portcd
mphhlr rllcr
VAT
S
ol
Kvcrt
f¡oE EDo|t.d
ohDl¡l¡l¡
Dadd¡m3t
l.|5
t2 9r.7
hadrtc¡
JO
3 923
onvul¡lon¡ o¡ tcndon
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 110/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
tü
¡di
F
tm
i¡$
:fr
ftr
lt^
'$t
I
rb¡
I
)lu
lis
)l*
,
$
fi
lF
h-
F'
ll
tf,
,,|
I
I
¡
T¡DL
Z
MEN
J2l
R.polcd
ompl.lnls
bclon
IAT
Rcporl¿d ñmpl¡lnlt
¡fif
lAT
% of revgt
?¡oD
nm]lcd mnDl.lDi
trarvousnC3¡
l15
I
9JJ
haad¡chct
tt
J
tóJ
convulsions
or a.nCü
in
musclc¡
r o
100
sléD dlrrdcrr
.15
0
r00
fellng of tb:d.ncss
J5
J
9t.4
¡¡dcty
t2 7
¡tl'ó
dca,ac of mr*-in¡
rblllty
r5
1
t0
She
was
offered vibroacoustic
therapy because she had
stomach
complalnts
efter taklng the
prescrlbed
medlc¡tlon.
Durlng
the coursc
of
the
Sneaúment,
the terrible
headaches
wer¡
eliminafed.
Furthermone' afler
úhe
third
day
of
frtatmcnt
and
fhom
fhen on,
her
arterial
blood
pressune was
reduccd
and
ranged
between 150 and
170
mmHg
and
between
90
and
flO
mmllg
(diastolic).
X'rom thaf time until
the
end of trcatment,
she
nas
able to discontinue
her medication.
Following
freafment, her
stomach
pains
subsided.
At úhe
end
ol each
vibroacoustic
therapy
session, she also
started
to urinate morc
flequentl¡
220
Subject
B
nas a.trvelve
year
old
grrl
whq had staq¡4e¡gÉ-pl.4S.e.*,r¡¡
fras
slx
years
old. Her
stammerlng
v¡rled ln frequency
and
Intenslty, but
lt nas
*ever-pnesent
in
her
specch.
After
úhe úhird and fourfh
session of
vibruacoustic therapy, the
stammering
became
more
fiequent. The aulhor had srspecfed that lhis might
happen
and
advised
the subject's
parents
accordingly. By the end of
fhe
trcatment
period,
her
starnmering
had
become less
hequenf, and
after an
additional
two
nrek
period,
she
sfopped slammering
completely. Since
fhe
first
ten sessions
of vibroacoustic
therapy
were
compleaed, sheTf$'not
'
stammered
for
oygr len
rnonths.
Now,
as a r¡sul3
of
lncreaslng fensfon
af fhe
-end
of
the
school
year,
her
parenls
have noticed
fhat
she is
sfarting
úo
stammer
again
fFom
time
to
fime. Reccntly,
a secund vibroactusfic
therapy
course
ol
treatment
uas
completed,
but the resulfs
have
not
yet
been
evaluated.
Additional
Resulls
Thrce
women
who
suffercd
convulslons due fo
epilepsy were treafed
wifh
vibroacousfic therapy
for more
than
three
years.
Following
treatmenf,
their
electroenccphalograms
appeared
to be nonnal. They
continue
fo
fake
their
anti-convulsive medication,
but
none
of
lhem have
had seizurts for
four
monf hs
following
trealmenl,
Also,
a
number
of childrtn
with
Enuresis
Noctu¡na
(bed wetting)
have
been treated. F'ifty
percent
of
the
children betr¡¡een 3he
ages
ol5
and 7
who
were
freafed
showed a
decrcase
in symptoms. However,
for
f[rggg
childrcn
wlJh
chronlc kldney
lnflammatlon,
thelr
condltlon seemed
to worsen.
Because
óf fllis,
cniidrcn with
úhis
probtem
are no longer candidates
for
vibroacousfic
Jltprapv.
Conclusions
Fqllowing
fhe studies
undertaken
beúween
1992
anil 1993,
it was
decided
to
imple'ment vlbroacousic
therapy
primarily
wifh
patients
who had
functlonal
dlsorders
of lhe nelvous
system,
as they seemed
fo derlve the most
ln Durcl.r
l0 0
r00
¡lep
dlrcda¡
5
92
fcll¡t of
lhtdrcr¡
l.t5
20
E62
¡Dd.ay
{t
l5
6t.4
dmr
oluortlng
.blllty
90
1l
2t.l
,tal
I
I
I
I
f
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
that
PeoPle
believe
in
of
that'
The
Positive
the
t¡¡atment
has
SECTION
III
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 111/124
I
I
I
t
I
..t
¡
¡
i
:
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
oflen
appcar
a
weck
or
two
after
ftnished.
Even
up
,
"
ür'i#;;;"
clients
have
reporled
some
effects
s
been
enthusiastically
rcceived
by
many o
eatth
centei
Ño*
iltii
method
is
being
used
ir
everYdaY
work
CLINICALAITIDPRoIT^ssIoNALIssIIF^s
I
.I
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
I
I
I
i
I
t
t,
.'¡ig$pü,*il'*111.,¡,,t'i,,liir"'
CHAEIERM
ht
¡
¡¡r.$,1'::
\:¡'r
r'-
t
'r'í:':'
- i;r 'tni;1
UNrcÁL
ADiD
ErnIeaL
oouwlltgnanor{s
Tory
Wtgnm
CberYl
Dilco
Inhoduc{ion
Vibroacoustic
theraPY
has
been
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 112/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t
¡,
4
ft
$
tr
i
¡i
r*
in
,lñ
{,
1'|l
inician'
urY
HosPital
in
England'
wlrerc
the
tras
reac'tre¿
a
point
where
fhere
is
a
á
l:l|
lu
F,
h{
|]f
ft;rt
Fr
Il
til
fit
r$i¡
4.i
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t
il
,
I
t
#
FI
{,:
canbcFesoud'¡ndth|stextw|||p]ov|defurthermateda|forthosew|shlng
Jo
¿."A"p
thelr
hnorledge.
In
a
fieid
as
young
as
vibrroacoustic
thcrapy
there
i;;;
;ó""d
acvelopme-nt
or
dirccrion
amóng
¡tsc¡nche*
and
cliniclans
i"*",oJ"
requtred
úvel
ormo,wledge
and
cllnlc¡l
sldll
for
the
eppllcetlon
ol
lf".
li.-p'.'Oepenaing
on
the
dieñt
group
for
whom
the
treatrrent
is
being
;.]"l,-[ffi,
pór"rsoiats
may
already
have
fraining
and
clinical
knou{edge
that
will
enable
ttrem
to
apily
vibroacousfic
therapy.
Horrever,
as
fhe
trcatment
spocifically
employs
an
arl
a
vibrational
Simulus
in
the
lorm
of
therapisús
alrtadY
have
contef
fheraPY
in
Prascsdon
PlrPrntlon
As
part
of
the
prtparation
lor
aqy
¡
stic
or
vlbrot¡ctlle
equlpmeii,
the
bed
or
chal
lor
the
patient
nüo
is
going
to
be
detrimentallY
affecfed
if there
treatment,
so
preparafion
is importa
the
correcf
consideration
should
be
needs
with
piuors
o"
*"0g".,
as
Úhe
client
may
becomc
uncomforlable
if
he
or
she
is
not
appropriately
supported'
The
equipmentlt¡outa'úe
prcpared
lor
use with
the
controls
turned
tape
ls
starfed
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 113/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
ü
ü
+
?
.i
I
t'
+
*
.í
,5
h
¡
¡
ri
]
I
I
use
ofvibroacoustic
[no,*r"¿g.
wlll
¡lso
""ü"
*l¿"lv
dependtng
on
the
tratnlng
mllleu
and
tradition
hom
which
a
misic
therapist
conrcs.
A
lack of
understanding
of
the
naturc
of
this
Simulus
án
possibly
lead
to
a lack
of
clarify
in
administering
and
'
training
aimed
af
equi
;,-;f;;jirifl*:"7
fhis
knowledge,
and
also
to develop
an informed
approach
in
both
theoretical
and
practical
arcas
to the
appticaiion
of
the
treatment.
Alongside
fhe
acquisition
ol
úheoretrcat
tinowljie
ls
rhe
lmporlance
of
developlng
a
cllnlcally
"pp-p.iutu
and
sensitive
mefhod
of
adminisfering
the
trtatment'
Iiaaretra
P¡oocdt¡¡cs
Cumenttreatmentproceduresinvibroacouslictherapyarevaried,and
thereareatpresentferv,ifany,forrnalizedguidelinesgoverningthe
applicationofthistormoffrcalment.Asconunercialorganizationshave
developed
vlUroacoustic
equtpment
end
sold
lt'
fhere
has
been
little
or
no
inSn¡ction
to
purchasens
on
aPpropr'
The
develoPment
of
vibroacousf
run
health
sYst
which
peoPle
develoPment
at
nas
rvrifúen
(W
formulated
describing
good
pmcfice
re
assessment
and
treat-rient,
and
guldellnes
for
contralndicatlons'
Guidelines
on
the
Procedures
thempy treatment
have
been
docum
treatmlnt
can
be
deflned
in
six
Introduction,
3)
SÚarting
fhe
freat
Ending
the
freatment
aná
O¡
Posf'treatment
work
donm
to zero.
Thls
last
potnt
ls
important.
If
a
vlbroacoustlc
wifh
the
volure
turned
up,
patients
will
be
subjected
to
a_
srdden
intensity
of
sound
and
vibration.
1'fte
óun¿
stimulus
should
be
introduced
gadually'
The
p"ii"
t-¿.
regarding
prcparation
may
seem
obvious'
but
fhere
needs
to
be
i
consistent
gan¿ar¿-oi
tütment,
aná
norly
qualifled
staff
engaged
in
any
trpatment
need
a
procedutt
fhat
deflnes
this
process'
Introduc{ion
If
úhis
is
lhe
first
time
a
pafient
is receiving
vibroacoustic
fherapyt
he
to
what
is
going
to haPPen'
The
at
theY have
control
over
what
is
lus unconrfortabte
or
irritating'
Úhey
unit.
With
patients
who
are
severcly
l,
this
reassurance
period sfill
needs
to
occur,
and
the
lone
ofvoice
and
fhe
words
used
can
set
the
scene
and
create
the
envlronment
for
an
effective
sesslon'
Thls
ls
Just
as
much
a
part of
buitdingtheasinanyotherformoftherapy.
The
patients
n¡
and
they
need
to
be
reassured
by
fhe
way
r
hat
whaf
is
going
to happen
for
them
is
safe.
nment
for
the
beginning
of
fhe
session
is
an
imPofant
Part
of
the
Process
StaÉing
the
Tftatment
With
some
vibraacoustic
equiP
sound
is used,
it
is
important
to
aliow
a short
period
of
response
only
to
music,
then
to
g*¿"ui-fi
i""*."
bass
fiequencies
to
introduce
this
part
of
the
stlmulus.
226
\,
)
)
)i
I
)l
)'
)
)
.)
'ñ¡v
need
to
h¡vc
e
good
lrctch
¡nd
m
¡ck
lnto
r --
r.
ñ:^r^-á
-n¿t
meqrrh
in
beart
thetaw.
uurrrÉ,
¡u.
wrY-----
lhenPYt
-m¿''ñ"t
ór
¡
¿ePry'rel¡xcd
^-^r
añ¡¡ o
eesdon
nefhaps
at"t".
,"
.r-..o."1
after
a"seidon,
perhaps
necdr
"il^'lf-Y,yils'#;ffi"F#
uf;"t"o
deep
sate
they
nave
rcacneo'.Thc
ilrt"rapis
mul
be
-rytu
fo'be
there"
for
the
patient,
íulnot
necessrily
to
talk
ioo
much
or
to
demand
too
much
of
the
Patient'
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 114/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t
)
)
,l
,)
)
)
)
)
i
)
)
)
)
i
)
)
t
Mmiúoriq
thc
Tstunt
Ending
the
Tr¡atmcnl
Scsdon
little
tinrc
before
patients
ca¡.b"
1:tive
after
a
session.
E:rperiencJ
fu'
ttt*-
that-some
p"opry
1:"d
utes
after
a
s"sson,
iiá
*ft""
they
leave
the
unit
fhey
:
l
t
¡
t
T
¡
I
:l
E
,I
lil
Iir
lr
lrl
rr
f,r
tr
228
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
rvherethcpertodoft|memeybcdetcrm|nedbyfhepatlent'slo|eranceofthe
tütmcnt
and
of
the
dtuaiion.
Cheslg
(1992) used
30
minute
lrcatment
(Thls
does
not
apply
to
choflct
pre'
isychotlc
or
borderline
p
oonditions'
bj
qh"n
suffering
lhom
mYocardial
lnlarctlon.
If
there
is any
doubt
that any
of
fhese
conditions
my
be
presenf,
a
doctor
musf
be
consú["d
befo¡l
the
trcatment
is commenced"
(Skille'
1991e
pp
6l'
64).
The
list
of
contmindications
fhaf
have
been
atÚendcd
fo in
the
trials
undertaken
by
the
author
at
Harperbury
Hospital,
and
also
in
currenf
work
ane as
follows
(Wlg¡anl
1990:
l. AcuTE
nwuuulToRY
coNDInONS
- will include
condifions
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 115/124
)
)
.)
)
)
)
.)
,
)
)
.)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
')
)
)
Contraindbti'ons
Vibroacousticandvibrotacfiletherapyfrpatmentsarestil|infheir
experimenüal
stageg
and
although
various
rcsearch
studies
have
been
undertaken
to
evaluafe
in
a objectiie
way
the
efflcacy
of
these
trcatmenls,
fhe
iniánrnt¡on
rcg¡arding
any
coritraindicaiions
or
unpleasanl
side
effects
¡¡om
i-f,"
t.."t-"nrJts
tariely
anecdofal.
Tlere
has
been
no
experlmentation
to
speciflcally
identi$
when
this
frcatm
Some
elfects
have,
howevert
concern.
Some
patients
have
experien
effect
which
seems
to
be
unrelated
to a
prcducf
of
treatment
lhat
subjecls
exp
I;j"".
io" *rrom
f
his
experience can
cause
nausea,
it
needs
to
be
clear
wlmt
is
the
besf
naY
of
treating
them'
Itlsatsounclear-astotheeffectofVAonpeoplewhoaresuffering
fhomanacufecondition,srchasacardiacdisorder.Assumptionshavebeen
made
that
VA
fherapy
,.du".,
blood
prtssure
(due
to
its
effect
on muscle
activity),
causing
arteial
dilafion,
andiherefore
would
be
contraindicated
as
a
frcatment
for
certain
condilions'
Thercfort,
the
Process
of
i
treatment
is
PartlY
ba
option
currcntlY
is
to
encourege
Paflents
to
in
the
event
that
theY
are
unsunc'
Ski|ledeflnedalisfofcontnindicaSionsthatheencounteredwhen
using
the
equiPment
regularlY
acutó
condition,
egr
Thrombosi
active
or
acute
inllammation.
C)
inverfebml
disc.
D)
After
and
acciden
iqjuries,
eg'
whiplash
iq¡uries'
E) D
wñen
acllve
bleedlng
rmy
be
started
230
where
inflammation
is encerüafed,
such
as
in
the
acufe
phase
of
rüeumatoid
arthritig
or
in
s¡ch
cases
as
earache,
foothache,
or
back
pain due to
a
prolapsed
intmvertebrat disc
(slipped disc).
2.
PSYCHOTIC
PATIENTS
-
psychotic
patienús
may
be
unable
to
understand
what
sfimulus
lhey
art
receiving.
They
can
be
trtated,
buf
only
when
someone
is
present who
knows
them well
and
can
explain
to
them
what
is
happenlng
.
-
-
3.
PREGNANT
WOMEN
-
no
frials
have taken
place
involving
pregnant
women,
and
the
effecf
on
an
unborn
fetus
is
unknown.
Therefore
iÚ is
safer
to confraindicate
pregnan¡
women.
4.
ACATE
CONDITIONS
-
when
pafients are
suffering
from
an
acute
condition
for
which
theY
arc
al
wlfh
the
general
Practltioner
or
The
thempy
should
be sfrictlY
this
treatment.
OR
ACTIW
BLEEDING
'
because
of
the
effecf
ri
rafe,
if
is
important
to
contraindicate
lhis
experiencing
interna I
hemo
rrhagi
ng or
b leeding
of
any
sort
(excluding menstruation).
6.T'HRnMB^,IS.pat|entssuffedngfromthmmbos|sorany
"
VA
theraPY'
This
maY
have
an
e
srally low
blood
Pressure.
S.PA1EMAKER9.patientswhohavepacemakersfiftedare
contraindlcated
as
tt ls
recommended
fhat
they
should
nof be
exposed
for
periods
of
time
to magnetic
fields
Further
contraindicafions
are
speculative,
and some
suggestion
has
)
,I
)
)
)
¡
l
,
)
.)
)
v¡rl¡b|e.Asnotong|tud|nalsudlesorlud|eslook|ng¡tthccumu|¡t|ve
it
is
diftlcult to
be
categorical.
patients
rcceiúng
lfvc
to
scven
pcrlod
ol
She
lllnesg
In
o¡der to
sults
In
the
VA Treatnrcnt
Centre af
Harperbuhphysicalhandicapsandlhosewithsc|f.
iqjurious
trcatmnt
tlrcquency
increald
fhom once
a
week
to
mproved
resulfs'
But
as
yet' the
hequency'
;";ii;
and
intensity
of
trcatment,
as
well
as
tbe
optimum
musical
and
vib¡ationar
tequency"reiains
a
quesfion
fo¡
ftrrther
rescarch,
in
order
to
""ti¿"t"
the
limited
anecdotal
anilresearch
reports
available
at
prescnt'
fu
ts
Qo¡tl|ld
úo Pr¡cdc
VA TñGtr¡PY?
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 116/124
)
)
.)
)
)
)
.)
)
)
.l
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)'
)
,
)
't
)
,
trcatment
PoPulations
served.
The
situation
now
is
that
anyone
can
purchase
music
vibration
practice
and
ethicg
be
considered
prematurc'
REFERENCtsS
chesky,
K.
s.
(1992).
The
effecfs
of
music
and
music
vibrafion
using
the
-ilrnt-
on the
relief
of rheumatoid
arthriiis
pain,
PhD.
Dissertation'
h¡thcr
EShic¡l
Issues
Can
VA
therapy
be
considered
music
thempy?
lTho
is
qualifled to
practice
VA
therapy
on
a
clinical
level?
Theanswer,to_tt."'"twoquesfionscanbedifliculfgiventhe
relatuvely
new
status
of
this
treatmeñt,
buf
an
atlempt
will
nevertheless
be
madetobeginthisthinkingprocess.Cerfain|¡thiswillbecomemoreand
more
reflned
es
the
fleld
grows
and
develops'
Is
VA
ThenPY
Mudc
ThcraPY?
According
to
Maranto
(1992, t
lnteruenflon.
Based
on
fhese
criteria,
VA
th
rvüen
it
is
not
delivertd
by
a
music
úhe
be
cunsidered
music
iherapy
even
wh
is
no
úreatment
process and/or
no
the
VAtherapy,
the
primary modeof
t¡Patme
sounds.
Howeyer,
L.
iir.ápeufic
rclationship
must
sJitl
be
an
integral
part
of
t¡tatment.
Technologr
-'niot
be
used
as
a
s¡bstitute
for
this
rclationship'
A
rclatlonshlp
betwecñ
cllent
and
theraplst
should
be
a
part
of all
vA
therapY,
whefher
imPlemented
bY
a
In
addifion,
VA
themPY
musú
changes in
the
client are
soen
over
a
rvüen
VA
therapy
is adminisiered
and
usic
that
2n
231
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
1ti¡
CEAPIM.M
'A/INING
ilIIflC
nDn'
VIBROAOOASITC
TEE&APT
Ol¡v
SHllc
HistorY
Music
is
considered
to
be an
art
form
received
mainly
in the
ear'
we
know
that
musical
instruments
emit
vibrations
which
can
be
felt
when
we
Jouch
the
surfaces
of fhe
instruments
with
our
hands,
but the
feeling
of
value
for
heaúng
individuals.
Music
is
a form
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 117/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
vibraúion
has
no
info¡mative
oi
tenavior
which
is
speciflc
to
human
beings
and
is
used for
cornrnunicafion
and
emtional
e:Pression.
However,
ihere
is something
sfrange
abouf
music.
As
cornmunicaJion
between
cultures
has
incrcased,
we have found
other
l¡f*¿:g$Yc
fhan
our
own
-
and
othef,
uses
for music
of
which
we
have
been
úl[d*ffi.
Some
of
this
-"S"
ir
ro
tfidft
that
we hardty
can
call
it
"music",
and
we
can
often
react
with negativitY
fo such
music.
But
music
is
used
ftrncfionally
in
our
society
and
in
other
societies in
spife
of
the
diffe¡ences
in
musical
expression.
Music
is
used
in
celebrationg
u-""oip""Ving
grief,
joy,
for
relaxation
and sleep,
and
even
for
healing
prr"por"t.
1'nis
means
thai
there
must
be
some
universal
factors
in
music
ifrl"l,
onnot
be explalned
along
cultural
Hnes
of
deflnltlon.
Nor
can
we
use
classical
(aestheticj
music
theory
to exptain
fhe
generally
common
human
i.utor"r
in
tne
runctionality
of music.
Therc must
be
elements
in
music which
have
effects
on
human
neings
thaf
are
independent
of
culfural
differences
in
expression.
Inordertoflndtheanswertosomeofthequestionswhicharise,itis
neoessary
to
isolate
some
of
the
elemenfs
in
music
and
see
if
we
can
find
some
universali$
in
the
effect
of
these
elements'
Empirlcaily,
I
have
found
three
such
factors
so
far:
1) low
frequencles
can
facilitafe
relantion;
2)
rhythmical
music
can
stimulate;
and
3)
loud
mucc
can
provoke
"gg."ri""
feelings.
The
opposites
of
these
universals
crcate
contrasting
effects
-
harmony
and
fimbrc
'
(in
ttre
classical
Íoo rnany
differcnt
elements
to
be fotally
me
being
we
do not
know
enough
about
them
in
this contef
to include
them
in
our
list
of universal
elements'
From
196E
to 19E0
these
three
unlversals
were
subJect
Úo
my
phitosophicat
a
in
relafion
fo
vibroacoustic
(va)
it
.opy,
and
in
fotype
to
be
used
i1
a
-new
musical
context(Skille,musicdirecflytothehumanbody
2y
)
)
)
)
),i
)
)
)
)
)
lil
i
vl¡
the
skln surfact
had
been
tcslcd
out
In
the
carly
195Os
by
Pontvlk
and
Tcirich
(Ieiric\
1959)'
but
fhcse
P
Erliop"
concentmtcd
theirrvo¡k
ma
wfr
¡ko
sPeclfcrllY
looklng
a
uidoubtedly
arc
closely
linked
to
cult
inifi"l
resárch,
a
thorough
study
of
quantitative
elements
of
musical
"i¡*t¡o"t
and
iheir
effectJon
physical
and
mental
functions
in
rmn,
uas
nerrer
carried
ouL
In
19EQ
I
nas
working
in
a
day center
for niulfihandicapped
childrcn
with
devetopmlntal
disability.
My
theoretical
speculations
were
then
ripe
enough
to
be
attempted
in
practical worlq
and
wlren
I
had
put
togelher
all
the
n.""ü"y
ltems
forfransfeirlng
muslcal
sound
vlbraflons
dlrectly
to
the
body
i.1¡
¡.qlun,
I,[ITITI,
UI
Diatonic
hdf
¡oo. 1.0@oo/
].9375q)
ll15
wbolc toDc
1.125üru
J,óüüüó9
1.833333
,IE
NaNral
small
th¡rd I¿(trXIIJ
615
Na$ral
th¡rd
1.2$@0
1.6{xrxrJ
5t4
Natufal
tourtn
13333t1
).7fxrx)o
{at
Chrometic
tri¡o¡us I.4r¿lz¡.4
).707[Vr
45t32
Natural
l¡llh
ls@mo
).óó66ó7
tn
Na¡ural
small
stxlh
1.600@0
l.ó250@
l.ó(xr|(p
ü/5
Na¡r.¡ral
sixth
I.00000/
5B
all scvenlh
1.800m0
J.J)-\))O
9t5
Natural
scventh
1.675G10
1.533333
r5/E
Octave
2.omffx)
1.5o(x)u,
tti
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 118/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
surface
of
a
person
(bodily
contact
with
the
sound
source),
I
sfarted
to
observe
these óffects.
I
then
rediscovered
fhe effects
described
by
Pontvik
and
Teirich,
and
during
the
lollowing
yearg
I
developed
equipmenf
suitable
for
such
procedures
Af
first
I
worked
with
music
fhat
can
be
found
on
any
tape
or
record
made
for
ordinary
listening
purposes.
I
observed
spasnolytic
effects
on
"pusi"
children
and
u¡anted
io determine
which
elerrenls
in music
were
most
ieryonsible
for
úhls
efect
lStrttte
1986).
To
use
muslc
as
such
nas not
safisfactory,
as
therc
are
too
many
single
factors
in
music
which
confribufe
to
the
total
rii"Jl'0""u
ro
rhe
univer
ars
menrioned
above, and
I srarted
tJ
use
a frequency
generalor
Úo
Íest
the frequencies
which
provided
the
best
resulfs.
I-
isolafed
some
fiequencv
aneas
which
usually
triggered
some
otservaule,
posif
ive
effects.In
cooperafion
with
the
SEAS
loudspeaker
facfory
in
Mosg
Ño*y, I
found thal
the
sound
penelmtion of--my
body
was
strongesi
at 60
Á?.
with another
Peah
nearly
as
hlgh,
at
E0 Hz'
when
I
r¡as
lying-rtirectly
above
the
loudspeaker
surface.
Af
a
given
signal
intensity'
the
,"ri¿
p*r*re,
which
nas
meásured
on
top
of
my
body,
rtas
equivalenl
to
the
force
of 0.2
G.
If
I
use
the mathematics
of
musical
intenal
factors
(Table
1)' I
see
an
harmonic
connection
between
these
two
values.
sixty
Hz is
one
fourth
lower
than
80
Hz.
The
oclave
below
80 Hz
is
40
Hz,
and
60
Hz
is
one
flfth
higher
then
40
Hz.
It
seems
th¡f lhe
phydcal
laws
of
the
Pythagorean
scale
and
the
classical
laws
of harmonics
also apply
to
sound
penetmtion
(effects)
through
UJily
tissue.
Fifteen
years
later,
aná
aner
thousands
of
hours
of
practical
worlq
I
have
found
tnat
¿o
Hz
seems
to be
a
basic
fhequency
for
vAT
and
gives
the
¡mximum
effect
for
"sound
But
even
if I
found
Positive
sinusoidal
tones
fbom
the
frequency
effect
of
the
technically
pure
Íone
wa
Itfe
of
muslc
nas
mlsslng.
BY
Pu
hequencies
wifh
a
"""y
,."¡-1
diñbrcnce
between
the
frequencieg
and
I found
zx
Túl¿
l:
Ma¡beaatical
struturc
of
thc Pyhagorean
scale'
\iligram,
1996).
-
In
order
lo
limit
the
searh
for
the
effec.s
of differenú
frequencieg
I
resfricted
the
vibroacousfic
area and
defined
it as
being
between
one
ocaave
above
and below
maximum
penetrafion
frequency.
That
is
why
fhe
Yiqrp3
and
l20llzrjn
Practics
this
is-also
between auditive
perception
and
skin
perception
of
sound
and/or
pre ¡s¡une
waves.
The
fwo octaves of
the
vibroacoustlc
a¡ea
cover
only
u5
of
the
audifive
range
below
100
Hz
(Skille'
19E9).
Mudc
lor
Vibroaoufic
TheraPY
I{hen
I
began
using
music
for
vA
Therapy,
I
used
commercially
available
music
made
for
listening
purposes.
I
found
most
effects
in
music
with
pronounced
bass
tones;
in
jazz
music,
I
found
the low
frequencies
both
in
bass
lines
and
in
percussion
elements.
I
did
not
know
enactly
which
frequencieg
however,
had
the
best
effectg
and I
used the
fbequency
genemtor
to
generate-bass flequencies
which
could
be recordeÜmlxed
togefher
wifh fhe
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
t
I
I
h
'lr
mudc
I
used. ffis
gave
us
rn
addlSlon¡l
element
whlch
could
be
quantlfed,
Thenpy.
It
can
blso
be
uscd
to celculefe
complcrentary
flequencies wüen
I
choosc
fleq
conditionswhen
I mixVA
Therapy
p
grams Wh
for
va
Therap¡
he
or
she
ls
udng
JusÚ
one
lltquency,
or
¡n
h¡rmonlc
soquenoe
as a basis
for
the
cnmposition.
F'¡om
or
fone
clusters
will emerge.
The
musical
hequency
Úo
the
vibroacou$ic
arcq
and
the
composerwill
therc
e
range
of
fheedom
for
his
or
her
work.
Music
composed
for
vA Therapy
is
rhythmically
floating.
It
has
no
jairect
nrclodic
structurc
or musical
theme
which
can
be
associaÚed
with
any
iL"ot*
piece
of music.
In
this
nay, the
time
qent
in
lhe
fhempy
chair
or
bed
lglves
ttle
user
the
posdblllty
to
be
free
fhom
essoclaÚlons
wlth
music
lrom
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 119/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
for
VA
ThemPY:
1.
Mudc
Made
for
VA
Thenpy
Ba$d
on
OvcrÚonc
f,tac{ds
In
some arficles
I
have
called
this music
"fiacfal
music,"
but
as
this
with
himself.
"--
-*--
aúhematical
basis
for
this
is
presenfed in Table
1. This
table
can
be
used
when
I
rnake
the
computatlons
necessal?
for
composlng
music
for
vA
238
üveryAay
life,
and
he/stre
witl
be m
¡re
able
to
concenúrafe
on
the
p¡ocesses
,rq,h¡ch
"t"
tafong
place inside
hisiher
body.
The
user
often
loses
the
sense
of
I'ti."
and
rmy
Jnen
eryeÉencr
the
effect
of
VA
Thempy
as
being
like
the
i
I
t
ane
some
users
who
feel
uneasY
or
a
without
familiar
structure
or
direction.
It
is
fherefore
necessarT
to include
in
theVATherapyarsenalofmusictypesofmusicwhichanemorefamiliarúo
these
users
2. Relantion
Music
wiJh
trhequcncies
Addcd
When
I
cannot
use
music
specially nmde
for
VA Therapy purposeg
I
must
use
füncflonal
music
rnade
for
llstenlng
purposes. The
techniques
used
for
choosing
music
arc
well
described
in the
literature
and
arc
used
both
in
music
therapy
and
psychotherapy/guided
imagery.
There
eús
several
kinds
of music
especially
made
for relaxation
pur?oses'
Wheñ such
music
is
used
for
VA Therapy
puryoses' I
musl
find
one
basic
flequency
which
can
be
used
th
listening
program
is
composed
of se
pauses
between
fhe
units.
If
P
the
baslc
keY.
MuslcallYr
this
make
cusúomized
VA
1.frórapy
pnograms
for special
purposes'
the
f.eedom
of
choice
is
still
more
difficult,
úecause
I
must
try
fo safis$
both
harmonic
and
thempeutic
Parameters
The
maker
of
vA Therapy
programs
must
therefore
be
skilled
in
bofh
musical
and
therapeutic
disciplines
in
order
to nmke
effective
programs'
Relaxation
music
fórIstening
pu"po.".
often
has
fhe
harmonic
simplici$
and
sfructural
unity
which
t-li.
¡t comparatively
easy
to flnd
VA
Therapy
fiequencles
wn¡th
bofh
satig
musical
and
therapeutlc
needs.
239
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
r
t,
t
)
+
F
I
F
F
h
3.
Norul
MuCc
""¿
Vi
ThcnPY
r:
.
For
stimulative
purposg I
also
c¡n
uso
ordinary
musig
thaf
which
c¡n
bc
found
on
¡.ccotds
or
tape.
I
have
m¡de
rcsee¡¡h
Sapes ranglng
fhom
,:\.
-
R¡fcrw
SHllq
p.
(1962).
Musikkb¡dat
-
enn
mudkk
terapertisk
mgt$-g. Mqdkl
,-,Fiiérrpl,
ú2+ZT:.
:4'i,'
\''t
i,
;;'Jlit'
SHlle, O.
(1 tE6).
Manual
ol
vib¡oacousúics.
Levanger,
Nonray:
ISVr'
Publications.
SHtle, O.
(19t9a).
Vibroacoustic
rcsearch. In R.
Spintge'
&
R.
Droh.
(Eds.,
Music Medicine.
Sf.I¡uis:
MMB.
Skilfe,
O.
(19E9b).
Vibrcacoustic
therapy.
Music
Therapy'
g
6l-77.
Skillg
O
(1992).Vibrmcoustic research 1980-ú91.
In R. Spinfge
&
R. Droh
(Erts)
MusicMedicine,
(ppZ$A6ú,)
St.
Louis: MMB.
Stdlle,
O.
(1991).
Vlbroacousllc
fherapy:
Manual
and
reporls. Levange4
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 120/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
l
I
il
.I
t
I
Ir
I
;
I
I
i
I
frequencies
for
the
thempy
programs.
This
is
also
lhe
rcason
why
I
only
use
VA
Thempy
pmgmms
on
cassettes
and never
let thc
user
defermine
frequencies
by
giving
him/her
acoess
to
a
frequencl
generalor. It
ls
nry
oplnton
fhat
fhe
maklng
of
vA
therapy
programs
musJ
be
in
Jhe
hands
of
sftilled
professionals.
There
is
foo
muctr
r¡ír
involved
in
letting
amateurs
crcate
VA
Therapy
hequencies
on
a
do-it-yourself
basis
Tccbnicel
Dc;voloPmcnt
ratlo
of muslc
and
vibratlon.
Norray:
IS|VA
publications
Teirich, H.R.
(1959).
On fherapeutics
throngh
music and
vibrations
In
H.
Scherchen
(Erl.),
Gravesaner
Blatter,
(pp.
1-14). Mainz:
Ars
Viva
Verlag.
Wigram,
A.L.
(1990.
The Effecf
of
Vibroacousúic Therapy
on
Clinical
and
Non-Ctinical
Populalions.
PhD
Thesig St.
Georges
Medical School'
I¡ndon
Universi$,
England.
241
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
CUAPIB.
TWTNTT.f,OI'R.
walPuwtr'
non
qIBKTAOOASTTC
AND
VIBRCTUCT'IIE
TnER/Ef
Tory
Wtg¡¡m
The
field of
vibroac¡usics
is
grofling and
developing'
and
cvcn
while
this
chapter
is
being
writteq
t€scarch
and
der/eloPrnent
i3
taking
place
in Úhe
manufa;tur€
and
clinical
use
of
vibroacoustic
equipment.
Thercfore'
what
lollows
is
a
sample
of
some
of
the
units
Íhat
have
becn
developed,
and
some
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 121/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
lnforn¡tlon
reg¡rdlng
the speclñcatlon
and
proposed
effect.
It
ls lnevltably
incompletg and
can
only
give
the reader an idea
about the many and
varied
units
fhat have
been conshucted.
Smsonics
somasonicq
Inc.
in
America
has
produced
a
úde range
of
vibrational
equipment,
called
Sornatron.
TheY
plays
melodles,
chords
and
sounds
Somat¡on
claims
fo
be fhe
mo
and
the¡e
arc
certainly
a wide
variety
medical
and
param"¿ic"l
-il¡.ug
nminly
in
America.
Treatment
tableg
reclinerq
chairs
and
mattresses
have
becn
develo@
by
soma-sonics,
and
the
.p."iri3¡iion
varies
depending
on the
infended purpose
and
client
group
for
*t
i"t
tft" unit
rvas developed.
An
example
of
one of
the.
many
unif
s
developed
Uy
tftir
qrmpany
is
incluáed
in
fhe
chapter
by
Hooperand
l,indsey,
rvüere
riey
have
descrlbed
the
ryeclflcatlon,
the
locatlon
of
speakers
and
the
aq¡usanility
of the
somatron
sound
Lounge.
Limitations
of
space
pnevent.a
coirplete
dóscription
of
all
the
different
units
currcntly
markefed
by
this
company.
-
itt" research
evidencc
for
its
elfect
is
quite
well documenfed,
and
fhe
resn¡lts
of
some
of
the
studies
are
described
in fhe
present
volume.
Vibroacoulics
A/S
Vibroacoustics
A/S
cunsfrucfed
a
Vibroacoustic
chair
and
a
Vibroacou$ic
table
in
the late
19E0's.
Tl¡e table
faded
out
of
their
productiont
but
the
chair
is
curcntly
used
widely.
Ihe
vibnoacoustic
chair
is
a leather
reclining
chair,
157
centimeters
lottgr77
ctnÚimeterswide,
and
45
cenJimeters
high.
I3ias
one
25
crcnlimete
one
25
centi¡neter
,frf""
behind
the
back,
two
er Úhe
bottom
and
thighs
and
tuo
17
centimeJer
243
F
ln
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,)
)
Thestlmutus|sscnttothgch¡lrvl¡¡SU2I|0controlun|t.Thls
consists
of
a
cassette
fuñ
¿
"-pr¡n.r_channels
(61 vatts_
each channel
to
the
chair,
and
two
,orírií.itn"*ás
(05 rmtt
s
each
channel
to
hcadphones)'
Tü6'jbwr
sulplv
t
ffiilvt;¡inl
n"q""""v
range
to
the
el¡lr
w¡s
20
'
1l)0IIz.
ThesU2fithasfourindividua|contrc|stoincreaseordccreasethe
Mudc
Vibmtion
Teblc
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 122/124
F
F
h
F
F
h
J,
ln
l|F
il
\[
lr
t
F
h
H
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Phydeoustic
musical
effect.
Three
sound
Para
method:
Pulsation,
scanning
and
Pulsation.
The
low
fneq
uencY
sequence.
The
PurPose
of
Power
Pu
Contlnuous
stlmulatlon
commonlY
the
sound
Pulsating
slowlY,
this
e
obtained
instead.
Scanning.
The
computer
causes
the
frequency
fo
v:ry
within
a
cerlain
amplitude
and
speed'
it'it
i'
necessary
to
guarantee
lhat
each
muscle
is
trcared
at
its
optimai;ü;;ñ;i".
trr"iit"rt
ut
which
the
particular
muscle
rcqonds
natuallY.
The
rnanufacturtrs
give
a
tec
'T,ow
hequencY
sinu
specificallY
designed
for
the
parameters
as
well
as
the
P
24
right
hand."
Quanlum
Rcst
24,
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
,:,:ii:i 'Thc
conjrol
.mpllner
k
¡ Shcroood
du¡l
65's¡ttdch¡nnel
wlth
muttipte
inpot
c.p-"tttiü'
ih;
fiv.edtsc
carcuscl
CD
player and the
cassette
trpc
deck
tnn
"íto''"nersc
function
arc
srpplied
bq
TEáCr
rmnufacturcrs
bfüüaüty
p-AarJJ,-:
r¡i
ri"''¡'-
"1
i-l¡.1''tri'{"'"'*'''*'
o"Ur: iúi'.':
""'?
*l}
Bo-dYsonic
elo@
inJapan
ane
and
bed
Pahg
low
to
health,
ttte
aP-
logY
:luding
rclanlion,
communicatigl
u"d
entertainment'
Accordlng
to
the
mnuÑ,ñ"".,
'et
noiytonlCs
heart
lles
a unlque'
patenfed
into
dynamic
vibrations"
CONTRIBUTORS
I
Centen
Durham'
NC'
JosDcBocü.r|sAssocl¡teProlessorandHeedofstudleslnMudcTherapy
li
I*u".n
university
and
the
l¡mmens
Institutg
Belgium.
Ch¡rlcs
Butlcr,
MD'
PhD'
tr'ACS'
FACC'
FACCf'^is.
flinical
Assistant
p¡ofessor
or
so"g"ry,
'r"ri"i-lg"i
it"tl
University,
and
Chief
Executive
Offlver
oi
U.it"g.
vra'ícai
products,
I(alanazoo'
MI'
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 123/124
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
transducer,
*f.i"f,
-i""rts
ultra-low
hóquencies
These fbequenci"s
;l ñ ;
soorhing
invigo-tllg
rrave pattern
within
the
UodV
itseff],
rclaxing
tense
muscles
and
minds"""
Bodysonic
also
produces
music
tapes
to
accompany
its
products'
Cünical
""."","h
on
tot"
of
these
proaucts
lt"t :Try
effects
in
sleep
enhancemenr,
blood
pressune
t"¿""i¡ott'
and
pafient
comfort
during
hemodialYsis.
Thor
of
Genesis
Thor
of
Genesis
1
is
another
device
claiming
an
effecfive
intervention
for
stress:
,Tl
oí ofón.J"
r
uses
z
specially
placed
speakers
to
crcate
a
unique,balancingfherapeutictol"tt-t"tttand-massagefortheentirebody'
This produce,
;"*i;;J.l"i"
or
no¿v
and
mind
which
reduces
stress
and
adjusts
the
body
io-""iutn
to
its
natural
enelgy
florv"'
rne
specináiroi,
gr".n lorThor
or
celess
1
agaln
describe
the
badc
components
"f
.;;;;ip;ntlhaf
is
being
purchased,
butlhe
literaÚure
gives
little
inforn¡ation
aboui
the
therapeutic
simuluq
or
the
treatment
process'
Concludon
Thisdrortrcvierroftheequipmenthasattempfedtolookatthose
devices
knorrn
i"
r-rri.
"rgror,
on
wrricrr
he
has
specific
information'
oÚher
devlces
undoubtedly
e;dst,
ond
trre
m¡i*er
in
vl
roacoustlc
and
vlbrotactlle
devices
is
a
develoPing
field'
Refenenes
Cheskyr
K.
S'
(1 t92)'
The
effecls
of
music
and
music
vibration
using
the
f"fWtmIlie
rplief
of
rheumatoid
arthritis
pain'
r
irin.
Dissert¡tlon,
Unlverslty
of
North
Texas'
26
Pcnclopc
Johnson
Butlcrr MD,
is a
physician
in
l(alarnazoo'
MI'
ician
and
a
senior
rcsearcher
in
TheraPY,
HarPerburY
HosPital'
P¡txi
dct
e
Musig
Art
and
Process
InstiJufe
of
Music
Therapy
Post'Graduafe
Diploma
Program
ue
Country'
SPain'
ol
Music
TheraPY,
Inc'
MiguclFcrna[dczisaninstructorofacousticsattheHigherConsenatoryof
iftJi"ln"fp"do
de
Asturlas,
Asturiaq
Spaln'
Jcanninc
Ging¡asr
MD,
is
a
physician
in
the
Department
of
Neonatologl'
Duke
UniversitY
Medical
Center
JcfiHooPerisaseniormusicfherapistfortheDundeeHeatthcareNHS
Trust.
He
is
based
ui-él-trtt-rtine
Éospita
Dundee'
Scotland'
I¡¡¡r¡
Joncg
RNr
MBAr
CORN,
ls
Dlrect
of
Patlenf
Care
Services
af
Tampa
óhildren's
Hospital
at
St'
Joseph'g
Tampa'
Florida
Bilt
Lindsay
is
a
clinical
psychologist
at
strathmartine
HospiÚal'
Dundee'
Scotland.
247
)
¡,
.)
)
)
u,
)
)
,l
)
.,
I
ü/A1¿W
H¡pc
eLp
AeeJa¿Dn
r¿
Llpzf,¿
tt
-
PA¿a
*
¿lt*o
f-Uo¿c¿ltenchol¡r
MD,
ls
r
neurologls
eú
Os¡kldetze's
lbgorrltnr
r
I
Hospital,
Vitoria,
and
hofessor
of Medicine
at
the
University of
thc Bacque
;¡i¡,Sountry,
SPaln.
Pchi Iá¡kolDGD,
l\{d
is
Senior
Lec{urcr In music
úherapy,
psychologl
ol
music
and
special education
af
the Sibelius Academy,
and
rescarcher
at fhe
Cognitive Brain
Rescarch
Unig Helsinki, Finland.
Jcury
McNeqg[t is
a
Vib¡oacou$ic
Therapy Technician and a
rcsea¡ther in
the Departmenú of Music and Vibroacou$ic
Therapy,
Harperbury Hospifal
Horizon NHS Tntst, Radlett,
England.
8/17/2019 Tony Wigram - Music vibration and health.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tony-wigram-music-vibration-and-healthpdf 124/124
-)
)
)
,
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
I
Jcri
Ochhr,
PhD, RN,
is
a
súaff
member
of the
Departnent
of
NeonaSologr,
Duke University Medical Center
Jan
Pcrsms
is a music
fherapisl
(ortho-agogic
music
practitioner)
at
Het
Maaslands
Institute
in
Stokkonr,
Belgium
and at the
Volunúas
Therapy
Center,
Anlrverp,
Belgium.
Rlln¡ R¡udslh MD, ls
Head
of
fhe
Jurl
Health
Cenfre,
Estonla.
Ol¡v
SHllc is Daúa
Consultant
in
Levanger
Kommune. He is
Advisor
on
Viv¡oakkusúiktempi
for
SINTEF
UNIMED, Norrray, and forrneraly
RekSor
of
'
Lyngabben Skole and a
Director of Vibroacousúics
A'/S.
K¡ahy
Thomg
PT,
is
a
physical
therapist
at
the
Duke
University
Ueaicat
Cenfer, Durham,
NC.
Erycnnze
Tor¡cs
Sq¡¡
is
a
psychologi$
and music thempist in
Vitoria-
Gasteiz,
Spain.
Jenay
Walq R[,
CCRN,
is a staff ¡rrcmber
ol
the
Department
of
Neonatologr,
Duke University Medical
Center.
Lyn Wcckeq MCSP,
SRP, is
Trust
Physiolherapy Manager,
Horizon NHS
Trusg Radletú, England.
¿ llTy
T*s.11?:
19:y "1|
Pp,TYll
i:
*Tl"::
Pl-fYi:{
I Head
of
PhD Studies
af the
Insfitute
for
,
Aalborg
)
)
)
)
)
)
,)
)
i
)
t
)
)
University, Denmark.
He
Children's Senicc,
Radlef
t,
III
Music
,.Therapist
at
,
ar.r¡l, Resea
rc_h
Adv¡
sol'
tb
fS
Trusú,
Englandr.Hp
is.lhe
Coiiiiñi1tg.e
and.
J.resident
rler
House
Heallh
and
of
i
-.-t
,'
'>
,¡
,attr
z'' ri
-','-
the TVorld